WO2023029540A1 - 多载波调度的方法和装置 - Google Patents

多载波调度的方法和装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023029540A1
WO2023029540A1 PCT/CN2022/090460 CN2022090460W WO2023029540A1 WO 2023029540 A1 WO2023029540 A1 WO 2023029540A1 CN 2022090460 W CN2022090460 W CN 2022090460W WO 2023029540 A1 WO2023029540 A1 WO 2023029540A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
dci
bit length
monitoring bit
length
format
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/090460
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
李新县
彭金磷
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023029540A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023029540A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications, and more specifically, to a method and device for multi-carrier scheduling.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • PDCCH physical downlink control channel
  • PDCCH physical downlink control channel
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a multi-carrier scheduling method, which can reduce resource overhead and blind detection complexity of PDCCH, so as to improve system transmission performance.
  • a method for multi-carrier scheduling including:
  • the terminal device receives first configuration information, the first configuration information is used to configure first downlink control information DCI and second DCI, the first DCI is used to schedule M carriers, and the second DCI is used to schedule a Carrier, M is an integer greater than 1, and the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI is different from the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI;
  • the terminal device monitors the first DCI and the second DCI according to a second monitoring bit length, wherein the second monitoring bit length is based on the first monitoring bit length and the first DCI of the first DCI.
  • the length of the first listening bit of the second DCI is determined.
  • the network device configures the first DCI for scheduling multiple carriers and the second DCI for scheduling a single carrier through the first configuration information, and the terminal device can
  • the first monitoring bit length obtains a second monitoring bit length for blind detection, which reduces the complexity of blind detection for terminal equipment to perform blind detection of DCI and improves system transmission performance; and, scheduling multiple carriers through the first DCI reduces The resource overhead of the PDCCH is reduced.
  • the first configuration information is also used to configure a third DCI
  • the third DCI is used to schedule N carriers, N is an integer greater than 1, and the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI is the same as the The third monitoring bit length of the first DCI is different, and the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI is determined according to the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI ;
  • the terminal device monitors the first DCI and the second DCI according to the second monitor bit length, including:
  • the terminal device monitors the first DCI, the second DCI, and the third DCI according to the second monitor bit length.
  • the terminal device determines the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI according to the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI and the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI;
  • the terminal device determines the second monitoring bit length according to the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI.
  • the network device also configures the third DCI for scheduling multiple carriers through the first configuration information, and the terminal device sets the monitoring bits of the first DCI, the second DCI, and the third DCI to The length is unified into a second monitoring bit length that is finally used for blind detection, which reduces the complexity of blind detection for terminal equipment to perform blind detection on DCI, and improves system transmission performance.
  • the difference between the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI is not very large.
  • the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI is obtained according to the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI, then according to the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI The monitoring bit length obtains the second monitoring bit length.
  • the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the first monitoring bit length need to be used. Any one of the first monitoring bit lengths of the three DCIs is used as a reference. In the case of performing zero padding on the monitoring bit length of another DCI, it will not increase the number of bits, which can avoid the DCI length alignment process. The problem of potentially adding a lot of overhead.
  • the first configuration information is also used to configure a fourth DCI and a fifth DCI, and each of the fourth DCI and the fifth DCI is used to schedule a carrier; and,
  • the terminal device monitors the first DCI and the second DCI according to the second monitor bit length, including:
  • the terminal device monitors the first DCI, the second DCI, the fourth DCI, and the fifth DCI according to the second monitoring bit length, the fourth monitoring bit length, and the fifth monitoring bit length, Wherein, the second monitoring bit length, the fourth monitoring bit length and the fifth monitoring bit length are all different, the fourth monitoring bit length is the monitoring bit length of the fourth DCI, and the fifth The monitoring bit length is the monitoring bit length of the fifth DCI.
  • the network device configures the first DCI for scheduling multiple carriers and the second DCI, fourth DCI, and fifth DCI for scheduling a single carrier through the first configuration information
  • the terminal device unifies the monitoring bit lengths of the above four DCIs into three monitoring bit lengths for blind detection, namely the second monitoring bit length, the fourth monitoring bit length and the fifth monitoring bit length, which meet the DCI length budget requirements , that is, there are no more than three different DCI lengths, which can reduce the complexity of blind detection of DCI by terminal equipment and improve system transmission performance.
  • the first configuration information is further used to configure a third DCI, a sixth DCI, a seventh DCI, an eighth DCI, a ninth DCI, and a tenth DCI, where the third DCI is used to schedule N carriers, N is an integer greater than 1, the sixth DCI, the seventh DCI, the eighth DCI, the ninth DCI, and the tenth DCI are each used to schedule a carrier, and the third DCI's
  • a monitoring bit length is different from the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI, and the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI is based on the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the third monitoring bit length of the third DCI. a listening bit length determined; and,
  • the terminal device monitors the first DCI, the second DCI, the fourth DCI, and the fifth DCI according to the second monitoring bit length, the fourth monitoring bit length, and the fifth monitoring bit length, include:
  • the terminal device monitors the first DCI, the second DCI, the third DCI, the The fourth DCI, the fifth DCI, the sixth DCI, the seventh DCI, the eighth DCI, the ninth DCI, and the tenth DCI.
  • the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI is determined according to the sixth monitoring bit length of the second DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the sixth DCI
  • the fourth monitoring The bit length is determined according to the first monitoring bit length of the fourth DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the seventh DCI
  • the fifth monitoring bit length is determined according to the first monitoring bit length of the fifth DCI , the first monitoring bit length of the eighth DCI, the first monitoring bit length of the ninth DCI, and the first monitoring bit length of the tenth DCI.
  • the terminal device determines the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI according to the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI and the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI;
  • the terminal device determines a sixth monitoring bit length according to the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the sixth DCI;
  • the terminal device determines the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI according to the sixth monitoring bit length of the second DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the sixth DCI;
  • the terminal device determines the second monitoring bit length according to the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI;
  • the terminal device determines the fourth monitoring bit length according to the first monitoring bit length of the fourth DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the seventh DC;
  • the terminal device according to the first monitoring bit length of the fifth DCI, the first monitoring bit length of the eighth DCI, the first monitoring bit length of the ninth DCI, and the first monitoring bit length of the tenth DCI A bit length is used to determine the fifth listening bit length.
  • the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI is based on the seventh monitoring bit length of the second DCI, the first monitoring bit length of the eighth DCI, the The first monitoring bit length and the first monitoring bit length of the tenth DCI are determined, and the fourth monitoring bit length is determined according to the first monitoring bit length of the fourth DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the seventh DCI The fifth monitoring bit length is determined according to the first monitoring bit length of the fifth DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the sixth DCI.
  • the terminal device determines the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI according to the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI and the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI;
  • the terminal device according to the seventh monitoring bit length of the second DCI, the first monitoring bit length of the eighth DCI, the first monitoring bit length of the ninth DCI, and the first monitoring bit length of the tenth DCI a bit length, determining the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI;
  • the terminal device determines the second monitoring bit length according to the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI;
  • the terminal device determines the fourth monitoring bit length according to the first monitoring bit length of the fourth DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the seventh DC;
  • the terminal device determines the fifth monitoring bit length according to the first monitoring bit length of the fifth DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the sixth DCI.
  • the network device configures the first DCI and the third DCI for scheduling multiple carriers through the first configuration information, and configures the DCI for single-carrier scheduling through the first configuration information.
  • the terminal device unifies the monitoring bit lengths of the above 10 DCIs into three monitoring bit lengths finally used for blind detection, that is, the second monitoring bit length, the fourth monitoring bit length and the fifth monitoring bit length, which meet the DCI length budget Requirements, that is, there are no more than three different DCI lengths, which reduces the complexity of blind detection of DCIs performed by terminal equipment, and improves system transmission performance.
  • the format of the second DCI is any of the following: DCI format 0_0 in the common search space CSS, DCI format 1_0 in the CSS, DCI format 0_0 in the user-specific search space USS, DCI format in the USS 1_0, DCI format 0_1 in USS, DCI format 1_1 in USS, DCI format 0_2 in USS, DCI format 1_2 in USS.
  • the first DCI includes at least one of a first type of domain and a second type of domain
  • the first type of domain includes at least one shared domain
  • the second type of domain includes at least one independent domain
  • the The information carried by the shared domain is the information shared by the data channels transmitted on the M carriers
  • the independent domain includes M subfields
  • the M subfields correspond to the M carriers one by one
  • the information carried by each subfield Information is associated with data channels transmitted on corresponding carriers.
  • the multi-carrier scheduling method provided by the embodiment of the present application is realized by configuring a second-type domain including at least one independent domain and/or a first-type domain including at least one shared domain in the first DCI for scheduling multi-carriers The format design of the first DCI.
  • the terminal device receives second configuration information, the second configuration information includes M carrier configuration information, and the M carrier configuration information corresponds to the M carriers one by one, and the independent domain
  • the bit length of each subfield is determined according to the corresponding carrier configuration information, and the bit length of the shared field is determined according to a predefined manner.
  • the bit lengths of the shared domain and the independent domain can be determined by determining the bit lengths of the shared domain and the independent domain through M carrier configuration information corresponding to the M carriers, and the bit lengths of all domains in the first DCI (that is, the first DCI The original bit length of a DCI), so as to determine the monitoring bit length of the first DCI used for blind detection, and realize the blind detection process of the terminal device.
  • the M carriers include a first carrier, and the second DCI is used to schedule the first carrier.
  • a multi-carrier scheduling method including:
  • the terminal device receives first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure first downlink control information DCI, where the first DCI is used to schedule M carriers, and the first carrier among the M carriers corresponds to the first For the secondary cell, M is an integer greater than 1;
  • the terminal device monitors the first DCI according to the monitor bit length of the first DCI, wherein the monitor bit length corresponding to the first secondary cell includes the monitor bit length of the first DCI, and the first The number of monitoring bit lengths corresponding to the secondary cell is less than or equal to the preset number.
  • the monitoring bit length of the first DCI of the multi-carrier scheduling is divided into the monitoring bit length corresponding to the first secondary cell, that is, the monitoring bit length corresponding to the first secondary cell includes the first The monitoring bit length of a DCI.
  • the network device when configured with multiple single-carrier scheduled DCIs and multiple multi-carrier scheduled DCIs, it is not necessary to combine the monitoring bit length of the multi-carrier scheduled DCI with the single-carrier In the case where the monitoring bit lengths of the scheduled DCIs are aligned, the monitoring bit lengths of all DCIs meet the requirement that the number of monitoring bit lengths corresponding to the first secondary cell is less than or equal to the preset number (for example, 3), reducing the time required for determining the DCI. The complexity of the process of monitoring the bit length is easy to implement.
  • the carrier used to bear the first DCI is any one of the M carriers, or the carrier used to bear the first DCI is different from the M carriers.
  • a method for multi-carrier scheduling includes:
  • the terminal device receives first configuration information, the first configuration information is used to configure first downlink control information DCI, and the first DCI is used to schedule M carriers, where M is an integer greater than 1, wherein the first A DCI includes at least one of a first type of domain and a second type of domain, the first type of domain includes at least one shared domain, the second type of domain includes at least one independent domain, and the information carried by the shared domain is in the The information shared by the data channels transmitted on the M carriers, the independent domain includes M subfields, the M subfields correspond to the M carriers one by one, and the information carried by each subfield is the same as that carried on the corresponding carrier. related to the transmitted data channel;
  • the terminal device monitors the first DCI.
  • the multi-carrier scheduling method provided by the embodiment of the present application is realized by configuring a second-type domain including at least one independent domain and/or a first-type domain including at least one shared domain in the first DCI for scheduling multi-carriers The format design of the first DCI.
  • the method also includes:
  • the terminal device receives second configuration information, the second configuration information includes M carrier configuration information, the M carrier configuration information corresponds to the M carriers one by one, and each subdomain of the independent domain
  • the bit length of the shared domain is determined based on the corresponding carrier configuration information, and the bit length of the shared domain is determined based on a predefined manner.
  • the bit lengths of the shared domain and the independent domain can be determined by determining the bit lengths of the shared domain and the independent domain through M carrier configuration information corresponding to the M carriers, and the bit lengths of all domains in the first DCI (that is, the first DCI The original bit length of a DCI), so as to determine the monitoring bit length of the first DCI used for blind detection, and realize the blind detection process of the terminal device.
  • a multi-carrier scheduling method is characterized in that it includes:
  • the network device sends first configuration information, the first configuration information is used to configure first downlink control information DCI and second DCI, the first DCI is used to schedule M carriers, and the second DCI is used to schedule a Carrier, M is an integer greater than 1, and the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI is different from the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI;
  • the network device sends at least one of the first DCI and the second DCI according to a second monitoring bit length, wherein the second monitoring bit length is the first monitoring bit length according to the first DCI determined by the second monitoring bit length of the second DCI.
  • the first configuration information is also used to configure a third DCI
  • the third DCI is used to schedule N carriers, N is an integer greater than 1, and the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI is the same as the The third monitoring bit length of the first DCI is different, and the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI is determined according to the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI ;as well as,
  • the network device sends at least one of the first DCI and the second DCI according to the second monitoring bit length, including:
  • the network device sends at least one of the first DCI, the second DCI, and the third DCI according to the second listening bit length.
  • the network device determines the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI according to the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI and the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI;
  • the network device determines the second monitoring bit length according to the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI.
  • the first configuration information is also used to configure a fourth DCI and a fifth DCI, and each of the fourth DCI and the fifth DCI is used to schedule a carrier; and,
  • the network device sends at least one of the first DCI and the second DCI according to the second monitoring bit length, including:
  • the network device sends the first DCI, the second DCI, the fourth DCI, and the At least one of the fifth DCI, wherein the second monitoring bit length, the fourth monitoring bit length and the fifth monitoring bit length are different, and the fourth monitoring bit length is the monitoring bit length of the fourth DCI bit length, the fifth monitoring bit length is the monitoring bit length of the fifth DCI.
  • the first configuration information is further used to configure a third DCI, a sixth DCI, a seventh DCI, an eighth DCI, a ninth DCI, and a tenth DCI, where the third DCI is used to schedule N carriers, N is an integer greater than 1, the sixth DCI, the seventh DCI, the eighth DCI, the ninth DCI, and the tenth DCI are each used to schedule a carrier, and the third DCI's
  • a monitoring bit length is different from the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI, and the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI is based on the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI. a listening bit length determined; and,
  • the network device sends the first DCI, the second DCI, the fourth DCI, and the At least one of the fifth DCI, including:
  • the network device sends the first DCI, the second DCI, and the third DCI according to at least one of the second monitoring bit length, the fourth monitoring bit length, and the fifth monitoring bit length. At least one of DCI, the fourth DCI, the fifth DCI, the sixth DCI, the seventh DCI, the eighth DCI, the ninth DCI, and the tenth DCI.
  • the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI is determined according to the sixth monitoring bit length of the second DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the sixth DCI
  • the fourth monitoring The bit length is determined according to the first monitoring bit length of the fourth DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the seventh DCI
  • the fifth monitoring bit length is determined according to the first monitoring bit length of the fifth DCI , the first monitoring bit length of the eighth DCI, the first monitoring bit length of the ninth DCI, and the first monitoring bit length of the tenth DCI.
  • the network device determines the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI according to the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI and the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI;
  • the network device determines a sixth monitoring bit length according to the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the sixth DCI;
  • the network device determines the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI according to the sixth monitoring bit length of the second DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the sixth DCI;
  • the network device determines the second monitoring bit length according to the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI;
  • the network device determines the fourth monitoring bit length according to the first monitoring bit length of the fourth DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the seventh DC;
  • the network device according to the first monitoring bit length of the fifth DCI, the first monitoring bit length of the eighth DCI, the first monitoring bit length of the ninth DCI, and the first monitoring bit length of the tenth DCI A bit length is used to determine the fifth monitoring bit length.
  • the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI is based on the seventh monitoring bit length of the second DCI, the first monitoring bit length of the eighth DCI, the The first monitoring bit length and the first monitoring bit length of the tenth DCI are determined, and the fourth monitoring bit length is determined according to the first monitoring bit length of the fourth DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the seventh DCI The fifth monitoring bit length is determined according to the first monitoring bit length of the fifth DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the sixth DCI.
  • the network device determines the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI according to the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI and the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI;
  • the network device according to the seventh monitoring bit length of the second DCI, the first monitoring bit length of the eighth DCI, the first monitoring bit length of the ninth DCI, and the first monitoring bit length of the tenth DCI a bit length, determining the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI;
  • the network device determines the second monitoring bit length according to the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI;
  • the network device determines the fourth monitoring bit length according to the first monitoring bit length of the fourth DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the seventh DC;
  • the network device determines the fifth monitoring bit length according to the first monitoring bit length of the fifth DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the sixth DCI.
  • the format of the second DCI is any of the following: DCI format 0_0 in the common search space CSS, DCI format 1_0 in the CSS, DCI format 0_0 in the user-specific search space USS, DCI format in the USS 1_0, DCI format 0_1 in USS, DCI format 1_1 in USS, DCI format 0_2 in USS, DCI format 1_2 in USS.
  • the first DCI includes at least one of a first type of domain and a second type of domain
  • the first type of domain includes at least one shared domain
  • the second type of domain includes at least one independent domain
  • the The information carried by the shared domain is the information shared by the data channels transmitted on the M carriers
  • the independent domain includes M subfields
  • the M subfields correspond to the M carriers one by one
  • the information carried by each subfield Information is associated with data channels transmitted on corresponding carriers.
  • the method also includes:
  • the network device sends second configuration information, the second configuration information includes M carrier configuration information, the M carrier configuration information corresponds to the M carriers one by one, and each subdomain of the independent domain
  • the bit length of the shared domain is determined based on the corresponding carrier configuration information, and the bit length of the shared domain is determined based on a predefined rule.
  • the M carriers include a first carrier, and the second DCI is used to schedule the first carrier.
  • a multi-carrier scheduling method including:
  • the network device sends first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure first downlink control information DCI, where the first DCI is used to schedule M carriers, and the first carrier among the M carriers corresponds to the first For the secondary cell, M is an integer greater than 1;
  • the network device sends the first DCI according to the monitoring bit length of the first DCI, where the monitoring bit length corresponding to the first secondary cell includes the monitoring bit length of the first DCI, and the first The number of monitoring bit lengths corresponding to the secondary cell is less than or equal to the preset number.
  • the carrier used to bear the first DCI is any one of the M carriers, or the carrier used to bear the first DCI is different from the M carriers.
  • a method for multi-carrier scheduling includes:
  • the network device sends first reception configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure first downlink control information DCI, where the first DCI is used to schedule M carriers, where M is an integer greater than 1, where the first A DCI includes at least one of a first type of domain and a second type of domain, the first type of domain includes at least one shared domain, the second type of domain includes at least one independent domain, and the information carried by the shared domain is in the The information shared by the data channels transmitted on the M carriers, the independent domain includes M subfields, the M subfields correspond to the M carriers one by one, and the information carried by each subfield is the same as that carried on the corresponding carrier. related to the transmitted data channel;
  • the network device sends the first DCI.
  • the method also includes:
  • the network device sends second configuration information, the second configuration information includes M carrier configuration information, the M carrier configuration information corresponds to the M carriers one by one, and each subdomain of the independent domain
  • the bit length of the shared domain is determined based on the corresponding carrier configuration information, and the bit length of the shared domain is determined based on a predefined manner.
  • a seventh aspect provides an apparatus for multi-carrier scheduling, the apparatus is configured to execute the method provided in any one of the first aspect, the second aspect, or the third aspect.
  • the apparatus may include a module for implementing any possible implementation manner of any one of the first aspect, the second aspect, or the third aspect.
  • an apparatus for multi-carrier scheduling including a processor.
  • the processor is coupled with the memory, and can be used to execute instructions in the memory, so as to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of any one of the above-mentioned first aspect, second aspect, or third aspect.
  • the device further includes a memory.
  • the device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
  • a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a device, the device realizes any one of the above-mentioned first aspect, second aspect, or third aspect A method in any of the possible implementations.
  • a computer program product containing instructions is provided, and when the instructions are executed by a computer, the device implements the method in any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect, the second aspect, or the third aspect. .
  • a chip including: an input interface, an output interface, a processor, and a memory, the input interface, the output interface, the processor, and the memory are connected through an internal connection path, and the processing
  • the processor is used to execute the code in the memory, and when the code is executed, the processor is used to execute the method in any possible implementation manner of any one of the first aspect, the second aspect, or the third aspect above .
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 2 is a schematic scene diagram of carrier aggregation provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 3 and Fig. 4 are schematic scene diagrams of multi-carrier scheduling provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of aligning the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 in the CSS provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of aligning the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 in the USS provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of aligning the DCI length of a terminal device in DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 1_1 of the USS with the DCI length of another terminal device in DCI format 0_0 or DCI format 1_0 of the USS provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of aligning the DCI length of DCI format 0_3 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_3 in the USS provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of aligning the DCI length of DCI format 0_1 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_1 in the USS provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 10 is a schematic diagram of aligning the DCI length of DCI format 0_2 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_2 in the USS provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of mDCI scheduling multiple carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a multi-carrier scheduling method 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a multi-carrier scheduling method 200 provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a method 300 for multi-carrier scheduling provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • Fig. 15 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 400 for multi-carrier scheduling provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • Fig. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus 500 for multi-carrier scheduling provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD time division duplex
  • 5th generation, 5G new radio
  • new radio new radio, NR
  • future sixth generation 6th generation, 6G
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system includes one or more network devices (for ease of description, network device 10 and network device 20 are shown in the figure), and one or more terminal devices communicating with the one or more network devices.
  • terminal device 11 and terminal device 12 communicate with network device 10
  • terminal device 21 and terminal device 22 communicate with network device 20 .
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of this application is a device with wireless transceiver function, which can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed In the air (such as aircraft, balloons and satellites, etc.).
  • the terminal device may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal device, an industrial control ( Wireless terminals in industrial control, vehicle-mounted terminal equipment, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, transportation security Safety), wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home, wearable terminal devices, etc.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the application scenarios.
  • a terminal may sometimes be referred to as terminal equipment, user equipment (UE), access terminal equipment, vehicle-mounted terminal, industrial control terminal, UE unit, UE station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal equipment, mobile equipment, UE terminal equipment, terminal equipment, wireless communication equipment, UE proxy or UE device, etc.
  • Terminal equipment can also be fixed or mobile.
  • the network device in the embodiment of this application may be a device used to communicate with a terminal device, and it may be any device with wireless transceiver function.
  • Network equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolved Node B) in LTE, base station (gNodeB or gNB) or transmission receiving point (transmission receiving point/transmission reception point, TRP) in NR , the access node in the WiFi system, the wireless relay node, the wireless backhaul node, etc.
  • the base station can be: a macro base station, a micro base station, a pico base station, a small station, a relay station, or a balloon station, etc.
  • Multiple base stations may support the aforementioned networks of the same technology, or may support the aforementioned networks of different technologies.
  • a base station may contain one or more co-sited or non-co-sited TRPs.
  • the network device may also be a wireless controller, a CU, and/or a DU in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario.
  • the network device can also be a server, a wearable device, or a vehicle-mounted device, etc. In the following, the network device is taken as an example for description.
  • the multiple network devices may be base stations of the same type, or base stations of different types.
  • the base station can communicate with the terminal equipment, and can also communicate with the terminal equipment through the relay station.
  • the terminal device can communicate with multiple base stations of different technologies.
  • the terminal device can communicate with the base station supporting the LTE network, and also can communicate with the base station supporting the 5G network. It can also support the communication between the base station of the LTE network and the base station of the 5G
  • a physical downlink control channel bears downlink control information (DCI) sent by a network device to a terminal device.
  • DCI includes the following content: carrying control information related to uplink data transmission, such as resource allocation information for data transmission, format information of uplink/downlink resources in a time slot, and power control information for uplink data channels and signals, etc.; dynamic time slot configuration information; resource preemption information, etc.
  • the terminal device After receiving the DCI, the terminal device sends and receives data according to the DCI, or performs corresponding operations.
  • a control channel element is a basic unit that constitutes a PDCCH, occupying 6 resource blocks (resource block, RB) in the frequency domain.
  • a given PDCCH can be composed of 1, 2, 4, 8 and 16 CCEs, and its specific value is determined by the DCI size (DCI size) and the required coding rate.
  • the number of CCEs constituting the PDCCH is called an aggregation level (AL).
  • the network device can adjust the aggregation level of the PDCCH according to the actual transmission wireless channel state to realize link adaptive transmission. For example, when the wireless channel state of the network device and the terminal device is relatively bad, the number of CCEs constituting the PDCCH will be more than when the wireless channel state is good, that is, the PDCCH aggregation level will be larger.
  • the search space is a collection of candidate PDCCHs (PDCCH candidates) at the aggregation level, where the PDCCHs to be blindly detected are called candidate PDCCHs. Because the aggregation level of the PDCCH actually sent by the network device changes with time, and since there is no relevant signaling to notify the terminal device, the terminal device needs to blindly detect the PDCCH at different aggregation levels.
  • the starting CCE number of the candidate PDCCH needs to be divisible by the number of CCEs of the candidate PDCCH.
  • candidate PDCCHs of aggregation level 2 can only start from CCE numbers divisible by 2, and the same principle is applicable to search spaces of other aggregation levels.
  • the CCE set in which the search space is located may be further determined according to high-level parameters and predefined rules in the configuration information of the search space set.
  • the protocol divides the search space into common search space (common search space, CSS) and UE specific search space (UE specific search space, USS), and performs blind detection in different search spaces for different information.
  • the DCI used to schedule different data transmissions may be scrambled with different radio network temporary identifiers (RNTIs).
  • the RNTIs may include cell identifiers (cell-RNTI, C-RNTI), access identifiers (random access-RNTI, RA-RNTI), paging identifier (paging-RNTI, P-RNTI), etc., where C-RNTI can be used to scramble the DCI of scheduling user data, and RA-RNTI can be used to schedule network equipment
  • the random access response message sent to the terminal device is scrambled, and the P-RNTI can be used to scramble the paging message.
  • the PDCCHs of different users can be distinguished by their corresponding C-RNTIs, that is, the DCI cyclic redundancy check (cyclic redundancy check, CRC) is masked by the C-RNTI.
  • CRC cyclic redundancy check
  • the user generally does not know the specific format of the DCI currently being sent, nor does he know which candidate PDCCH the DCI he needs is on. However, the user knows what information he is currently expecting. For the different information he expects, the user uses the corresponding RNTI and The configuration information on the candidate PDCCH configured by the network device is checked by CRC. If the CRC check is successful, then the user knows that the DCI is what he needs, and also knows the corresponding DCI format, so as to further analyze the content of the DCI.
  • the terminal device performs blind detection on all candidate PDCCHs in the search space, and for different information, the terminal device performs blind detection in different search spaces. For example, paging, SI, RACH response and other information need to be monitored by all terminal devices. For such information, terminal devices perform blind detection in CSS. For example, information such as uplink or downlink scheduling instructions is related to a specific terminal device and only needs to be monitored by a specific terminal device. For such information, the terminal device performs blind detection in the USS. In addition, during the blind detection process, the terminal device may determine the DCI length based on the configuration information, and perform blind detection according to the DCI length, thus reducing the complexity of the blind detection.
  • DCI format (DCI format)
  • NR currently mainly supports three series of DCI formats, namely: DCI format x_0, DCI format x_1, and DCI format x_2.
  • Different series of DCI formats have different values of x.
  • the value of x can be 0 or 1
  • the included DCI formats are: DCI format 0_0, DCI format 1_0; in the DCI format x_1 series, the value of x can be It is 0 or 1.
  • the included DCI format is: DCI format 0_1, DCI format 1_1; in the DCI format x_2 series, the value of x can be 0 or 1.
  • DCI format x_2 DCI formats
  • DCI formats 2_2, DCI format 3_2, and DCI format 4_2 can also be included.
  • DCI format 0_0 is used for scheduling of physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) in the cell.
  • DCI format 0_1 is used for the scheduling of one or more PUSCHs in the serving cell, or for indicating to the UE the configuration of authorized downlink feedback information (configured granddownlink feedback information, CG-DFI).
  • DCI format 0_2 is used for PUSCH scheduling in the serving cell.
  • DCI format 1_0 is used for scheduling of physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) in the downlink cell.
  • DCI format 1_1 is used for the scheduling of PDSCH in the cell.
  • DCI format 1_2 is used for the scheduling of PDSCH in the cell.
  • the contents of the domains included in the DCI of different formats are different.
  • DCI used to schedule physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) and used to schedule physical downlink shared channel (physical downlink shared channel, PDSCH) DCI, wherein DCI format 0_0, DCI format 0_1, and DCI format 0_2 are DCIs used to schedule PUSCH, and DCI format 1_0, DCI format 1_1, and DCI format 1_2 are DCIs used to schedule PDSCH.
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
  • DCI formats 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 are fallback DCI
  • DCI format 0_1, DCI format 1_1, DCI format 0_2 are non-fallback DCIs.
  • At least some fields included in the above six DCI formats may be shown in Table 1 to Table 6 below.
  • DCI format 0_0 except for the frequency domain resource assignment (FDRA) domain, the lengths of the remaining domains are fixed, and do not need to be configured through radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling , therefore, the information bit size of DCI format 0_0 is only related to the FDRA domain, and the FDRA domain of DCI format 0_0 is only related to related to the value of .
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the above DCI format 1_0 is a DCI format in which C-RNTI scrambling is adopted and the FDRA fields are not all 1s, or a DCI format in which CS-RNTI scrambling is adopted.
  • this DCI format 1_0 except for the FDRA field, the lengths of the remaining fields are fixed and do not need to be configured through RRC signaling. Therefore, the information bit size of DCI format 0_1 is only related to the FDRA field, and the information bit size of DCI format 1_0 FDRA domains are only associated with related to the value of .
  • the bit length and content of the other fields are not affected by the RRC configuration and are deterministic. Therefore, only the length of the FDRA field affects the length of the DCI rollback bit.
  • the parameter that affects the length of DCI format 0_0 is The parameters that affect the length of DCI format 1_0 are and The initial uplink BWP (initial UL BWP) can be used, and the activated uplink BWP (active UL BWP) can also be used.
  • the initial downlink BWP can be used, or the activated downlink BWP can be used, depending on the scenario corresponding to the DCI, for example, a common search space (common search space, CSS) or a user-specific search space (UE-specific search space, USS),
  • a common search space common search space, CSS
  • UE-specific search space UE-specific search space, USS
  • DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 each having two lengths, specifically, DCI format 0_0 has one length in CSS, DCI format 0_0 has one length in USS, for a total of two lengths, DCI format 1_0 has a length in CSS DCI format 1_0 has a length in USS, and DCI format 1_0 has a length in USS, a total of two lengths.
  • DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 in addition to the FDRA field, there are many fields whose lengths are not fixed and need to be configured through RRC signaling, such as carrier indicator bits, bandwidth part indicators, and time domain resource allocation bits. etc. Therefore, the information bit size of DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 is not only the same as It is related to the value of , which is flexible and changeable.
  • DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2 in addition to the FDRA field, there are many fields whose lengths are not fixed and need to be configured through RRC signaling. Therefore, the information bit size of DCI format 0_2 and DCI format1_2 is not only the same as It is related to the value of , which is flexible and changeable.
  • DCI formats may include more or less fields as shown in Table 1 to Table 6, which shall not limit this embodiment of the present application.
  • DCI size The number of different DCI lengths (DCI size) in 1 time unit (for example, time slot or PDCCH monitoring opportunity) in 1 cell does not exceed 4;
  • the different DCI lengths here should be understood as the DCI length of the natural configuration is different from other DCI lengths, or the DCI length determined after performing an alignment operation on the DCI length of the natural configuration is still different from other DCI lengths, wherein the alignment operation includes Zero padding operation or truncation operation, the explanation of alignment operation below is the same as here.
  • the zero padding operation means adding at least one bit of zero to the DCI to increase the length of the DCI.
  • the truncation operation refers to the operation of truncating a DCI to reduce the length of the DCI. Specifically, the truncation operation may be an operation of deleting some information bits of a corresponding field, or may be an operation of deleting all information bits of a corresponding field.
  • the "natural configuration" herein should be understood as the size of the bit length occupied by each field in the DCI configured by the network device through the configuration information.
  • the terminal device can determine the information bit length of the DCI according to the configuration of the above configuration information (the information bit size of the DCI in the DCI format of each table above is also the original bit length below), that is, the information bit length of the DCI can be determined only according to the configuration
  • the information is obtained, excluding the processed bit length obtained after other operations (for example, zero-padding or truncation operation on the information bit length of DCI, etc.), or in other words, the information bit length of DCI is complemented by DCI Zero or the length in bits before the truncation operation.
  • the above configuration information may be RRC signaling, medium access control (medium access control, MAC) control element (control element, CE) signaling or DCI.
  • DCI lengths in the above DCI length budget whether it is the naturally configured DCI length or the DCI length determined by performing an alignment operation on the naturally configured DCI lengths, it can be understood as the DCI length used in the blind detection process.
  • the DCI format of a DCI is DCI format 0_0, and the bit length actually occupied by each field of the DCI obtained based on the configuration information is 20 bits (excluding CRC), that is, the information bit length of the DCI is 20 bits. If the DCI length alignment operation is not required based on the DCI length budget, then one DCI length used in the blind detection process is 20. If based on the DCI length budget, the DCI length needs to be zero-filled to increase the DCI length to 25, then a DCI length used in the blind detection process is 25. If the DCI length needs to be truncated based on the DCI length budget to shorten the DCI length to 18, then the DCI length used in the blind detection process is 18.
  • DCIs of different lengths may need to be aligned (zero padding or truncated) during the transmission of DCI by network devices and terminal devices. operation) to reduce the number of DCI lengths, thereby reducing the complexity of blind detection of the DCI by the terminal device.
  • the DCI length budget of the cell corresponding to the scheduled carrier component is used for determination. For example, all four DCIs schedule component carrier 1, and component carrier 1 corresponds to cell 1.
  • the DCI length budget of cell 1 is used as a reference.
  • a carrier is a radio wave of a specific frequency that can be used to transmit data.
  • carrier aggregation more than two carrier units (component carriers, CCs) are aggregated together for data transmission.
  • carrier can be understood as “carrier unit”.
  • a terminal device may use three carriers, one of the three carriers is called a primary component carrier (PCC), and the other two carriers are called secondary component carriers (secondary component carriers).
  • PCC primary component carrier
  • secondary component carriers secondary component carriers
  • one carrier corresponds to one cell.
  • the primary carrier corresponds to a primary cell (Pcell)
  • one secondary carrier corresponds to a secondary cell (Scell).
  • multiple carriers may also correspond to one cell, for example, a cell includes at least two downlink carriers and at least one uplink carrier.
  • the carrier in this embodiment of the present application may be that one carrier corresponds to a carrier in one cell, or that multiple carriers correspond to carriers in one cell.
  • carrier aggregation supports the aggregation between different carriers.
  • Carrier aggregation aggregates two or more carriers together to support larger transmission bandwidth. According to whether the carriers participating in the aggregation belong to the same frequency band and whether they are continuous in the frequency domain, carrier aggregation can be divided into: continuous carrier aggregation within the frequency band, non-continuous carrier aggregation within the frequency band, and carrier aggregation between frequency bands. Among them, continuous carrier aggregation within the frequency band Carriers belong to the same frequency band and are continuous in the frequency domain. Carriers in non-continuous carrier aggregation within a frequency band belong to the same frequency band but are not continuous in the frequency domain. Carrier aggregation between frequency bands belongs to different frequency bands.
  • network devices can schedule multiple carriers for data transmission through multiple DCIs when scheduling terminal devices.
  • One DCI is used to schedule one carrier, and the scheduled carrier transmits a data channel for carrying data.
  • a network device sends a DCI on each of multiple carriers, and the DCI on each carrier is used to schedule the carrier.
  • the network device can transmit multiple DCIs on one carrier, and the multiple carriers scheduled by the multiple DCIs may include the carrier used to send the multiple DCIs, or may not include the carrier used to send the multiple DCIs.
  • Multiple DCI carriers, that is, in cross-carrier scheduling DCI sent on one carrier is allowed to schedule another carrier, that is, DCI is transmitted on one carrier, and corresponding data is transmitted on another carrier.
  • the "sending DCI on the carrier” mentioned in the embodiment of this application can also be described as “sending the PDCCH on the carrier”.
  • the data is carried on the data channel (PDSCH or PUSCH)
  • "transmitting data on a carrier” mentioned in the embodiment of this application can also be described as “transmitting a data channel on a carrier”
  • “scheduling a carrier” can also be described as “scheduling a carrier data channel (PDSCH or PUSCH)”.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic scene diagram of carrier aggregation provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 shows the self-scheduling scenario in carrier aggregation, each cell corresponds to a carrier, and the DCI1 (or PDCCH1) sent on the carrier 1 (primary carrier) corresponding to the primary cell (Pcell) is used for scheduling
  • the carrier 1 used to transmit PDSCH1, the DCI2 (or PDCCH2) sent on the carrier 2 (secondary carrier) corresponding to the secondary cell 1 (Scell) is used to schedule the carrier 2 used to transmit PDSCH2, the carrier corresponding to the secondary cell 2 (Scell2) DCI3 (or PDCCH3) sent on 3 is used to schedule carrier 3 for transmitting PDSCH3.
  • (b) in Figure 2 shows the scenario of cross-carrier scheduling in carrier aggregation.
  • Carrier 1 corresponding to the primary cell (Pcell) sends two DCIs, namely DCI1 and DCI2.
  • DCI1 is used for scheduling and transmitting PDSCH1
  • Carrier 1 is used to schedule carrier 2 for transmission of PDSCH2, wherein the scenario where DCI2 sent on carrier 1 is used to schedule carrier 2 for transmission of PDSCH2 is a scenario of cross-carrier scheduling.
  • (c) in Figure 2 shows another scenario of cross-carrier scheduling in carrier aggregation.
  • Carrier 1 corresponding to the primary cell (Pcell) sends two DCIs, namely DCI1 and DCI2.
  • DCI1 is used for scheduling Carrier 2 for transmission of PDSCH1
  • DCI2 is used to schedule carrier 3 for transmission of PDSCH2
  • two carriers scheduled by DCI1 and DCI2 respectively are scenarios of cross-carrier scheduling.
  • FIG. 2 only schematically shows the case where the DCI schedules the carrier for transmitting the PDSCH, and the case where the DCI schedules the carrier for transmitting the PUSCH is similar to that in FIG. 2 , and will not be repeated here.
  • one DCI needs to be sent for each carrier to be scheduled. If multiple carriers need to be scheduled, multiple DCIs need to be sent.
  • One DCI is used to schedule one carrier, and one DCI is transmitted through one PDCCH. In this way, the overhead of the PDCCH is large, and more DCI will also increase the complexity of blind detection.
  • control resources are limited, if the available PDCCH overhead of a terminal device is large, the number of schedulable terminal devices will decrease.
  • one DCI can be used to schedule multiple (for example, two) carriers, so as to reduce the overhead of PDCCH and reduce the complexity of blind detection.
  • the DCI can schedule multiple carriers through two scheduling methods.
  • DCI schedules multiple carriers by scheduling multiple data channels. That is, one DCI schedules multiple data channels, each data channel corresponds to at least one carrier, and each data channel corresponds to at least one physical transport block. Specifically, each data channel may be transmitted on the at least one carrier, each data channel is used to bear the at least one physical transport block, and each physical transport block is mapped to a transmission resource of the at least one carrier.
  • each data channel corresponds to at least one carrier, and there are the following three situations. In the first case, each data channel corresponds to a carrier. In the second case, each data channel of some of the data channels in the multiple data channels corresponds to one carrier, and each data channel of the other part of the data channels corresponds to multiple carriers. For example, DCI schedules 2 data channels, and one data channel Corresponds to one carrier, and another data channel corresponds to multiple carriers. In the third case, each data channel corresponds to multiple carriers.
  • DCI schedules multiple carriers by scheduling one data channel. That is, one DCI schedules one data channel, the data channel corresponds to multiple carriers, and the data channel corresponds to at least one physical transport block. Specifically, the data channel is transmitted on multiple carriers, the data channel is used to bear at least one physical transport block, and each physical transport block is mapped on the transmission resources of the multiple carriers.
  • FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 are schematic scene diagrams of multi-carrier scheduling provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3 corresponds to the first scheduling method.
  • one DCI carried on the PDCCH schedules two PDSCHs, one PDSCH corresponds to one carrier, PDSCH1 corresponds to carrier 1, and PDSCH2 corresponds to carrier 2.
  • Figure 4 corresponds to the second scheduling method.
  • a DCI carried on a PDCCH schedules a PDSCH, and the PDSCH corresponds to 2 carriers, that is, the PDSCH is transmitted on 2 carriers, and the 2 carriers are carrier 1 and Carrier 2.
  • the DCI used to schedule one carrier is collectively referred to as single-carrier scheduling DCI, represented by sDCI
  • the DCI used to schedule multiple carriers is collectively referred to as multi-carrier scheduling DCI, represented by mDCI.
  • sDCI and mDCI are only names for distinguishing two DCIs with different functions, and other names may be used to define them, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the sDCI may include any one or more DCI formats defined in the present or in the future, and the sDCI is used to schedule a carrier.
  • the sDCI may include at least one of the following formats: DCI format 0_0, DCI format 1_0, DCI format 0_1, DCI format 1_1, DCI format 0_2, and DCI format 1_2.
  • the mDCI may include one or more DCI formats defined in the embodiments of this application.
  • the DCI format of mDCI is recorded as DCI format x_3, and the value of x is an integer.
  • the DCI format used by the scheduled carrier to transmit the mDCI corresponding to the PUSCH may be DCI format 0_3, and the value of x is 0, and the format of the DCI used by the scheduled carrier to transmit the mDCI corresponding to the PDSCH may be DCI format 1_3, the value of x is 1.
  • the DCI transmission process of the terminal device and the network device includes two scenarios of coexistence and non-coexistence of the sDCI and mDCI.
  • the network device supports terminal devices to blindly detect sDCI and mDCI within a time unit, and within this time unit, the network device can send sDCI or mDCI to schedule carriers.
  • the network device can configure the DCI format for blind detection for the terminal device through high-level signaling, including the DCI format of sDCI and mDCI.
  • the terminal device blindly detects sDCI and mDCI within this time unit based on the configuration of the network device to obtain the network The DCI actually sent by the device.
  • the network device does not support the blind detection of sDCI and mDCI by the terminal device within a time unit.
  • the terminal device blindly detects sDCI, and the network device sends sDCI to schedule the carrier.
  • the device blindly detects the mDCI, and the network device sends the mDCI to schedule the carrier.
  • this embodiment of the present application mainly involves the following three aspects.
  • the first aspect is the design of the DCI format of mDCI.
  • DCI lengths of different DCIs are determined to reduce the number of DCI lengths and reduce the complexity of blind DCI detection by terminal equipment.
  • the embodiment of the present application will mostly involve the length of the DCI, before describing the above three aspects, for the convenience of description, the embodiment of the present application defines the original bit length of the DCI.
  • the original bit length of the DCI is the information bit length of the DCI above, which indicates the bit length of each field in the DCI configured by the network device through the configuration information.
  • the terminal device can determine the bit length of the DCI according to the configuration of the above configuration information.
  • the original bit length that is, the original bit length of the DCI can be obtained only according to the configuration information, and does not include the processed bit length obtained after other operations (for example, alignment operations), or in other words, the original bit length of the DCI is based on the DCI Bit length before alignment operation.
  • the information bit size of DCI is the original bit length of DCI.
  • the information bit length of DCI in DCI format 0_0 in Table 1 is the original bit length of DCI format 0_0.
  • each data channel corresponds to at least one carrier, and each data channel is used to carry at least one (for example, 1 or 2) physical transport blocks, the field contained in mDCI
  • the existing sDCI that schedules a carrier by scheduling a data channel
  • the mDCI format can be the same as the existing format, the difference is that the existing DCI scheduling data channel schedules one carrier, and the mDCI scheduling in the embodiment of the present application A data channel schedules multiple carriers.
  • M data channels and corresponding M carriers are taken as an example for description, where the M data channels correspond to the M carriers one by one.
  • the mDCI of the scheduling mode of scheduling M carriers by scheduling M data channels includes two types of domains, the first type of domain includes at least one shared domain, and the second type of domain includes at least one independent domain.
  • the information carried in each shared domain is related to M data channels transmitted on M carriers. Specifically, the information carried in each shared domain is the information shared by the M data channels. In other words, each shared domain The information carried is part of the scheduling information of the mDCI, and is used to schedule the M data channels.
  • Each independent domain includes M subfields, which correspond to M carriers one by one, and the information carried by each subfield is related to the data channel transmitted on the corresponding carrier. In other words, the information carried by each subfield is mDCI A part of the scheduling information is used to schedule the corresponding data channel.
  • the DCI format of mDCI is described below by taking the defined DCI format 1_3 of mDCI and mDCI scheduling two carriers as an example.
  • DCI format 1_3, DCI format 1_3 schedules two carriers by scheduling two data channels, one data channel corresponds to one carrier, and the two data channels are recorded as data channel 1 and data channel 2, DCI format 1_3 All domains in are divided into shared domains and independent domains.
  • Each independent domain includes two subfields.
  • the first subfield on the left corresponds to data channel 1, and the second subfield on the right corresponds to data channel 2.
  • the number of bits is a subfield occupied The number of bits, indicating the bit length of a subfield.
  • the MCS domain is an independent domain, including two sub-domains, which are respectively the MCS1 domain for the transmission block 11 on the left (two sub-domains) domain) and the MCS2 domain for transport block 12 on the right (the other subfield of the two subfields), the MCS1 domain for transport block 11 corresponds to data channel 1, and is used to carry the transmission on data channel 1
  • the MCS information of the data, the MCS2 field for the transmission block 12 on the right corresponds to the data channel 2, and is used to carry the MCS information of the data transmitted on the data channel 2.
  • One subfield occupies 5 bits, that is, the bit length of one subfield is 5 bits, and the MCS1 field and the MCS2 field occupy 10 bits in total.
  • each shared domain For shared domains, the functions of each shared domain are different, and the information carried by each shared domain is related to data channel 1 and data channel 2, and is information shared by these two data channels.
  • the FDRA domain is a shared domain for carrying frequency domain information for data channel 1 and data channel 2, or in other words, data channel 1 and data channel 2
  • the frequency domain information of data channel 2 is the same.
  • the frequency domain information carried in the frequency domain resource allocation field is for 20 MHz frequency domain resources, 104 RBs in the frequency domain resources are used for data scheduling, and the frequency domain resource allocation field occupies 13 bits.
  • the network device can configure the bit length of each domain in the multiple domains (that is, the number of bits occupied by each domain) through the carrier configuration information of each carrier, and the terminal device is based on the carrier configuration information of each carrier
  • the configuration information determines the bit length of each field, thereby determining the bit length of all fields of mDCI, and obtaining the original bit length of mDCI.
  • the terminal device can determine the bits used in the blind detection process according to the original bit length of mDCI length.
  • the terminal device may determine the bit lengths of the independent domain and the shared domain in different ways based on the carrier configuration information of the carrier to obtain the original bit length of the mDCI.
  • the network device configures one-to-one corresponding M carrier configuration information for the M carriers, and each carrier configuration information is used to determine the bit length of the scheduling information, which is part of the mDCI information and is used for scheduling
  • the data channel transmitted on the carrier corresponding to each carrier configuration information includes information carried by each shared domain and information carried by a subfield of a corresponding carrier in each independent domain.
  • M carriers correspond to M subdomains in each independent domain, and M carriers correspond to M carrier configuration information one-to-one. Therefore, M carrier configuration information corresponds to M subdomains in each independent domain.
  • each carrier configuration information corresponds to each subfield of each independent domain, and each carrier configuration information can be used to indicate the bit length of each subfield of each independent domain, so that the terminal device can determine according to the M carrier configuration information
  • the bit lengths of the M subfields of each independent field determine the bit lengths of all independent fields.
  • the MCS domain is an independent domain and includes two subdomains, namely the MCS1 domain for transport block 11 and the MCS2 domain for transport block 12.
  • the MCS1 domain corresponds to carrier 1 and the MCS2 domain
  • the carrier configuration information of carrier 1 indicates that the bit length of the MCS1 field is 5
  • the carrier configuration information of carrier 2 indicates that the bit length of the MCS2 field is 5, thus, the bit length of the MCS field is 10.
  • the bandwidth part indication domain in Table 7 as an example the bandwidth part indication domain is an independent domain, including two subfields, namely the bandwidth part indication 1 domain and the bandwidth part indication 2 domain, and the bandwidth part indication 1 domain corresponds to the carrier 1.
  • the bandwidth part indicates that the field 2 corresponds to carrier 2.
  • the carrier configuration information of carrier 1 indicates that the bandwidth part indicates that the bit length of the 1 field is 1, and the carrier configuration information of carrier 2 indicates that the bandwidth part indicates that the bit length of the 2 field is 2. In this way, the bandwidth The bit length of the partial indication field is 3.
  • each shared domain For the shared domain, the information carried in each shared domain is information shared by M data channels transmitted on M carriers. Therefore, each shared domain has only one bit length, and each shared domain can be finally determined according to a predefined method.
  • the bit length of the field, the predefined manner is related to at least one carrier configuration information in the M carrier configuration information.
  • the bit length of each shared domain is determined according to at least one piece of carrier configuration information among the M pieces of carrier configuration information.
  • the bit length of each shared domain is determined according to any piece of carrier configuration information in the M pieces of carrier configuration information.
  • the time domain resource allocation domain is a shared domain, and the bit length of the time domain resource allocation domain can be 1, 2, 3 or 4, regardless of the carrier configuration information configuration of the two carriers Whether or not the bit lengths are the same, the bit length configured in the carrier configuration information of one of the carriers shall prevail as the bit length of the resource allocation field in the time domain.
  • the bit length of the carrier configuration information of the carrier corresponding to data channel 1 is 1, the bit length of the carrier configuration information of the carrier corresponding to data channel 2 is 2, and the bit length of the carrier configuration information of the carrier corresponding to data channel 1 is
  • the final determined time-domain resource allocation field has a bit length of 1.
  • one carrier (denoted as the target carrier) is determined from the M carriers, and the carrier configuration information of the target carrier is used as the carrier configuration information for determining the bit length of the shared domain, that is, any of the above-mentioned carrier configuration information .
  • the target carrier is determined according to the index number of the carrier, for example, the carrier corresponding to the largest or smallest index number is determined as the target carrier.
  • the carrier used for sending mDCI is determined as the target carrier.
  • the bit length of each shared domain is determined according to M pieces of carrier configuration information.
  • the target carrier configuration information is determined according to M pieces of carrier configuration information, and the bit length indicated by the target carrier configuration information is used as the bit length of each shared domain, and the bit length indicated by the target carrier configuration information is the M The shortest bit length among the bit lengths indicated by the carrier configuration information, or the longest bit length among the bit lengths indicated by the M carrier configuration information. This example is applicable to a scenario where the bit lengths indicated by M carrier configuration information are not completely the same.
  • the time-domain resource allocation domain is a shared domain, which is used to carry the common information of two data channels transmitted on two carriers, and the carrier configuration information of the two carriers is respectively recorded as For carrier configuration information 1 and carrier configuration information 2, the bit length obtained based on carrier configuration information 1 is 1, and the bit length obtained based on carrier configuration information 2 is 2. If the shortest bit length is used as the bit length of the shared domain, the time domain resources The bit length of the allocation field is 1, and if the longest bit length is used as the bit length of the shared field, the bit length of the time domain resource allocation field is 2.
  • the sum of bit lengths indicated by M pieces of carrier configuration information is used as the bit length of each shared domain.
  • the bit length obtained based on carrier configuration information 1 is 1
  • the bit length obtained based on carrier configuration information 2 is 2
  • the finally determined bit length of the time domain resource allocation domain is 3 .
  • the terminal device can determine the bit lengths of each shared field and each independent field in different ways, and finally obtain the original bit length of the mDCI. Subsequently, the bit length used in the blind detection process can be determined according to the original bit length of the mDCI.
  • both the shared domain and the independent domain in the mDCI are predefined, and the terminal device and the network device can determine which domains in the mDCI are shared domains and which domains are independent domains based on the predefined manner.
  • undefined domains in mDCI there are some undefined domains in mDCI, and these undefined domains are collectively referred to as flexibly configured domains, which can be configured as shared domains and/or independent domains, and network devices pass
  • the signaling notifies the terminal device, and the terminal device determines the undefined shared domain and/or independent domain based on the signaling.
  • the signaling may be RRC signaling, MACCE signaling or DCI. In the following, this method will be described in three cases.
  • some of the shared domains and independent domains in the mDCI are predefined, and the other part of the shared domains and independent domains are configured through flexibly configured domains, and the network equipment sends them to the terminal equipment through signaling.
  • the network device configures 4 of the remaining 6 domains as shared domains, and configures the remaining 2 domains as independent domains, and notifies the terminal device of the configured shared domain and independent domain through signaling , so that the actually transmitted mDCI includes 7 shared domains and 5 independent domains.
  • the terminal device determines which domains in the mDCI are shared domains and which domains are independent domains.
  • the flexibly configured domain may be a default independent domain, and such flexibly configured domain may be reconfigured as a shared domain, and the network device notifies the terminal device through signaling.
  • the remaining 6 flexibly configured domains can be default independent domains.
  • the network device reconfigures 4 of the 6 flexibly configured domains as shared domains, and the remaining 2 domains The domain is a default independent domain, and the reconfigured 4 shared domains are notified to the terminal equipment through signaling, so that the actually transmitted mDCI includes 7 shared domains and 5 independent domains.
  • all the independent domains in the mDCI are predefined, some shared domains are predefined, and the other part of the shared domains is configured by the network device through flexibly configured domains and sent to the terminal device through signaling.
  • the network device configures the remaining 4 domains as shared domains, and notifies the terminal device through signaling. In this way, the actually transmitted mDCI includes 5 shared domains and 7 independent domains.
  • all shared domains in the mDCI are predefined, some independent domains are predefined, and other independent domains are configured by network devices through flexibly configured domains and sent to terminal devices through signaling.
  • the network device configures the remaining 4 domains as independent domains, and notifies the terminal device through signaling. In this way, the actually transmitted mDCI includes 5 shared domains and 7 independent domains.
  • Method C predefined shared domain or predefined and flexible configuration shared domain, flexible configuration independent domain
  • the independent domains in mDCI are configured through flexibly configured domains and signaled to terminal devices, the shared domains in mDCI are predefined, or the shared domains are predefined and flexibly configured domain configuration.
  • the network device configures 4 of the remaining 7 domains as independent domains, and configures the remaining 3 domains as shared domains, and notifies the terminal device through signaling. In this way, the actual transmission mDCI includes 6 shared domains and 4 independent domains.
  • the network device configures the remaining 7 domains as independent domains, and notifies the terminal device through signaling. In this way, the actual transmitted mDCI includes 3 shared domains and 7 independent domains. Therefore, the terminal device determines which fields in the mDCI are shared fields and which fields are independent fields based on the predefined shared fields and the fields configured in signaling.
  • Method D pre-defined independent domain or predefined and flexible configuration of independent domain, flexible configuration of shared domain
  • the shared domain in mDCI is configured through a flexibly configured domain and notified to the terminal device through signaling, and the independent domain in mDCI is predefined, or the independent domain is predefined and flexibly configured domain configuration.
  • the network device configures 4 of the remaining 7 domains as independent domains, and configures the remaining 3 domains as shared domains, and notifies the terminal device through signaling. In this way, the actual transmission mDCI includes 3 shared domains and 7 independent domains.
  • the network device configures the remaining 7 domains as shared domains, and notifies the terminal device through signaling. In this way, the actually transmitted mDCI includes 3 independent domains and 7 shared domains. Therefore, the terminal device determines which fields in the mDCI are shared fields and which fields are independent fields based on the predefined shared fields and the fields configured in signaling.
  • the shared domain and the independent domain in the mDCI are configured through signaling.
  • the shared domain in mDCI is configured through signaling. If the shared domain configured by the signaling is a part of domains in mDCI, then the terminal device can determine that the remaining domains are independent domains, thereby determining the domain in mDCI Stand-alone domains and shared domains.
  • the independent domain in the mDCI is configured through signaling. If the independent domain configured by the signaling is a part of the domain in the mDCI, then the terminal device may determine that the remaining domains are shared domains, thereby determining the domain in the mDCI Stand-alone domains and shared domains.
  • mDCI is pre-configured with M groups of domains, one group of domains corresponds to one data channel, each group of domains includes multiple domains, and each group of domains is equivalent to all domains in one sDCI , used to realize the function of scheduling a data channel.
  • Each field in the mDCI in this format can be understood as the aforementioned independent field, or it can be understood that the mDCI in this format is equivalent to duplicating all the fields in the sDCI according to the number of data channels. Assume that one sDCI includes 24 domains.
  • each group of domains can include 24 domains.
  • the 24 domains can be equivalent to one
  • each group of domains can be used to schedule a data channel.
  • the bit length of each field in each group of fields is determined according to the carrier configuration information of the carrier corresponding to the group of fields, and the carrier configuration information of the carrier can be used to indicate the bit length of each field in each group of fields in mDCI. bit length.
  • each field in the second DCI format can be understood as the above independent field.
  • the mDCI includes a plurality of domains, and the information carried in each domain is information shared by M data channels transmitted on M carriers.
  • Each field in the mDCI in this format can be understood as the above-mentioned shared field, and each field is shared by M data channels, and the specific description can refer to the relevant description above.
  • DCI lengths of different DCIs are determined.
  • mDCI is used to schedule multiple carriers
  • sDCI is used to schedule one carrier
  • sDCI and mDCI have multiple DCI formats respectively.
  • mDCI may include two DCI formats, one format is used for PDSCH scheduling, for example, represented by DCI format 1_3, and the other format is used for PUSCH scheduling, for example, represented by DCI format 0_3.
  • the sDCI may include any one or more DCI formats defined in the present or in the future, for example, the sDCI may include at least one of the following formats: DCI format 0_0, DCI format 1_0, DCI format 0_1, DCI format 1_1 , DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2.
  • network devices can configure DCI formats for blind detection for terminal devices, including sDCI and mDCI DCI formats.
  • sDCI has multiple DCI formats
  • mDCI has multiple DCI formats
  • sDCI and mDCI have multiple DCI formats.
  • the format is also different, so that multiple DCI lengths will be stored.
  • the terminal device needs to blindly detect the sDCI and mDCI according to the DCI length within a time unit (for example, a time slot or a PDCCH monitoring opportunity), and more DCI lengths will increase the complexity of the blind detection. Therefore, it is necessary to perform an alignment operation on DCIs of different formats to reduce the length of the DCI so as to reduce the complexity of blind detection.
  • the DCI length is determined through the alignment operation, and the DCI is sent using the determined DCI length.
  • the terminal device will use the same alignment operation as the network device to determine the DCI length, and use the determined DCI length to perform blind detection, so that the understanding of the network device and the terminal device are consistent, so as to obtain the DCI.
  • this application proposes the following various embodiments, An alignment operation is performed on DCIs of different formats, so as to control the number of DCI lengths within a certain number (for example, 3).
  • each embodiment will be described in detail with the DCI formats of sDCI and mDCI as examples above, and the number of different DCI lengths scrambled by the C-RNTI will be controlled within 3. It should be understood that the DCI in each of the following embodiments is the DCI scrambled by the C-RNTI, and either the network device or the terminal device may execute the following embodiments.
  • the 4 DCI formats of sDCI and the 2 DCI formats of mDCI defined above can coexist, that is, the network device is configured with 6 DCI formats, and the terminal device can blindly detect these DCI formats in the same time unit. 6 formats of DCI.
  • Network devices and terminal devices operate according to the defined alignment, determine the final DCI length used in the blind detection process, and control the length of all DCIs within 3.
  • the four DCI formats of sDCI may be: DCI format 0_0, DCI format 1_0, DCI format 0_1, DCI format 1_1.
  • DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 have different DCI lengths in CSS and USS
  • DCI format 0_0 may have 2 DCI lengths
  • DCI format 1_0 may also have 2 DCI lengths
  • DCI format 0_1, DCI format 1_1 , DCI format 0_3, and DCI format 1_3 each have a DCI length in the USS, so in this embodiment, there may be 8 DCI lengths, and the 8 DCI lengths need to be aligned within 3 DCI lengths.
  • Table 8 shows the steps of the first embodiment. Different steps are used to determine the DCI lengths of different DCI formats. When an alignment operation is required, the DCI lengths of the corresponding DCI formats are aligned to obtain a unified DCI length. Among them, the DCI length corresponding to each step in Table 8 represents the final DCI length obtained after this step, and the DCI length is represented by A, B...G, etc. In one step, the DCI length changes from one length to another The length is expressed in the form of X1 ⁇ X2. X1 and X2 can represent different DCI lengths or the same DCI length. Take step 5A as an example. In step 5A, the DCI length is changed from B to A, and B ⁇ A said.
  • Step 1 Align based on the DCI length of DCI format 1_0, and determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 in CSS.
  • the alignment operation is performed on DCI format 0_0 in CSS, and the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 is aligned with the DCI length of DCI format 1_0, so that the DCI format after the alignment operation
  • the DCI length of 0_0 is the same as the DCI length of DCI format 1_0, and finally the DCI length of the same length is obtained, where the alignment operation can be a zero padding operation or a truncation operation.
  • the length of the finally obtained DCI with the same length is A in Table 8, which is represented by size A.
  • the DCI length finally determined in the above step 1 is based on the DCI length used for blind detection obtained in step 1, and the DCI length before the alignment operation is the original bit length of the DCI, which is based on the actual operation of the DCI. , unless otherwise specified, the subsequent embodiments will not be repeated.
  • step 1 the specific process of step 1 is as follows.
  • Step 1.1 Determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 in CSS (before performing the alignment operation) and the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 in CSS.
  • DCI lengths of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 in the CSS determined in this step are both original bit lengths of the DCI.
  • the original bit length of DCI format 0_0 in CSS is the information bit length of DCI in Table 1 above.
  • the lengths of the remaining fields in DCI format 0_0 are fixed.
  • the length of DCI is only related to the FDRA field.
  • the FDRA field of DCI format 0_0 only with (The size of the uplink BWP) is related to the value, here is the size of the initial uplink BWP.
  • the original bit length of DCI format 1_0 in CSS is the information bit length of DCI in Table 2 above.
  • the lengths of the remaining fields in DCI format 1_0 are fixed.
  • the length of DCI is only related to the FDRA field.
  • the FDRA field of DCI format 1_0 only with (The size of the downlink BWP) is related to the value. If the current serving cell is configured with CORESET0, then is the size of CORESET0, if the current serving cell is not configured with CORESET0, then is the size of the initial downlink BWP.
  • Step 1.2 Align the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 in CSS.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of aligning the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 in the CSS provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • (a) in Figure 5 if the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 in CSS (before zero-padding operation) is smaller than the DCI length of DCI format 1_0, then perform zero-padding operation on DCI format 0_0 and fill after DCI format 0_0 Zero is used as padding, so that the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 in the finalized CSS is the same as the DCI length of DCI format 1_0.
  • Step 2 Align with the DCI length with the larger DCI length in DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 0_1 as the reference, and determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 in the USS.
  • the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 0_0 with the larger DCI length is used as the reference, and the zero-filling operation is performed on the DCI with the smaller DCI length, and the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 is aligned with the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 , so that the final DCI length of DCI format 0_0 is the same as the DCI length of DCI format 1_0, that is, the DCI length of the same length is obtained.
  • the length of the finally obtained DCI with the same length is size B.
  • step 2 the specific process of step 2 is as follows.
  • Step 2.1 Determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 in the USS and the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 in the USS.
  • DCI lengths of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 in the USS determined in this step are both original bit lengths of the DCI.
  • the original bit length of DCI format 0_0 in USS is the information bit length of DCI in Table 1 above.
  • the lengths of the remaining fields in DCI format 0_0 are fixed.
  • the length of DCI is only related to the FDRA field.
  • the FDRA field of DCI format 0_0 only with (The size of the uplink BWP) is related to the value, here is the size of the activated uplink BWP.
  • the original bit length of DCI format 1_0 in USS is the information bit length of DCI in Table 2 above.
  • the lengths of the remaining fields in DCI format 1_0 are fixed.
  • the length of DCI is only related to the FDRA field.
  • the FDRA field of DCI format 1_0 only with (The size of the downlink BWP) is related to the value, here It is the size of the activated downlink BWP.
  • Step 2.2 Align the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 in the USS.
  • DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 are processed differently in the following three cases to determine the DCI length of the two DCIs.
  • PUSCH can be sent on SUL and non-SUL, if the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 in the USS scheduling SUL and non-SUL is not equal, then It is necessary to use the DCI length with a large DCI length as a reference, and perform zero padding operations on DCI format 0-0 with a small DCI length, so that the DCI lengths of DCI format 0_0 in the USS for scheduling SUL and non-SUL are equal.
  • SUL supplementary uplink
  • the network device configures a SUL carrier for the terminal device
  • DCI format 0_0 for a specific terminal device
  • the network device configures only one DCI format 0_0 for a specific terminal device, and the DCI format 0_0 is used to schedule SUL carriers or non_SUL carriers.
  • Step 3A determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_1 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_1.
  • the DCI length of DCI format 0_1 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_1 determined in this step can be the original bit length of the DCI, or the bit length after the alignment operation is performed, and the determined DCI lengths of the two DCIs can be the same or can be different.
  • the determined DCI length of DCI format 0_1 is size C
  • the determined DCI length of DCI format 1_1 is size D
  • C and D may be the same or different.
  • DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 are processed differently in the following three cases to determine the DCI length of the two DCIs.
  • PUSCH can be sent on SUL and non-SUL. If the DCI length of DCI format 0_1 in the USS for scheduling SUL and non-SUL is not equal, the DCI with a larger DCI length needs to be The length is used as a reference, and the zero-padding operation is performed on the DCI format 0_1 with a small DCI length, so that the DCI length of the DCI format 0_1 in the USS that schedules SUL and non-SUL is equal.
  • this process please refer to the relevant description of (a) and (b) in Figure 6 in step 2, just replace DCI format 0_0 with DCI format 0_1, and will not repeat it here.
  • DCI format 0_1 of the terminal device in the USS is the same as the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 or DCI format 1_0 of another terminal device in the USS, the zero padding operation is performed on DCI format 0_1.
  • DCI format 0_1 is filled with 1 zero bit (bit).
  • size C in Table 8 is the length of the DCI after performing zero padding on DCI format 0_1.
  • DCI format 1_1 of the terminal device in the USS is the same as the DCI length of another terminal device in the DCI format 0_0 or DCI format 1_0 of the USS, then perform zero padding on the DCI format 1_1, in DCI format 1_1 is filled with 1 zero bit (bit).
  • size D in Table 8 is the length of the DCI after performing zero padding on DCI format 1_1.
  • Step 3B determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_3 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_3
  • the determined DCI length of DCI format 1_3 is the original bit length
  • the determined DCI length of DCI format 0_3 can be the original bit length of DCI, or the bit length after performing the alignment operation, depending on whether the network device It is related to configuring the SUL carrier for the terminal equipment.
  • the determined DCI length of DCI format 0_3 is the original bit length.
  • PUSCH can be sent on SUL and non-SUL. If the DCI length of DCI format 0_3 in the USS scheduling SUL and non-SUL is not equal, the DCI with a larger DCI length needs to be The length is used as a reference, and the zero-padding operation is performed on the DCI format 0_3 with a small DCI length, so that the DCI length of the DCI format 0_3 in the USS that schedules SUL and non-SUL is equal.
  • step 2 just replace DCI format 0_0 with DCI format 0_3, and details will not be repeated.
  • the DCI length of DCI format 0_3 determined for the terminal device is the DCI length after the zero-padding operation is performed.
  • the DCI format 0_3 configured on the terminal device is a DCI with a large length, so there is no need to perform zero padding on the DCI format 0_3 with a large length, and the determined DCI length of the DCI format 0_3 is the original bit length.
  • the finally determined DCI length of DCI format 0_3 and DCI length of DCI format 1_3 may be the same or different.
  • the determined DCI length of DCI format 0_3 is size E
  • the determined DCI length of DCI format 1_3 is size F
  • E and F may be the same or different.
  • Step 4 judging whether the above determined DCI satisfies the DCI length budget.
  • the DCI lengths obtained through steps 1-3B include: size A, size B, size C, size D, size E, and size F. If the lengths of each DCI are different, the number of DCI lengths is 6, which is greater than 3. If the DCI length budget is not satisfied, continue to perform steps 5A-5C.
  • step 1-step 3B the calculation of the DCI length budget may not be performed, that is, the terminal device or network device may not count the number of different DCI lengths, and then count after the execution of step 1-step 3B .
  • Step 5A re-determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 in the USS.
  • the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 in the re-determined USS is the same as the DCI length of DCI format 1_0, and is the same as the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 in the USS obtained in step 1.
  • the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 in the USS finally obtained by this step change from the previous size B to size A.
  • DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 in step 3A are to distinguish it from the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 or DCI format 1_0 of another terminal device in the USS, now it is necessary to re-determine DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0
  • the re-determined DCI length is different from the DCI length of another terminal device in DCI format 0_0 or DCI format 1_0 of the USS, so it is not necessary to retain the zero padding performed on DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 in step 3A
  • the added 1 bit can be deleted.
  • Step 5A.2. Determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 in the USS and the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 in the USS.
  • DCI lengths of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 in the USS determined in this step are both original bit lengths of the DCI.
  • the original bit length of DCI format 0_0 in USS is the information bit length of DCI in Table 1 above.
  • the lengths of the remaining fields in DCI format 0_0 are fixed.
  • the length of DCI is only related to the FDRA field.
  • the FDRA field of DCI format 0_0 only with (The size of the uplink BWP) is related to the value, here is the size of the initial access uplink BWP.
  • the original bit length of DCI format 1_0 in USS is the information bit length of DCI in Table 2 above.
  • the lengths of the remaining fields in DCI format 1_0 are fixed.
  • the length of DCI is only related to the FDRA field.
  • the FDRA field of DCI format 1_0 only with (The size of the downlink BWP) is related to the value. If the current serving cell is configured with CORESET0, then is the size of CORESET0, if the current serving cell is not configured with CORESET0, then is the size of the initial downlink BWP.
  • FIG. 5 Take Figure 5 as an example, refer to (a) in Figure 5, if the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 in the USS (before performing the zero-padding operation) is smaller than the DCI length of DCI format 1_0, then perform the zero-padding operation on DCI format 0_0, Fill zeros after DCI format 0_0 as padding, so that the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 in the finalized USS is the same as the DCI length of DCI format 1_0.
  • step 5A one DCI length is reduced, continue to judge whether the above determined DCI meets the DCI length budget, if the number of DCI lengths obtained through the above step 1-step 5A meets the DCI length budget, then the above step 1-step 5A
  • the determined DCI length is used as the DCI length of the blind detection process, and if the DCI length budget is not met, continue to perform steps 5B-5C.
  • the obtained DCI lengths include: size A, size C, size D, size E, and size F. If the lengths of each DCI are different, the number of DCI lengths is 5, which is greater than 3, and DCI is not satisfied. Length budget, perform steps 5B-5C.
  • Step 5B re-determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_3 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_3.
  • the DCI length of DCI format 0_3 is aligned with the DCI length of DCI format 1_3, so that the finally obtained DCI length of DCI format 0_3 is the same as the DCI length of DCI format 1_3, that is, a DCI length of the same length is obtained.
  • the DCI length of DCI format 0_3 finally obtained after step 5B changes from the previous size E to size G
  • the DCI length of DCI format 1_3 finally obtained after step 5B changes from the previous size F to size g.
  • the DCI length with a larger DCI length in DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3 can be used as a reference, and a zero padding operation is performed on another DCI with a smaller DCI length, so as to change two DCI lengths into one DCI length.
  • the above method of aligning the two DCI lengths based on the larger DCI length in DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3 is only a schematic illustration, any method that can align the DCI lengths of DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3 feasible.
  • the DCI length of any one of DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3 can be used as a reference, and an alignment operation (zero padding operation or truncation operation) can be performed on the other DCI to align the two DCI lengths, and align the two DCI lengths becomes a DCI length.
  • step 5B one DCI length is reduced again, continue to judge whether the above determined DCI meets the DCI length budget, if the number of DCI lengths obtained through the above steps 1-step 5B meets the DCI length budget, then the above steps The DCI length determined in 5B is used as the final DCI length in the blind detection process, and if the DCI length budget is not satisfied, step 5C is continued.
  • the obtained DCI lengths include: size A, size C, size D, and size G. If the lengths of each DCI are different, the number of DCI lengths is 4, which is greater than 3, which does not meet the DCI length budget. Go to step 5C.
  • Step 5C re-determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_1 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_1.
  • the DCI length of DCI format 0_1 is aligned with the DCI length of DCI format 1_1, so that the finally obtained DCI length of DCI format 0_1 is the same as the DCI length of DCI format 1_1, that is, a DCI length of the same length is obtained.
  • the DCI length of the DCI format 0_1 finally obtained after step 5C is changed from the previous size C to size H
  • the DCI length of the DCI format 1_1 finally obtained after step 5C is changed from the previous size D to size H.
  • the DCI length with a larger DCI length in DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 can be used as a reference, and a zero padding operation is performed on another DCI with a smaller DCI length, so as to change two DCI lengths into one DCI length.
  • the above method of aligning the two DCI lengths based on the larger DCI length in DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 is only a schematic illustration, any method that can align the DCI lengths of DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 feasible.
  • the DCI length of any one of DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 can be used as a reference, and an alignment operation (zero padding operation or truncation operation) can be performed on the other DCI to align the two DCI lengths, and align the two DCI lengths becomes a DCI length.
  • step 5C one DCI length is reduced again, continue to judge whether the above determined DCI meets the DCI length budget, if the number of DCI lengths obtained through the above step 1-step 5C meets the DCI length budget, then the above step 1-step The DCI length determined in 5C is used as the final DCI length in the blind detection process.
  • the obtained DCI lengths include: size A, size G, and size H. If the lengths of each DCI are different, the number of DCI lengths is 3, which meets the DCI length budget. Then, size A, size G , size H is the final DCI length used in the blind detection process, and terminal devices use size A, size G, and size H to perform blind detection on DCI to obtain the DCI sent by the network device.
  • step 5B may be performed after step 5C, and for another example, step 5B may be performed before steps 5A and 5C.
  • the four DCI formats of the sDCI (ie, DCI format 0_0, DCI format 1_0, DCI format 0_1, DCI format 1_1) used in the first embodiment above are only illustrative, and are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the four DCI formats of sDCI can also be: DCI format 0_0, DCI format 1_0, DCI format 0_2, DCI format 1_2, replace step 3A with determining the DCI length of DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2, and replace step 5C with Re-determining the DCI lengths of DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2 is all that is required.
  • Step 3B and Step 5B in Embodiment 2 below, and will not repeat them here.
  • the multi-carrier scheduling method provided by the embodiment of the present application restricts the DCI format of sDCI coexisting with mDCI in the coexistence scenario of sDCI and mDCI, reduces the number of DCI formats that may exist in this scenario, and can reduce the cost of determining the DCI length.
  • DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 are the most commonly used DCI formats in the scheduling process
  • a terminal device needs to blindly detect multiple DCIs including DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 within a time unit, first Align other DCI lengths such as DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3, and then align the DCI lengths of DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1.
  • the DCI length budget can be met In this way, the processing delay and implementation complexity can be reduced.
  • mDCI can schedule multiple carriers through two scheduling methods, that is, in the first scheduling method, as shown in Figure 3, DCI schedules multiple data
  • the second scheduling mode as shown in Figure 4, the DCI schedules multiple carriers by scheduling a data channel.
  • the first embodiment above can be applied to any scheduling method, and the embodiment of the present application does not make any limitation. However, from the perspective of communication overhead, the first embodiment saves more communication overhead.
  • the mDCI corresponding to the first scheduling method needs to schedule multiple data channels, and the relevant information used to transmit each data channel is indicated by the mDCI. Therefore, the mDCI corresponding to the first scheduling method is very different from the sDCI.
  • the intuitive reflection is that the DCI length of mDCI is very different from that of sDCI, and the DCI length of mDCI is relatively large. If the DCI lengths of multiple DCI formats in mDCI are aligned with the DCI lengths of multiple DCI formats in sDCI, it is likely to increase a large amount of bit overhead.
  • the DCI length of DCI format 0_3 in mDCI is 100 bits
  • the DCI format of sDCI The DCI length of 0_0 is 50 bits.
  • 50 bits need to be padded to 100 bits, which increases a lot of overhead.
  • the DCI format in sDCI that coexists with mDCI is restricted. Yes, there is no need to align the DCI length of the mDCI with the DCI length of the sDCI, which avoids a large amount of overhead that may be added in the process of aligning the DCI length of the mDCI with the DCI length of the sDCI.
  • the network device is configured with 8 DCI formats, and the terminal device can blindly detect these in the same time unit. 8 formats of DCI.
  • Network devices and terminal devices operate according to the defined alignment, determine the final DCI length used in the blind detection process, and control the length of all DCIs within 3.
  • the six DCI formats of sDCI may be: DCI format 0_0, DCI format 1_0, DCI format 0_1, DCI format 1_1, DCI format 0_2, DCI format 1_2.
  • DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 have different DCI lengths in CSS and USS
  • DCI format 0_0 may have 2 DCI lengths
  • DCI format 1_0 may also have 2 DCI lengths
  • DCI format 0_1, DCI format 1_1 , DCI format 0_2, DCI format 1_2, DCI format 0_3, and DCI format 1_3 each have a DCI length in the USS, so in this embodiment, there may be 10 DCI lengths, and the 10 DCI lengths need to be controlled at 3 within a DCI length.
  • Table 9 shows the steps of the second embodiment.
  • Table 9 please refer to the description of Table 8 above, and details will not be repeated.
  • Step 1 Align based on the DCI length of DCI format 1_0, and determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 in CSS. For example, as shown in Table 9, the determined DCI length is size A.
  • Step 2 Align with the DCI length with the larger DCI length in DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 0_1 as the reference, and determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 in the USS. For example, as shown in Table 9, the determined DCI length is size B.
  • Step 3A determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_1 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_1. For example, as shown in Table 9, the determined DCI length of DCI format 0_1 in the USS is size C, and the determined DCI length of DCI format 1_1 in the USS is size D.
  • Step 1-Step 3A please refer to the relevant descriptions of the above three steps in Embodiment 1, and details will not be repeated here.
  • Step 3B determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_2 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_2.
  • the determined DCI length of DCI format 1_2 is the original bit length
  • the determined DCI length of DCI format 0_2 can be the original bit length of DCI, or the bit length after performing the alignment operation, depending on whether the network device It is related to configuring the SUL carrier for the terminal equipment.
  • the determined DCI length of DCI format 0_2 is the original bit length.
  • PUSCH can be sent on SUL and non-SUL. If the DCI length of DCI format 0_2 in the USS scheduling SUL and non-SUL is not equal, the DCI with a larger DCI length needs to be The length is used as a reference, and the zero-padding operation is performed on the DCI format 0_2 with a small DCI length, so that the DCI length of the DCI format 0_2 in the USS that schedules SUL and non-SUL is equal.
  • step 2 just replace DCI format 0_0 with DCI format 0_2, and will not repeat them here.
  • the DCI length of the DCI format 0_2 determined for the terminal device is the DCI length after the zero-padding operation is performed.
  • the DCI format 0_2 configured on the terminal device is a DCI with a large length, so there is no need to perform zero padding on the DCI format 0_2 with a large length, and the determined DCI length of the DCI format 0_2 is the original bit length.
  • the finally determined DCI length of DCI format 0_2 and DCI length of DCI format 1_2 may be the same or different.
  • the determined DCI length of DCI format 0_2 is size M
  • the determined DCI length of DCI format 1_2 is size N
  • M and N may be the same or different.
  • Step 3C determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_3 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_3. For example, as shown in Table 9, the determined DCI length of DCI format 0_3 in the USS is size E, and the determined DCI length of DCI format 1_3 in the USS is size F.
  • step 3C For a specific description of step 3C, reference may be made to the relevant description of step 3B in Embodiment 1, and details are not repeated here.
  • Step 4 judging whether the above determined DCI satisfies the DCI length budget.
  • the DCI lengths obtained through steps 1-3C include: size A, size B, size C, size D, size E, size F, size M, and size N. If the DCI lengths are different, the number of DCI lengths is 8, which is greater than 3, and the DCI length budget is not satisfied, and steps 5A-5E are continued.
  • step 1-step 3C the calculation of the DCI length budget may not be performed, that is, the terminal device or network device may not count the number of different DCI lengths, and then count after the execution of step 1-step 3C .
  • Step 5A re-determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 in the USS. For example, as shown in Table 9, the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 in the USS finally obtained by this step change from the previous size B to size A.
  • step 5A For a specific description of step 5A, reference may be made to the relevant description of step 5A in Embodiment 1, and details are not repeated here.
  • Step 5B re-determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_2 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_2.
  • the DCI length of DCI format 0_2 is aligned with the DCI length of DCI format 1_2, so that the finally obtained DCI length of DCI format 0_2 is the same as the DCI length of DCI format 1_2, that is, a DCI length of the same length is obtained.
  • the DCI length of DCI format 0_2 finally obtained after step 5B changes from the previous size M to size K
  • the DCI length of DCI format 1_2 finally obtained after step 5B changes from the previous size N to size K.
  • the DCI length with a larger DCI length in DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2 can be used as a reference, and a zero padding operation is performed on another DCI with a smaller DCI length, so as to change two DCI lengths into one DCI length.
  • the above method of aligning the two DCI lengths based on the larger DCI length in DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2 is only a schematic illustration, any method that can align the DCI lengths of DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2 feasible.
  • the DCI length of any one of DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2 can be used as a reference, and an alignment operation (zero padding operation or truncation operation) can be performed on the other DCI to align the two DCI lengths, and align the two DCI lengths becomes a DCI length.
  • a DCI length is reduced again.
  • the obtained DCI lengths include: size A, size C, size D, size K, size E, and size F. If the lengths of each DCI are different , then the number of DCI lengths is 6, which is greater than 3, and the DCI length budget is not met, and step 5C is performed.
  • Step 5C re-determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_1 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_1. For example, as shown in Table 9, the DCI length of the DCI format 0_1 finally obtained after step 5C is changed from the previous size C to size H, and the DCI length of the DCI format 1_1 finally obtained after step 5C is changed from the previous size D to size H.
  • step 5C For a specific description of step 5C, reference may be made to the relevant description of step 5C in Implementation 1, and details are not repeated here.
  • a DCI length is reduced again.
  • the obtained DCI lengths include: size A, size H, size K, size E, and size F. If the lengths of each DCI are different, the DCI If the number of lengths is 5 and greater than 3, the DCI length budget is not met, and step 5D is performed.
  • Step 5D re-determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_3 and the DC length of DCI format 1_3. For example, as shown in Table 9, the DCI length of DCI format 0_3 finally obtained after step 5D is changed from the previous size E to size G, and the DCI length of DCI format 1_3 finally obtained after step 5D is changed from the previous size F to size g.
  • step 5D For the specific description of step 5D, reference may be made to the relevant description above, and details are not repeated here.
  • a DCI length is reduced again.
  • the obtained DCI lengths include: size A, size H, size K, and size G. If the lengths of each DCI are different, the number of DCI lengths If it is 5, greater than 3, the DCI length budget is not satisfied, and step 5E is performed.
  • Step 5E align DCI format 0_3, DCI format 1_3 with the DCI length of DCI format 0_0, DCI format 1_0 in CSS and USS.
  • DCI lengths of DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3 have been aligned before step 5E, and the DCI lengths of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 in the USS and CSS have been aligned, so in this step, these 4 DCI formats There are only 2 DCI lengths, and it is only necessary to align the 2 DCI lengths into one DCI length.
  • Table 9 the DCI length of DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3 finally obtained after step 5E is changed from the previous size G to size L1, and the DCI format 0_0 and DCI format of USS and CSS finally obtained after step 5E
  • the DCI length of 1_0 is changed from size A to size L1.
  • the DCI length of the DCI length (for example, size G) of DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3 and the DCI length (for example, size A) of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 can be used as a reference , performing a zero padding operation on the other DCIs with smaller DCI lengths, so as to change two DCI lengths into one DCI length.
  • DCI length (for example, size A) of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 is smaller than the DCI length (for example, size G) of DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3, then perform the same zero padding for DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 Operation, fill zeros after DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 as padding, so that the final DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 is the same as the DCI length of DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3.
  • size L1 in Table 9 is size G.
  • DCI length (for example, size G) of DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3 is smaller than the DCI length (for example, size A) of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0, then perform the same zero padding for DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3 Operation, fill zeros after DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3 as padding, so that the final DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 is the same as the DCI length of DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3.
  • size L1 in Table 9 is size A.
  • DCI length of DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3 (for example, size G) and the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 (for example, size A) are used as a benchmark to compare the two
  • the method of aligning the DCI lengths is only a schematic illustration, and any method capable of aligning the DCI lengths of the above four DCIs is feasible.
  • the DCI length of DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3 (for example, size G) and the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 (for example, size A) can be used as a reference, and the remaining two The DCI performs the same alignment operation (zero-padding operation or truncation operation) to align two DCI lengths, turning the two DCI lengths into one DCI length.
  • step 5E one DCI length is reduced again, continue to judge whether the above determined DCI meets the DCI length budget, if the number of DCI lengths obtained through the above steps 1-step 5E meets the DCI length budget, then the above steps The DCI length determined in 5E is used as the final DCI length in the blind detection process.
  • the obtained DCI lengths include: size L1, size H, and size K. If the lengths of each DCI are different, the number of DCI lengths is 3, which meets the DCI length budget. Then, size L1, size H , size K is the final DCI length used in the blind detection process, and terminal devices use size L1, size H, and size K to perform blind detection on DCI to obtain the DCI sent by the network device.
  • the multi-carrier scheduling method in the coexistence scenario of sDCI and mDCI, after aligning the DCI lengths of the same series (for example, DCI format x_0, DCI format x_1, DCI format x_2 or DCI format x_3), and , align the DCI lengths of DCI format x_3 and DCI format x_0, so that the number of DCI lengths is controlled at 3, which meets the DCI length budget, reduces the complexity of blind detection, and improves system transmission performance.
  • the DCI lengths of the same series for example, DCI format x_0, DCI format x_1, DCI format x_2 or DCI format x_3
  • This embodiment defines the same DCI formats as mDCI and sDCI that can coexist in Embodiment 2, and the DCI formats that can coexist with mDCI and sDCI are shown in Table 10, including: DCI format 0_0 in CSS, DCI format 1_0 in CSS, DCI format 0_0 in USS, DCI format 1_0 in USS, DCI format 0_1, DCI format 1_1, DCI format 0_2, DCI format 1_2, DCI format 0_3, DCI format 1_3, the above 8 DCI formats may have 10 DCI lengths, The 10 DCI lengths need to be controlled within 3 DCI lengths.
  • Embodiment 3 is different from Embodiment 2 in that in step 5E, DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2 are aligned with the DCI lengths of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 in CSS and USS.
  • Step 1 Align based on the DCI length of DCI format 1_0, and determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 in CSS.
  • Step 2 Align with the DCI length with the larger DCI length in DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 0_1 as the reference, and determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 in the USS.
  • Step 3A determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_1 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_1.
  • Step 3B determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_2 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_2.
  • Step 3C determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_3 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_3.
  • Step 4 judging whether the above determined DCI satisfies the DCI length budget.
  • Step 5A re-determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 in the USS.
  • Step 5B re-determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_2 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_2.
  • Step 5C re-determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_1 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_1.
  • Step 5D re-determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_3 and the DC length of DCI format 1_3.
  • step 1-step 5D is the same as the process of the step 1-step 5D of the first embodiment, therefore, the specific description about the step 1-step 5D can refer to the relevant description of each step in the second embodiment, not Let me repeat.
  • Step 5E align DCI format 0_2, DCI format 1_2 with the DCI length of DCI format 0_0, DCI format 1_0 in CSS and USS.
  • DCI lengths of DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2 have been aligned before step 5E, and the DCI lengths of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 in the USS and CSS have been aligned, so in this step, these 4 DCI formats There are only 2 DCI lengths, and it is only necessary to align the 2 DCI lengths into one DCI length.
  • Table 10 the DCI length of DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2 finally obtained after step 5E is changed from the previous size K to size L2, and the DCI format 0_0 and DCI format of USS and CSS finally obtained after step 5E
  • the DCI length of 1_0 is changed from size A to size L2.
  • the DCI length of the DCI length (for example, size K) of DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2 and the DCI length (for example, size A) of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 can be used as a reference , performing a zero padding operation on the other DCIs with smaller DCI lengths, so as to change two DCI lengths into one DCI length.
  • DCI length (for example, size A) of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 is smaller than the DCI length (for example, size K) of DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2, then perform the same zero padding for DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 Operation, fill zeros after DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 as padding, so that the final DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 is the same as the DCI length of DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2.
  • size L2 in Table 10 is size K.
  • DCI length (for example, size K) of DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2 is smaller than the DCI length (for example, size A) of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0, then perform the same zero padding for DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2 Operation, fill zeros after DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2 as padding, so that the final DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 is the same as the DCI length of DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3.
  • size L2 in Table 10 is size A.
  • DCI length of DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2 (for example, size K) and the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 (for example, size A) are used as a benchmark to compare the two
  • the method of aligning the DCI lengths is only a schematic illustration, and any method capable of aligning the DCI lengths of the above four DCIs is feasible.
  • the DCI length of DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2 (for example, size K) and the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 (for example, size A) can be used as a reference, and the other two The DCI performs the same alignment operation (zero-padding operation or truncation operation) to align two DCI lengths, turning the two DCI lengths into one DCI length.
  • step 5E one DCI length is reduced again, continue to judge whether the above determined DCI meets the DCI length budget, if the number of DCI lengths obtained through the above steps 1-step 5E meets the DCI length budget, then the above steps The DCI length determined in 5E is used as the final DCI length in the blind detection process.
  • the obtained DCI lengths include: size L2, size H, and size G. If the lengths of each DCI are different, the number of DCI lengths is 3, which meets the DCI length budget. Then, size L2, size H , size G is the final DCI length used in the blind detection process, and terminal devices use size L2, size H, and size G to perform blind detection on DCI to obtain the DCI sent by the network device.
  • the multi-carrier scheduling method in the coexistence scenario of sDCI and mDCI, after aligning the DCI lengths of the same series (for example, DCI format x_0, DCI format x_1, DCI format x_2 or DCI format x_3), and , align the DCI lengths of DCI format x_2 and DCI format x_0, so that the number of DCI lengths is controlled at 3, which meets the DCI length budget, reduces the complexity of blind detection, and improves system transmission performance.
  • the DCI lengths of the same series for example, DCI format x_0, DCI format x_1, DCI format x_2 or DCI format x_3
  • DCI lengths of DCI format x_2 and DCI format x_0 are not much different, in the process of aligning the DCI lengths of DCI format x_2 and DCI format x_0, it is necessary to use the DCI length corresponding to DCI format x_2 and the DCI corresponding to DCI format x_0 One of the DCI lengths is used as a reference, and when the zero-padding operation is performed on the DCI length corresponding to another series of DCIs, the number of bits will not be increased, and the problem of a large amount of overhead that may be added during the DCI length alignment process can be avoided.
  • This embodiment defines the same DCI formats as mDCI and sDCI that can coexist in the second embodiment, and the DCI formats that can coexist with mDCI and sDCI are shown in Table 11, including: DCI format 0_0 in CSS, DCI format 1_0 in CSS, DCI format 0_0 in USS, DCI format 1_0 in USS, DCI format 0_1, DCI format 1_1, DCI format 0_2, DCI format 1_2, DCI format 0_3, DCI format 1_3, the above 8 DCI formats may have 10 DCI lengths, The 10 DCI lengths need to be controlled within 3 DCI lengths.
  • Embodiment 4 differs from Embodiment 2 in that in step 5E, DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 are aligned with the DCI lengths of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 in CSS and USS.
  • Step 1 Align based on the DCI length of DCI format 1_0, and determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 in CSS.
  • Step 2 Align with the DCI length with the larger DCI length in DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 0_1 as the reference, and determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 in the USS.
  • Step 3A determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_1 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_1.
  • Step 3B determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_2 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_2.
  • Step 3C determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_3 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_3.
  • Step 4 judging whether the above determined DCI satisfies the DCI length budget.
  • Step 5A re-determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 in the USS.
  • Step 5B re-determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_2 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_2.
  • Step 5C re-determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_1 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_1.
  • Step 5D re-determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_3 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_3.
  • step 1-step 5D is the same as the process of the step 1-step 5D of the first embodiment, therefore, the specific description about the step 1-step 5D can refer to the relevant description of each step in the second embodiment, not Let me repeat.
  • Step 5E align DCI format 0_1, DCI format 1_1 with the DCI length of DCI format 0_0, DCI format 1_0 in CSS and USS.
  • DCI lengths of DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 have been aligned before step 5E, and the DCI lengths of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 in the USS and CSS have been aligned, so in this step, these 4 DCI formats There are only 2 DCI lengths, and it is only necessary to align the 2 DCI lengths into one DCI length.
  • Table 11 the DCI length of DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 finally obtained after step 5E is changed from the previous size H to size L3, and the DCI format 0_0 and DCI format of USS and CSS finally obtained after step 5E
  • the DCI length of 1_0 is changed from size A to size L3.
  • the DCI length of DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 DCI length (for example, size H) and the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 (for example, size A) can be used as a reference. , performing a zero padding operation on the other DCIs with smaller DCI lengths, so as to change two DCI lengths into one DCI length.
  • DCI length (for example, size A) of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 is smaller than the DCI length (for example, size H) of DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1, then perform the same zero padding for DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 Operation, fill zeros after DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 as padding, so that the final DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 is the same as the DCI length of DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1.
  • size L3 in Table 11 is size H.
  • DCI length (for example, size H) of DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 is smaller than the DCI length (for example, size A) of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0, then perform the same zero padding for DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 Operation, fill zeros after DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 as padding, so that the final DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 is the same as the DCI length of DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3.
  • size L3 in Table 11 is size A.
  • DCI length of DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 for example, size H
  • DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 for example, size A
  • the method of aligning the DCI lengths is only a schematic illustration, and any method capable of aligning the DCI lengths of the above four DCIs is feasible.
  • the DCI length of DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 (for example, size H) and the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 (for example, size A) can be used as a reference, and the other two The DCI performs the same alignment operation (zero-padding operation or truncation operation) to align two DCI lengths, turning the two DCI lengths into one DCI length.
  • step 5E one DCI length is reduced again, continue to judge whether the above determined DCI meets the DCI length budget, if the number of DCI lengths obtained through the above steps 1-step 5E meets the DCI length budget, then the above steps The DCI length determined in 5E is used as the final DCI length in the blind detection process.
  • the obtained DCI lengths include: size L3, size K, and size G. If the lengths of each DCI are different, the number of DCI lengths is 3, which meets the DCI length budget. Then, size L3, size K , size G is the final DCI length used in the blind detection process, and terminal devices use size L3, size K, and size G to perform blind detection on DCI to obtain the DCI sent by the network device.
  • the multi-carrier scheduling method in the coexistence scenario of sDCI and mDCI, after aligning the DCI lengths of the same series (for example, DCI format x_0, DCI format x_1, DCI format x_2 or DCI format x_3), and , align the DCI lengths of DCI format x_1 and DCI format x_0, so that the number of DCI lengths is controlled at 3, which meets the DCI length budget, reduces the complexity of blind detection, and improves system transmission performance.
  • the DCI lengths of the same series for example, DCI format x_0, DCI format x_1, DCI format x_2 or DCI format x_3
  • This embodiment defines the same DCI formats as mDCI and sDCI that can coexist in the second embodiment, and the DCI formats that can coexist with mDCI and sDCI are shown in Table 12, including: DCI format 0_0 in CSS, DCI format 1_0 in CSS, DCI format 0_0 in USS, DCI format 1_0 in USS, DCI format 0_1, DCI format 1_1, DCI format 0_2, DCI format 1_2, DCI format 0_3, DCI format 1_3, the above 8 DCI formats may have 10 DCI lengths, The 10 DCI lengths need to be controlled within 3 DCI lengths.
  • the fifth embodiment differs from the second embodiment in that in step 5E, the DCI lengths of DCI format 0_1, DCI format 1_1 and DCI format 0_3, DCI format 1_3 are aligned.
  • Step 1 Align based on the DCI length of DCI format 1_0, and determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 in CSS.
  • Step 2 Align with the DCI length with the larger DCI length in DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 0_1 as the reference, and determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 in the USS.
  • Step 3A determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_1 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_1.
  • Step 3B determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_2 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_2.
  • Step 3C determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_3 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_3.
  • Step 4 judging whether the above determined DCI satisfies the DCI length budget.
  • Step 5A re-determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 in the USS.
  • Step 5B re-determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_2 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_2.
  • Step 5C re-determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_1 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_1.
  • Step 5D re-determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_3 and the DC length of DCI format 1_3.
  • step 1-step 5D is the same as the process of the step 1-step 5D of the first embodiment, therefore, the specific description about the step 1-step 5D can refer to the relevant description of each step in the second embodiment, not Let me repeat.
  • Step 5E align the DCI lengths of DCI format 0_1, DCI format 1_1 and DCI format 0_3, DCI format 1_3.
  • the 4 DCI formats have only 2 DCI lengths, and it is only necessary to align the 2 DCI lengths into one DCI length. For example, as shown in Table 12, the DCI length of DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 finally obtained after step 5E is changed from the previous size H to size L4, and the DCI length of DCI format 0_03 and DCI format 1_3 finally obtained after step 5E From the previous size G to size L4.
  • the DCI length with the larger DCI length among the DCI lengths (for example, size H) of DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 and the DCI length (for example, size G) of DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3 can be used as a reference , performing a zero padding operation on the other DCIs with smaller DCI lengths, so as to change two DCI lengths into one DCI length.
  • DCI length (for example, size H) of DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 is smaller than the DCI length (for example, size G) of DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3, then perform the same zero padding for DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 Operation, fill zeros after DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 as padding, so that the final DCI length of DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 is the same as the DCI length of DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3.
  • size L4 in Table 12 is size G.
  • DCI length (for example, size G) of DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3 is smaller than the DCI length (for example, size H) of DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1, then perform the same zero padding for DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3 Operation, fill zeros after DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3 as padding, so that the final DCI length of DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3 is the same as the DCI length of DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1.
  • size L4 in Table 12 is size H.
  • DCI length of DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 for example, size H
  • DCI length of DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3 for example, size G
  • the DCI length (for example, size H) of DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 and the DCI length (for example, size G) of DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3 can be used as a reference, and the other two The DCI performs the same alignment operation (zero-padding operation or truncation operation) to align two DCI lengths, turning the two DCI lengths into one DCI length.
  • step 5E one DCI length is reduced again, continue to judge whether the above determined DCI meets the DCI length budget, if the number of DCI lengths obtained through the above steps 1-step 5E meets the DCI length budget, then the above steps The DCI length determined in 5E is used as the final DCI length in the blind detection process.
  • the obtained DCI lengths include: size L4, size A, and size K. If the lengths of each DCI are different, the number of DCI lengths is 3, which meets the DCI length budget. Then, size L4, size A , size K is the final DCI length used in the blind detection process, and terminal devices use size L4, size A, and size K to perform blind detection on DCI to obtain the DCI sent by the network device.
  • the multi-carrier scheduling method in the coexistence scenario of sDCI and mDCI, after aligning the DCI lengths of the same series (for example, DCI format x_0, DCI format x_1, DCI format x_2 or DCI format x_3), and , align the DCI lengths of DCI format x_3 and DCI format x_1, so that the number of DCI lengths is controlled at 3, which meets the DCI length budget, reduces the complexity of blind detection, and improves system transmission performance.
  • the DCI lengths of the same series for example, DCI format x_0, DCI format x_1, DCI format x_2 or DCI format x_3
  • DCI lengths of DCI format x_3 and DCI format x_1 are not much different, in the process of aligning the DCI lengths of DCI format x_3 and DCI format x_1, it is necessary to use the DCI length corresponding to DCI format x_3 and the DCI corresponding to DCI format x_1
  • One of the DCI lengths is used as a reference, and when the zero-padding operation is performed on the DCI length corresponding to another series of DCIs, the number of bits will not be increased, and the problem of a large amount of overhead that may be added during the DCI length alignment process can be avoided.
  • This embodiment defines the same DCI formats as mDCI and sDCI that can coexist in the second embodiment, and the DCI formats that can coexist with mDCI and sDCI are shown in Table 13, including: DCI format 0_0 in CSS, DCI format 1_0 in CSS, DCI format 0_0 in USS, DCI format 1_0 in USS, DCI format 0_1, DCI format 1_1, DCI format 0_2, DCI format 1_2, DCI format 0_3, DCI format 1_3, the above 8 DCI formats may have 10 DCI lengths, The 10 DCI lengths need to be controlled within 3 DCI lengths.
  • Embodiment 6 is different from Embodiment 2 in that in step 5E, the DCI lengths of DCI format 0_2, DCI format 1_2 and DCI format 0_3, DCI format 1_3 are aligned.
  • Step 1 Align based on the DCI length of DCI format 1_0, and determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 in CSS.
  • Step 2 Align with the DCI length with the larger DCI length in DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 0_1 as the reference, and determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 in the USS.
  • Step 3A determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_1 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_1.
  • Step 3B determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_2 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_2.
  • Step 3C determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_3 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_3.
  • Step 4 judging whether the above determined DCI satisfies the DCI length budget.
  • Step 5A re-determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 in the USS.
  • Step 5B re-determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_2 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_2.
  • Step 5C re-determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_1 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_1.
  • Step 5D re-determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_3 and the DC length of DCI format 1_3.
  • step 1-step 5D is the same as the process of the step 1-step 5D of the first embodiment, therefore, the specific description about the step 1-step 5D can refer to the relevant description of each step in the second embodiment, not Let me repeat.
  • Step 5E align the DCI lengths of DCI format 0_2, DCI format 1_2 and DCI format 0_3, DCI format 1_3.
  • the 4 DCI formats have only 2 DCI lengths, and it is only necessary to align the 2 DCI lengths into one DCI length. For example, as shown in Table 13, the DCI length of DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2 finally obtained after step 5E is changed from the previous size K to size L5, and the DCI length of DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3 finally obtained after step 5E From the previous size G to size L5.
  • the DCI length with the larger DCI length among DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2 (for example, size K) and DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3 DCI length (for example, size G) can be used as a reference , performing a zero padding operation on the other DCIs with smaller DCI lengths, so as to change two DCI lengths into one DCI length.
  • DCI length (for example, size K) of DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2 is smaller than the DCI length (for example, size G) of DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3, then perform the same zero padding for DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2 Operation, padding with zeros after DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2 as padding, so that the final DCI length of DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2 is the same as the DCI length of DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3.
  • size L5 in Table 13 is size G.
  • DCI length (for example, size G) of DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3 is smaller than the DCI length (for example, size K) of DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2, then perform the same zero padding for DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3 Operation, padding with zeros after DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3 as padding, so that the final DCI length of DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3 is the same as the DCI length of DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2.
  • size L5 in Table 12 is size K.
  • DCI length for example, size K
  • DCI length for example, size G
  • DCI length for example, size G
  • the DCI length (for example, size K) of DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2 and the DCI length (for example, size G) of DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3 can be used as a reference, and the other two The DCI performs the same alignment operation (zero-padding operation or truncation operation) to align two DCI lengths, turning the two DCI lengths into one DCI length.
  • step 5E one DCI length is reduced again, continue to judge whether the above determined DCI meets the DCI length budget, if the number of DCI lengths obtained through the above steps 1-step 5E meets the DCI length budget, then the above steps The DCI length determined in 5E is used as the final DCI length in the blind detection process.
  • the obtained DCI lengths include: size L5, size A, and size H. If the lengths of each DCI are different, the number of DCI lengths is 3, which meets the DCI length budget. Then, size L5, size A , size H is the final DCI length used in the blind detection process, and terminal devices use size L5, size A, and size H to perform blind detection on DCI to obtain the DCI sent by the network device.
  • the multi-carrier scheduling method in the coexistence scenario of sDCI and mDCI, after aligning the DCI lengths of the same series (for example, DCI format x_0, DCI format x_1, DCI format x_2 or DCI format x_3), and , align the DCI lengths of DCI format x_2 and DCI format x_3, so that the number of DCI lengths is controlled at 3, which meets the DCI length budget, reduces the complexity of blind detection, and improves system transmission performance.
  • the DCI lengths of the same series for example, DCI format x_0, DCI format x_1, DCI format x_2 or DCI format x_3
  • This embodiment defines the same DCI formats as mDCI and sDCI that can coexist in the second embodiment, and the DCI formats that can coexist with mDCI and sDCI are shown in Table 14, including: DCI format 0_0 in CSS, DCI format 1_0 in CSS, DCI format 0_0 in USS, DCI format 1_0 in USS, DCI format 0_1, DCI format 1_1, DCI format 0_2, DCI format 1_2, DCI format 0_3, DCI format 1_3, the above 8 DCI formats may have 10 DCI lengths, The 10 DCI lengths need to be controlled within 3 DCI lengths.
  • Embodiment 7 is different from Embodiment 2 in that in step 5E, the DCI lengths of DCI format 0_2, DCI format 1_2 and DCI format 0_1, DCI format 1_1 are aligned.
  • Step 1 Align based on the DCI length of DCI format 1_0, and determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 in CSS.
  • Step 2 Align with the DCI length with the larger DCI length in DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 0_1 as the reference, and determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 in the USS.
  • Step 3A determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_1 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_1.
  • Step 3B determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_2 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_2.
  • Step 3C determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_3 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_3.
  • Step 4 judging whether the above determined DCI satisfies the DCI length budget.
  • Step 5A re-determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_0 in the USS.
  • Step 5B re-determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_2 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_2.
  • Step 5C re-determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_1 and the DCI length of DCI format 1_1.
  • Step 5D re-determine the DCI length of DCI format 0_3 and the DC length of DCI format 1_3.
  • step 1-step 5D is the same as the process of the step 1-step 5D of the first embodiment, therefore, the specific description about the step 1-step 5D can refer to the relevant description of each step in the second embodiment, not Let me repeat.
  • Step 5E align the DCI lengths of DCI format 0_2, DCI format 1_2 and DCI format 0_31, DCI format 1_1.
  • the 4 DCI formats have only 2 DCI lengths, and it is only necessary to align the 2 DCI lengths into one DCI length. For example, as shown in Table 14, the DCI length of DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2 finally obtained after step 5E is changed from the previous size K to size L6, and the DCI length of DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 finally obtained after step 5E From the previous size H to size L6.
  • the DCI length with the larger DCI length among DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2 (for example, size K) and DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 DCI length (for example, size H) can be used as a reference , performing a zero padding operation on the other DCIs with smaller DCI lengths, so as to change two DCI lengths into one DCI length.
  • DCI length (for example, size K) of DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2 is smaller than the DCI length (for example, size H) of DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1, then perform the same zero padding for DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2 Operation, padding zero after DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2 as padding, so that the final DCI length of DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2 is the same as the DCI length of DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1.
  • size L6 in Table 14 is size H.
  • DCI length (for example, size H) of DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 is smaller than the DCI length (for example, size K) of DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2, then perform the same zero padding for DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 Operation, fill zeros after DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 as padding, so that the final DCI length of DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 is the same as the DCI length of DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2.
  • size L6 in Table 14 is size K.
  • DCI length of DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2 (for example, size K) and the DCI length of DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 (for example, size H) are used as a benchmark to compare the two
  • the method of aligning the DCI lengths is only a schematic illustration, and any method capable of aligning the DCI lengths of the above four DCIs is feasible.
  • the DCI length of DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2 (for example, size K) and the DCI length of DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 (for example, size H) can be used as a reference, and the remaining two The DCI performs the same alignment operation (zero-padding operation or truncation operation) to align two DCI lengths, turning the two DCI lengths into one DCI length.
  • step 5E one DCI length is reduced again, continue to judge whether the above determined DCI meets the DCI length budget, if the number of DCI lengths obtained through the above steps 1-step 5E meets the DCI length budget, then the above steps The DCI length determined in 5E is used as the final DCI length in the blind detection process.
  • the obtained DCI lengths include: size L6, size A, and size G. If the lengths of each DCI are different, the number of DCI lengths is 3, which meets the DCI length budget. Then, size L6, size A , size G is the final DCI length used in the blind detection process, and terminal devices use size L6, size A, and size G to perform blind detection on DCI to obtain the DCI sent by the network device.
  • the multi-carrier scheduling method in the coexistence scenario of sDCI and mDCI, after aligning the DCI lengths of the same series (for example, DCI format x_0, DCI format x_1, DCI format x_2 or DCI format x_3), and , align the DCI lengths of DCI format x_2 and DCI format x_1, so that the number of DCI lengths is controlled at 3, which meets the DCI length budget, reduces the complexity of blind detection, and improves system transmission performance.
  • the DCI lengths of the same series for example, DCI format x_0, DCI format x_1, DCI format x_2 or DCI format x_3
  • align the DCI lengths of DCI format x_2 and DCI format x_1 so that the number of DCI lengths is controlled at 3, which meets the DCI length budget, reduces the complexity of blind detection, and improves system transmission performance.
  • DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3 need to be distinguished, and a 1-bit indication field can be carried in the DCI.
  • 1 indicates DCI for downlink scheduling, which means DCI format 1_3, and 0 means DCI for uplink scheduling, which means DCI format 0_3.
  • DCI format x_3 and DCI format x_1 need to be distinguished, and a 1-bit indication field can be carried in DCI, 1 means DCI format x_3, 0 means DCI format x_1, or use a special RNTI (for example, C-M-RNTI) scrambling DCI formatx_3.
  • RNTI for example, C-M-RNTI
  • the DCI length budget of the cell corresponding to the DCI-scheduled carrier is used for determination.
  • Multiple formats of DCI can schedule carriers corresponding to the same cell.
  • terminal devices and network devices need to determine the DCI length of the multiple formats of DCI and determine whether the determined DCI length meets the DCI length budget of the cell. , if the DCI length budget is satisfied, the alignment operation ends, and if the DCI length budget is not satisfied, the alignment operation is continued and the DCI length is re-determined.
  • the DCI length budget in this embodiment of the application does not exceed 3, that is, the DCI length budget includes 3 DCI lengths of different lengths .
  • the sDCI currently supported by NR is mainly divided into three series of DCI formats, namely: DCI format x_0, DCI format x_1, and DCI format x_2.
  • the values of x in different series of DCI formats are different.
  • the value of x can be 0 or 1
  • the included DCI formats are: DCI format 0_0, DCI format 1_0; in the DCI format x_1 series, the value of x can be It is 0 or 1.
  • the included DCI format is: DCI format 0_1, DCI format 1_1; in the DCI format x_2 series, the value of x can be 0 or 1.
  • the series of DCI formats listed above are only illustrative, and each series may include more DCI formats, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • DCI format x_0 can only schedule the carrier corresponding to the primary cell
  • DCI format x_1 and DCI format x_2 can schedule the carriers corresponding to the primary cell and the secondary cell.
  • the embodiment of this application stipulates that for the primary cell, the DCI length of DCI format x_0, the DCI length of DCI format x_1, and the DCI length of DCI format x_2 belong to the DCI length budget of the primary cell.
  • a series of DCI formats corresponds to one DCI length
  • three series of DCI formats correspond to three DCI lengths respectively.
  • the maximum DCI length of the primary cell is three, which just meets the DCI length budget. maximum value.
  • the DCI length of the DCI of DCI format x_1 and DCI format x_2 can belong to the DCI length budget of the secondary cell.
  • a series of DCI formats corresponds to a DCI
  • Two series of DCI formats respectively correspond to two DCI lengths. In this way, if the three DCI lengths are different, the DCI length of the secondary cell is at most 2, and the DCI length budget of the secondary cell still has 1 DCI length left.
  • the DCI length corresponding to the above series of DCI formats represents the DCI length that finally meets the DCI length budget, that is, the final DCI length used in the blind detection process.
  • the DCI length can be the length of multiple DCIs in the series.
  • the DCI length may also be the original bit length before the alignment.
  • the DCI length of mDCI can belong to the DCI length budget of the cell corresponding to any one of the scheduled carriers.
  • the DCI length budget of the primary cell has been fully occupied by sDCI, that is, the DCI length budget of the primary cell has at most 3 DCI lengths , which satisfies the maximum limit of the DCI length budget, and the secondary cell is only occupied by the DCI length of DCI format x_1 and the DCI length of DCI format x_2 DCI length budget, that is, the DCI length of the secondary cell is only 2 at most, and the secondary cell also has There is 1 DCI length budget remaining, so the DCI length of mDCI is divided into the DCI length budget of the secondary cell.
  • the secondary cell has a maximum of 3 DCI lengths, which just meets the maximum value of the DCI length budget.
  • mDCI respectively schedules the carriers corresponding to two secondary cells, similarly, since the DCI length of DCI format x_1 and the DCI length of DCI format x_2 only occupy two DCI length budgets of the secondary cell, the DCI length of mDCI is divided into The DCI length budget of any secondary cell, in this way, the secondary cell has at most 3 DCI lengths, which meets the maximum value of the DCI length budget.
  • the DCI length of mDCI is the DCI length that finally meets the DCI length budget, that is, the DCI length finally adopted in the blind detection process
  • the DCI length may be the DCI length obtained by aligning the original bit lengths of multiple DCI formats of mDCI , in the case that the original bit lengths of multiple DCI formats of mDCI are the same, the DCI length may also be the original bit length before misalignment.
  • the DCI format of mDCI may be the above DCI format x_3 series of DCI formats, for example, it may specifically include DCI format 0_3 for scheduling PUSCH and DCI format 1_3 for scheduling PDSCH.
  • the embodiment of this application proposes to divide the DCI length of mDCI into the DCI length budget of the secondary cell, and divide the DCI length of DCI format x_0 in sDCI To the DCI length budget of the primary cell, divide the DCI lengths of DCI format x_1 and DCI format x_2 into the DCI length budgets of the primary cell and the secondary cell.
  • the DCI length of mDCI belongs to the DCI length budget of the secondary cell
  • the DCI length of sDCI belongs to the DCI length budget of the primary cell
  • the DCI lengths of DCI format x_1 and DCI format x_2 belong to the DCI length budget of the primary cell and the secondary cell.
  • the three DCI lengths of the primary cell can correspond to the DCI length of DCI format x_0 of sDCI, the DCI length of DCI format x_1, and the DCI length of DCI format x_2, and the three DCI lengths of the secondary cell can correspond to the DCI length of DCI format x_1 of sDCI Length, DCI length of DCI format x_2, and DCI length of mDCI.
  • the network device Based on the above-defined relationship between the DCI length of the DCI format and the cell, for the DCI of multiple formats configured by the network device, according to the DCI length budget of the cell corresponding to each DCI-scheduled carrier, determine the final DCI length used in the blind detection process .
  • each series of DCI formats corresponds to a DCI length.
  • any possible way can be used to obtain the series of DCI formats.
  • the manner of determining the DCI length corresponding to each series of DCI formats may refer to the manners of the first to seventh embodiments above.
  • three DCI lengths of the primary cell and three DCI lengths of the secondary cell are used as examples for illustration.
  • the three DCI lengths of the primary cell correspond to the DCI length of DCI format x_0, the DCI length of DCI format x_1, and the DCI length of DCI format x_2 of sDCI.
  • the network device is configured with DCI format 0_0 in CSS, DCI format 1_0 in CSS, DCI format 0_0 in USS, DCI format 1_0 in USS, DCI format 0_1 in USS, DCI format 1_1 in USS, and DCI format 1_1 in USS.
  • the DCI format 0_2 in the USS and the DCI format 1_2 in the USS, the 8 DCIs all schedule the carrier corresponding to the primary cell.
  • Step 1 For the method of determining the DCI length corresponding to DCI format 0_0 in CSS, DCI format 1_0 in CSS, DCI format 0_0 in USS, and DCI format 1_0 in USS, please refer to Step 1, Step 2 and Step 5A in Embodiment 2, Of course, in the case that A and B obtained based on step 1 and step 2 are the same, step 5A does not need to be performed.
  • step 3A and step 5C in Embodiment 2 For the method of determining the DCI length corresponding to DCI format 0_1 in USS and DCI format 1_1 in USS, refer to step 3A and step 5C in Embodiment 2. Of course, in the case that C and D obtained based on step 3A are the same, it is not Step 5C needs to be performed.
  • step 3B and step 5B in Embodiment 2.
  • M and N obtained based on step 3B are the same, it is not Step 5B needs to be performed.
  • the three DCI lengths of the secondary cell can correspond to the DCI length of DCI format x_1 of sDCI, the DCI length of DCI format x_2 and the DCI length of mDCI. It is assumed that the DCI format of mDCI includes DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3. Assuming that the network device is configured with DCI format 0_1 in USS, DCI format 1_1 in USS, DCI format 0_2 in USS, DCI format 1_2 in USS, DCI format 0_3 in USS, and DCI format 1_3 in USS, the 6 Each DCI schedules the carrier corresponding to the same secondary cell.
  • the remaining carriers scheduled by DCI format 0_3 can be the carrier of the primary cell or another secondary cell, and the remaining carriers scheduled by DCI format 1_3 can also be the primary cell or another carrier.
  • the carrier of the secondary cell For the method of determining the DCI length corresponding to DCI format 0_1 in USS and DCI format 1_1 in USS, refer to step 3A and step 5C in Embodiment 2. Of course, in the case that C and D obtained based on step 3A are the same, it is not Step 5C needs to be performed.
  • the way to determine the DCI length corresponding to DCI format 0_2 in USS and DCI format 1_2 in USS can refer to step 3B and step 5B in Embodiment 2.
  • Step 5B the way to determine the DCI length corresponding to DCI format 0_3 in USS and DCI format 1_3 in USS can refer to step 3C and step 5D in Embodiment 2.
  • step 3C the way to determine the DCI length corresponding to DCI format 0_3 in USS and DCI format 1_3 in USS can refer to step 3C and step 5D in Embodiment 2.
  • E and F obtained based on step 3C are the same, it is not Step 5D needs to be performed.
  • the mDCI scheduling of multiple carriers in the embodiment of the present application can be divided into the following four situations. Below, the relationship between the DCI length of the DCI format and the cell will be introduced in detail according to the situation.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of mDCI scheduling multiple carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the mDCI schedules the carrier 1 corresponding to the primary cell (Pcell) and the carrier 2 corresponding to the secondary cell 1 (Scell1), and the mDCI is carried on the carrier 1 corresponding to the primary cell.
  • the DCI length of the mDCI belongs to the DCI length budget of the secondary cell 1.
  • the DCI length of the mDCI is determined according to the DCI length budget of the secondary cell 1 .
  • the primary cell it is only necessary to determine the DCI lengths of other DCI formats except the mDCI according to the DCI length budget of the primary cell, without considering the DCI length of the mDCI.
  • the DCI length of the mDCI can also be considered as the DCI length budget of the cell corresponding to the scheduled carrier.
  • the mDCI schedules carrier 1 corresponding to the primary cell (Pcell) and carrier 2 corresponding to the secondary cell 1 (Scell1), and the mDCI is carried on the carrier 2 corresponding to the secondary cell 1.
  • the DCI length of the mDCI belongs to the DCI length budget of the secondary cell 1.
  • the DCI length of the mDCI is determined according to the DCI length budget of the secondary cell 1 .
  • the primary cell it is only necessary to determine the DCI lengths of other DCI formats except the mDCI according to the DCI length budget of the primary cell, without considering the DCI length of the mDCI.
  • the DCI length of the mDCI can also be regarded as the DCI length budget of the cell corresponding to the scheduling carrier.
  • mDCI schedules carrier 2 corresponding to secondary cell 1 (Scell1) and carrier 3 corresponding to secondary cell 2 (Scell2), and mDCI is carried on carrier 1 corresponding to the primary cell (Psell).
  • the DCI length of the mDCI belongs to the DCI length budget of the secondary cell 1 (or secondary cell 2),
  • the length budget is determined without considering the DCI length of the mDCI.
  • the DCI length of the mDCI can also be considered as the DCI length budget of the cell corresponding to the scheduled carrier.
  • the mDCI schedules carrier 2 corresponding to the secondary cell 1 (Scell1) and carrier 3 corresponding to the secondary cell 2 (Scell2), and the mDCI is carried on the carrier 2 corresponding to the secondary cell 1.
  • the DCI length of the mDCI belongs to the DCI length budget of the secondary cell 1 (or secondary cell 2),
  • the DCI length of mDCI is determined according to the DCI length budget of secondary cell 1 or secondary cell 2.
  • the DCI lengths of other DCI formats except mDCI need to be determined according to the DCI length budget of the primary cell The determination does not need to consider the DCI length of the mDCI.
  • the DCI length of the mDCI belongs to the DCI length budget of the secondary cell 1
  • the DCI length of the mDCI can also be considered as the DCI length budget of the cell corresponding to the scheduling carrier; if the DCI length of the mDCI belongs to the DCI length budget of the secondary cell 2
  • the DCI length budget of the mDCI can also be considered as the DCI length budget of the cell corresponding to the scheduled carrier.
  • the terminal device will not blindly detect sDCI and mDCI in the same time unit.
  • a scheduling mode in which one carrier is scheduled through sDCI is called a single-carrier scheduling mode
  • a scheduling mode in which multiple carriers are scheduled through mDCI is called a multi-carrier scheduling mode.
  • a field may be configured in the high-level signaling, and the scheduling mode information carried in this field explicitly indicates that the scheduling mode is a single-carrier scheduling mode or a multi-carrier scheduling mode.
  • the terminal device only blindly detects (or monitors) the multi-carrier scheduling mode.
  • the terminal device only blindly checks the sDCI corresponding to the single-carrier scheduling mode.
  • the first value is 1 and the second value is 0, or the first value is 0 and the second value is 1.
  • the high-level signaling may be RRC signaling and MAC CE signaling.
  • a predefined rule can be defined, the rule is: the terminal device does not expect to blindly detect the sDCI corresponding to the single-carrier scheduling mode and the mDCI corresponding to the multi-carrier scheduling mode at the same time, or the terminal device does not expect the network device to simultaneously configure The sDCI corresponding to the single-carrier scheduling mode and the mDCI corresponding to the multi-carrier scheduling mode.
  • the network device configures the DCI corresponding to any one of the single-carrier scheduling mode and the multi-carrier scheduling mode, and the terminal device blindly detects the DCI corresponding to the any scheduling mode of the network device.
  • the scheduling mode may be implicitly indicated through high-layer signaling.
  • the two embodiments shown below are applicable to the first scheduling mode of mDCI, that is, one mDCI schedules multiple corresponding carriers by scheduling multiple data channels, and one carrier is used to bear one data channel.
  • the higher layer signaling may be RRC signaling.
  • the first DCI format of mDCI may be the first DCI format described in the first aspect above.
  • mDCI includes two types of domains.
  • the first type of domain includes at least one shared domain
  • the second type of domain includes at least one independent domain.
  • shared domains and independent domains please refer to the relevant description above. No longer.
  • domain information of the DCI is configured in the higher layer signaling, and the domain information is used to indicate a shared domain and/or an independent domain in the DCI, and the terminal device determines a scheduling mode of the DCI based on the domain information.
  • domain information is used to indicate shared domains and independent domains in DCI. If the terminal device can determine that part of the DCI domain is a shared domain and another part of the domain is an independent domain based on the domain information, it means that there are shared domains and independent domains in the DCI, which means that the DCI is mDCI and the scheduling mode is multi-carrier scheduling mode .
  • the domain information is used to indicate the shared domain of the DCI. If the shared domain indicated by the domain information is a part of the domain in the DCI, it means that another part of the domain is an independent domain, indicating that there are shared domains and independent domains in the DCI, indicating that the DCI is mDCI, and the scheduling mode is a multi-carrier scheduling mode. If the shared domain indicated by the domain information is all domains in the DCI, since the mDCI defined in this method includes shared domains and independent domains, if the domain information indicates that all domains in the DCI are shared domains, the default DCI is sDCI, and the scheduling mode It is a single carrier scheduling mode.
  • domain information is used to indicate independent domains of DCI. If the independent domain indicated by the domain information is a part of the domain in the DCI, it means that another part of the domain is a shared domain, indicating that there are shared domains and independent domains in the DCI, indicating that the DCI is mDCI, and the scheduling mode is a multi-carrier scheduling mode. If the independent domains indicated by the domain information are all domains in the DCI, the DCI is sDCI, and the scheduling mode is the single carrier scheduling mode.
  • the second DCI format of mDCI may be the second DCI format described in the first aspect above.
  • Multiple groups of domains are pre-configured in mDCI, each group of domains corresponds to a data channel (or carrier), each group of domains includes multiple domains, each group of domains is equivalent to all domains in an sDCI, and is used to implement the function of scheduling a data channel .
  • this DCI format reference may be made to the relevant description above, and details are not repeated here.
  • DCI domain information may be configured in the high-level signaling sent by the network device.
  • the domain information is used to determine the available domains in the DCI.
  • the terminal device determines DCI scheduling mode.
  • the domain information is used to indicate available domains among the candidate domains in the DCI.
  • a group of domains in the mDCI is a predefined available domain
  • domains in multiple groups of domains other than the predefined group of domains are candidate domains
  • the domain information of the high-level signaling indicates that the candidate domains Available domains.
  • the domain information indicates that at least one group of domains in the candidate domains in the DCI is an available domain, it can be determined that the predefined group of domains in the DCI and at least one group of domains determined by the domain information are available domains, because a The group field is used to realize the function of scheduling a data channel, so it means that the DCI is mDCI, and the scheduling mode is a multi-carrier scheduling mode. If the domain information indicates that the available domains in the candidate domains in the DCI are zero, it means that there is no available domain, and it can be determined that only a predefined set of domains in the DCI is an available domain, so it means that the DCI is sDCI, the scheduling mode is single carrier scheduling mode.
  • domains pre-configured in mDCI which are divided into 2 groups of domains.
  • the domains in the first group are predefined domains that are available, and the domains in the second group are candidate domains.
  • the candidate domains are determined to be available based on domain information domain, it means that the DCI is mDCI, and the scheduling mode is multi-carrier scheduling mode; if it is determined based on the domain information that the candidate domain is an unavailable domain, it means that the DCI is sDCI, and the scheduling mode is single-carrier scheduling mode.
  • domain information is used to indicate domains available in DCI.
  • the domains available in the mDCI are all indicated by the domain information of high layer signaling. If the domains available in the DCI determined based on the domain information of the high-layer signaling are multiple groups of domains pre-configured by mDCI, it means that the DCI is mDCI, and the scheduling mode is a multi-carrier scheduling mode. If the available domains in the DCI determined based on the domain information of high-layer signaling are a group of domains in the multi-group domains pre-configured by mDCI, which means that there are unavailable domains, it means that the DCI is sDCI, and the scheduling mode is single-carrier scheduling model.
  • each group of domains includes 24 domains. If the available domains in DCI determined based on the domain information are 48 domains, it can be determined that the DCI is mDCI, and the scheduling The mode is a multi-carrier scheduling mode. If the number of domains available in the DCI determined based on domain information is 24, which means that 24 domains are available and 24 domains are unavailable, it can be determined that the DCI is sDCI, and the scheduling mode is Single carrier scheduling mode.
  • the DCI may be sDCI or mDCI, and the sDCI may be any format of DCI described above.
  • a field is configured in the DCI, and the scheduling mode information carried in the field may be used to indicate whether the scheduling mode is a single-carrier scheduling mode or a multi-carrier scheduling mode.
  • the scheduling mode information For a specific description of the scheduling mode information, reference may be made to the scheduling mode information in the high-layer signaling in mode 1, and details are not repeated here.
  • the field used to carry the scheduling mode information may be a newly added field in the DCI.
  • the field used to carry the scheduling mode information may be an existing field in the DCI itself, or in other words, multiplex the existing field in the DCI to carry the scheduling mode information, for example, the existing field in the DCI itself
  • the domain can be BWP domain or other special domain.
  • the DCI in this example may be sDCI.
  • the RNTI of the scrambled DCI may be used to indicate whether the scheduling mode is a multi-carrier scheduling mode or a single-carrier scheduling mode.
  • the first RNTI is used to indicate the single-carrier scheduling mode
  • the second RNTI is used to indicate the multi-carrier scheduling mode, for example, the first RNTI is a C-RNTI, and the second RNTI is a C-M-RNTI.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a multi-carrier scheduling method 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 100 is applicable to the communication system shown in FIG. 1 and executed by network devices and terminal devices.
  • the network device sends the first configuration information, the first configuration information is used to configure the first downlink control information DCI and the second DCI, the first DCI is used for scheduling M carriers, and the second DCI is used for scheduling One carrier, M is an integer greater than 1, and the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI is different from the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI.
  • the terminal device receives the first configuration information.
  • the network device sends at least one of the first DCI and the second DCI according to the second monitoring bit length, wherein the second monitoring bit length is based on the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the The length of the first monitoring bit of the second DCI is determined.
  • the terminal device monitors the first DCI and the second DCI according to the second monitoring bit length, wherein the second monitoring bit length is based on the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the second DCI The length of the first listening bit is determined.
  • the network device can configure two DCIs for the terminal device through the first configuration information.
  • the first DCI is used to schedule M carriers and is a DCI for multi-carrier scheduling (that is, an example of the mDCI defined above), and the second DCI is used to schedule M carriers.
  • the DCI is used to schedule one carrier, and is a single-carrier scheduled DCI (that is, an example of the sDCI defined above).
  • the network device determines the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI.
  • the network device determines a final monitoring bit length, that is, the second monitoring bit length, and send at least one of the first DCI and the second DCI to the terminal device according to the second monitoring bit length .
  • the terminal device and the network device perform the same steps.
  • the terminal device determines the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI, and the first monitoring bit length of the two DCIs When the lengths are different, the final second monitoring bit length is determined according to the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI, and the first DCI and the second DCI are monitored according to the second monitoring bit length, so as to Obtain the DCI sent by the network device.
  • each DCI has its own original bit length
  • the network device can configure the original bit length of each DCI through the second configuration information, and the terminal device or network device can according to the first
  • the second configuration information determines the first monitoring bit length of each DCI, where the first monitoring bit length of each DCI may be the original bit length of the DCI, or the bit length after performing alignment on the original bit length.
  • the first listening bit length of the first DCI may be the original bit length of the first DCI.
  • the network device or terminal device determines the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI according to the second configuration information. It can be understood that the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI is directly determined according to the second configuration information without the need for the first An alignment operation is performed on the original bit length of the DCI, or it can be understood that the original bit length of the first DCI is determined according to the second configuration information, and the original bit length of the first DCI is used as the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI.
  • the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI may be a bit length obtained after an alignment operation is performed on the original bit length of the first DCI (refer to the following description for details).
  • the network device or the terminal device determines the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI according to the second configuration information, which can be understood as determining the original bit length of the first DCI according to the second configuration information, and according to the original bit length of the first DCI The bit length determines the first snoop bit length of the first DCI.
  • bit lengths of the first DCI and other DCIs may be aligned, and the bit lengths of other DCIs may be used as references to perform an alignment operation on the original bit lengths of the first DCI to obtain aligned bit lengths.
  • the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI may be the original bit length of the second DCI
  • the network device or terminal device determines the second DCI according to the second configuration information
  • the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI can be understood as directly determining the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI according to the second configuration information without performing an alignment operation on the original bit length of the second DCI, or it can be understood as, according to the first
  • the second configuration information determines the original bit length of the second DCI, and uses the original bit length of the second DCI as the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI.
  • the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI may be a bit length obtained after an alignment operation is performed on the original bit length of the second DCI (refer to the following description for details).
  • the network device or terminal device determines the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI according to the second configuration information, which can be understood as determining the original bit length of the second DCI according to the second configuration information, and according to the original bit length of the second DCI The bit length determines the first snoop bit length of the second DCI.
  • bit lengths of the second DCI and other DCIs may be aligned, and the bit lengths of other DCIs may be used as references to perform an alignment operation on the original bit lengths of the second DCI to obtain aligned bit lengths.
  • the network device or terminal device After determining the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI according to the second configuration information, determines the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI.
  • the snoop bit length determines the second snoop bit length.
  • the network device or the terminal device may align the first monitoring bit lengths of the two DCIs to obtain the second monitoring bit length.
  • the second monitoring bit length may be the same as any one of the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application, and is subject to the implementation process. .
  • the bit length of the first listening bit length of the first DCI and the first listening bit length of the second DCI may be used as a reference, and an alignment operation may be performed on the bit length of another DCI to obtain the first 2.
  • the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI is longer than the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI, the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI is used as a reference, and the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI The alignment operation is performed on the bit length to obtain the second monitoring bit length.
  • the second snoop bit length is the same as the first snoop bit length of the first DCI.
  • the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI is longer than the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI, the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI is used as a reference, and the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI The alignment operation is performed on the bit length to obtain the second monitoring bit length.
  • the second snoop bit length is the same as the first snoop bit length of the second DCI.
  • the bit length of the first listening bit length of the first DCI and the first listening bit length of the second DCI may be used as a reference, and an alignment operation may be performed on the bit length of another DCI to obtain The second listening bit length, wherein the alignment operation here is a truncation operation.
  • the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI is shorter than the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI, the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI is used as a reference, and the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI The alignment operation is performed on the bit length to obtain the second monitoring bit length.
  • the second snoop bit length is the same as the first snoop bit length of the first DCI.
  • the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI is shorter than the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI, the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI is used as a reference, and the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI The alignment operation is performed on the bit length to obtain the second monitoring bit length.
  • the second snoop bit length is the same as the first snoop bit length of the second DCI.
  • the terminal device blind detection process finally adopts the second monitoring bit length, for the second monitoring bit length, the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI can be It is understood as a candidate monitoring bit length, and the final second monitoring bit length can be obtained based on the two DCI candidate monitoring bit lengths.
  • the "original bit length" of DCI indicates the size of the bit length occupied by each field in the DCI configured by the network device through the second configuration information, and the DCI can be determined only according to the configuration of the second configuration information.
  • the original bit length of DCI that is, the original bit length of DCI can be obtained only according to the second configuration information, and does not include the processed bit length obtained after other operations (for example, alignment operation), or in other words, the original bit length of DCI is The bit length before aligning the DCI.
  • the alignment operation includes a zero-padding operation or a truncation operation.
  • the zero-padding operation means adding at least one bit zero to the DCI to increase the length of the DCI.
  • the truncation operation means truncating a DCI to reduce the length of the DCI.
  • the truncation operation It may be an operation of deleting some information bits of the corresponding field, or an operation of deleting all information bits of the corresponding field.
  • bit lengths for example, the original bit length, various monitoring bit lengths
  • embodiments of the present application do not limit the names of the lengths before and after the DCI alignment operation .
  • the first DCI may be an example of the above mDCI, for example, the format of the first DCI may be the above DCI format 0_3 or DCI format 1_3.
  • the second DCI can be an example of the above sDCI.
  • the format of the second DCI can be any of the following: DCI format0_0 in CSS, DCI format 1_0 in CSS, DCI format0_0 in USS, DCI format 1_0 in USS , DCI format 0_1 in USS, DCI format 1_1 in USS, DCI format 0_2 in USS, DCI format 1_2 in USS.
  • the M carriers may include one carrier scheduled by the second DCI, or may not include one carrier scheduled by the second DCI.
  • the M carriers scheduled by the first DCI and one carrier scheduled by the second DCI belong to carriers corresponding to the same cell.
  • the M carriers may include one carrier scheduled by the second DCI.
  • the M carriers may not include a carrier scheduled by the second DCI.
  • the M carriers belong to carriers corresponding to at least two cells
  • one carrier scheduled by the second DCI is a carrier corresponding to one cell
  • One carrier is a carrier corresponding to the same cell
  • the M carriers include the carrier scheduled by the second DCI.
  • M 2
  • the first DCI schedules carrier 1 and carrier 2
  • carrier 1 is a carrier corresponding to cell 1
  • carrier 2 is a carrier corresponding to cell 2
  • the carrier scheduled by the second DCI may be carrier 1 or carrier 2.
  • the M carriers scheduled by the second DCI include one carrier scheduled by the second DCI
  • the M carriers include the first carrier
  • the second DCI is used to schedule the first carrier
  • the foregoing first configuration information is also used to configure the search space of the first DCI and the search space of the second DCI.
  • the search space of the first DCI and the search space of the second DCI may be the same or different, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device configures the first DCI for scheduling multiple carriers and the second DCI for scheduling a single carrier through the first configuration information, and the network device or terminal device configures the two DCIs based on the Different first monitoring bit lengths obtain a DCI length, that is, the second monitoring bit length, so that the terminal device can blindly detect DCI according to the second monitoring bit length, which reduces the complexity of blind detection and improves system transmission performance. Scheduling multiple carriers with one DCI reduces the resource overhead of the PDCCH.
  • the above-mentioned first configuration information is also used to configure a third DCI
  • the third DCI is used to schedule N carriers, N is an integer greater than 1, and the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI is the same as that of the first DCI
  • the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI is different, and the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI is determined according to the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI; and, the terminal device is determined according to
  • the second monitoring bit length, monitoring the first DCI and the second DCI includes:
  • the terminal device monitors the first DCI, the second DCI and the third DCI according to the second monitor bit length.
  • the network device configures three DCIs through the first configuration information: the first DCI, the second DCI, and the third DCI.
  • the first DCI and the third DCI are DCIs for multi-carrier scheduling, and the second DCI is for single-carrier scheduling. DCI.
  • the terminal device aligns the monitoring bit lengths of the three DCIs to obtain a second monitoring bit length, and monitors the three DCIs according to the second monitoring bit length to obtain the DCI sent by the network device.
  • Step 1 The terminal device determines the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI and the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI.
  • the terminal device can determine the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI only through the configuration of the second configuration information.
  • the third DCI's The first snoop bit length is the original bit length of the third DCI.
  • the terminal device determines the original bit length of the third DCI according to the second configuration information, and performs an alignment operation on the original bit length of the third DCI to obtain the bit length after the alignment operation.
  • the third DCI The first listening bit length of is the bit length obtained after performing an alignment operation on the original bit length of the third DCI.
  • the terminal device may determine the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI only through the configuration of the second configuration information.
  • the first DCI's The three-snoop bit length is the original bit length of the first DCI.
  • the terminal device determines the original bit length of the first DCI according to the second configuration information, and performs an alignment operation on the original bit length of the first DCI to obtain the bit length after the alignment operation.
  • the bit length of the first DCI The third listening bit length is a bit length obtained after performing an alignment operation on the original bit length of the first DCI.
  • the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI is the original bit length configured through the second configuration information, and the first bit length of the first DCI is configured by the second configuration information.
  • the monitoring bit length is determined by whether the network device configures a SUL carrier for the terminal device.
  • PUSCH can be sent on SUL and non-SUL, and the first DCI can schedule SUL or non-SUL, if the original bit length of the first DCI is the same as the original bit length of the DCI scheduling another carrier If the bit lengths are not equal, the first DCI needs to be aligned with the original bit length of the DCI scheduling another carrier: if the original bit length of the DCI scheduling another carrier is used as a reference, then the original bit length of the first DCI needs to be executed alignment operation, then the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI is the bit length obtained after performing the alignment operation on the original bit length of the first DCI; The alignment operation is performed on the original bit length of the DCI, then the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI is the original bit length of the first DCI.
  • the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI is the original bit length of the first DCI.
  • the third DCI is used to schedule PUSCH, and the first DCI is used to schedule PDSCH, then the first monitoring bit level of the first DCI is the original bit length configured through the second configuration information, and the first bit length of the third DCI is configured by the second configuration information.
  • a monitoring bit length is determined by whether the network device configures a SUL carrier for the terminal device. For specific descriptions, please refer to the description of the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI in the previous example, and replace the first DCI in the previous example with the third DCI That's it, no more details.
  • Step 2 The terminal device determines the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI according to the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI and the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI.
  • the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI obtained in step 2 is not only the monitoring bit length of the first DCI obtained after performing step 2, but also the monitoring bit length of the third DCI obtained after performing step 2 bit length.
  • the first snoop bit length of the first DCI may be the same as any one of the first snoop bit length of the third DCI and the third snoop bit length of the first DCI.
  • the terminal device may align the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI with the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI to obtain the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI.
  • an alignment operation may be performed on the bit length of another DCI by using the longer bit length among the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI and the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI as a reference, to obtain the first A first monitored bit length of the DCI, wherein the alignment operation here is a zero padding operation.
  • the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI is used as a reference, and the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI The length is aligned with the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI to obtain the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI.
  • the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI is the same as the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI, which may be the original bit length of the first DCI, or after performing an alignment operation on the original bit length of the first DCI
  • the obtained bit length is specifically determined by the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI determined in step 1.
  • the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI is used as a reference, and the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI is used as a reference.
  • the bit length is aligned with the first snoop bit length of the third DCI to obtain the first snoop bit length of the first DCI.
  • the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI is the same as the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI, which may be the original bit length of the third DCI, or after performing an alignment operation on the original bit length of the third DCI
  • the obtained bit length is specifically determined by the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI determined in step 1.
  • an alignment operation may be performed on the bit length of another DCI by using the shorter bit length among the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI and the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI as a reference, to obtain The first listening bit length of the first DCI, wherein the alignment operation here is a truncation operation.
  • the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI is shorter than the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI, the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI is used as a reference, and the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI The length is aligned with the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI to obtain the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI.
  • the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI is used as a reference, and the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI is used as a reference.
  • the bit length is aligned with the first snoop bit length of the third DCI to obtain the first snoop bit length of the first DCI.
  • Step 3 The terminal device determines the second monitoring bit length according to the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI.
  • the second snoop bit length may be the same as any one of the first snoop bit length of the first DCI and the first snoop bit length of the second DCI.
  • step 3 For a specific description of step 3, reference may be made to the relevant description above about the process of determining the second monitoring bit length according to the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI, and details will not be repeated here.
  • the network device determines the second monitoring bit length in the same manner as the terminal device. After determining the second monitoring bit length, the network device sends at least one of the first DCI, the second DCI and the third DCI according to the second monitoring bit length.
  • the format of the first DCI may be one example of the above mDCI
  • the format of the third DCI may be another example of the above mDCI.
  • the format of the first DCI is DCI format 0_3
  • the format of the third DCI is DCI format 1_3.
  • the format of the first DCI is DCI format 1_3
  • the format of the third DCI is DCI format 0_3.
  • the M carriers and the N carriers may or may not have the same carrier.
  • the M carriers and the N carriers belong to carriers corresponding to the same cell.
  • the M carriers and the N carriers may have the same carrier.
  • the carriers are carrier 1 and carrier 2 corresponding to cell 1, the two carriers scheduled by the first DCI and the two carriers scheduled by the third DCI have the same carrier 1 and carrier 2, and the carriers scheduled by the two DCIs are the same.
  • the M carriers belong to carriers corresponding to at least two cells
  • the N carriers belong to carriers corresponding to at least two cells
  • the M carriers and the N carriers have the same carrier
  • the A carrier is a carrier corresponding to a cell.
  • M 2
  • carrier 1 is the carrier corresponding to cell 1
  • carrier 2 is the carrier corresponding to cell 2
  • N 2
  • carrier 2 is the carrier corresponding to cell 2
  • carrier 3 is the carrier corresponding to cell 3
  • the two carriers scheduled by the first DCI and the two carriers scheduled by the third DCI have the same carrier 2
  • carrier 2 is the carrier corresponding to cell 2.
  • the foregoing first configuration information is also used to configure a search space of the third DCI.
  • the search space of the third DCI, the search space of the first DCI, and the search space of the second DCI may be the same or different, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the search space of the first DCI and the third DCI are the same, and the search space of the second DCI is different from the search space of the first DCI and the third DCI.
  • the network device also configures the third DCI for scheduling multiple carriers through the first configuration information, and the terminal device or network device configures the first DCI, the second DCI and the third DCI
  • the bit length is unified as the second monitoring bit length, so that the terminal device can blindly detect DCI according to the second monitoring bit length, which reduces the complexity of blind detection and improves system transmission performance.
  • the difference between the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI is not very large.
  • the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI is obtained according to the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI, then according to the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI
  • the monitoring bit length obtains the second monitoring bit length, and in the process of aligning the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI with the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI, the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI and
  • any bit length in the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI is used as a reference and the zero-padding operation is performed on the bit length of another DCI, the number of bits will not be increased, which can avoid the possible DCI length alignment process.
  • the problem of adding a lot of overhead is a lot of overhead.
  • the length of different DCIs scrambled by C-RNTI does not exceed 3. In the case of many DCIs, the length of DCI can be controlled within 3. Can. It should be understood that the DCI length mentioned here is the DCI length used in the blind detection process of the terminal device, such as the second monitoring bit length, the fourth monitoring bit length and the fifth monitoring bit length below.
  • the first configuration information is also used to configure a fourth DCI and a fifth DCI, each of which is used to schedule a carrier; and, according to the second monitoring bit length, the terminal device monitors
  • the first DCI and the second DCI include:
  • the terminal device monitors the first DCI, the second DCI, the fourth DCI, and the fifth DCI according to the second monitor bit length, the fourth monitor bit length, and the fifth monitor bit length, wherein the second monitor The bit length, the fourth monitoring bit length and the fifth monitoring bit length are all different, the fourth monitoring bit length is the monitoring bit length of the fourth DCI, and the fifth monitoring bit length is the monitoring bit length of the fifth DCI .
  • the network device configures four DCIs through the first configuration information: the first DCI, the second DCI, the fourth DCI, and the fifth DCI, the first DCI is a DCI for multi-carrier scheduling, and the second DCI, the fourth DCI, and The fifth DCI is a single-carrier scheduled DCI, and each DCI has its own original bit length. If the original bit length of each DCI is different, 4 DCIs correspond to 4 DCI lengths, which does not meet the DCI length budget.
  • an alignment operation is performed on the DCIs to finally obtain 3 snoop bit lengths, ie, the second snoop bit length, the fourth snoop bit length, and the fifth snoop bit length, which just meet the DCI length budget.
  • the second monitoring bit length is determined according to the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI, and may be the original bit length of the first DCI or the
  • the bit length obtained after performing the alignment operation on the original bit length may also be the original bit length of the second DCI or the bit length obtained after performing the alignment operation on the original bit length of the second DCI.
  • the fourth monitoring bit length is the monitoring bit length of the fourth DCI, and the fourth monitoring bit length may be the original bit length of the fourth DCI configured through the second configuration information, or may be performed on the original bit length of the fourth DCI.
  • the bit length obtained after the alignment operation (for details, please refer to the description below).
  • the fifth monitoring bit length is the monitoring bit length of the fifth DCI, and the fifth monitoring bit length may be the original bit length of the fifth DCI configured through the above-mentioned second configuration information, or may be executed with the original bit length of the fifth DCI.
  • the bit length obtained after the alignment operation (for details, please refer to the description below).
  • the network device determines the second monitoring bit length, the fourth monitoring bit length and the fifth monitoring bit length in the same manner as the terminal device. After determining the second monitoring bit length, the fourth monitoring bit length and the fifth monitoring bit length, the network device sends the first DCI according to at least one of the second monitoring bit length, the fourth monitoring bit length and the fifth monitoring bit length , at least one of the second DCI, the fourth DCI, and the fifth DCI.
  • the network device when the network device sends at least one DCI, it will send the DCI according to the determined monitoring bit length of the DCI.
  • the network device sends at least one of the first DCI and the second DCI, then at least one of the first DCI and the second DCI is sent according to the second monitoring bit length; if the network device sends the fourth DCI, then according to the fourth monitoring bit length length to send the fourth DCI; if the network device sends the fifth DCI, then send the fifth DCI according to the fifth monitoring bit length.
  • the first DCI may be an example of the above mDCI, for example, the format of the first DCI may be the above DCI format 0_3 or DCI format 1_3.
  • the second DCI, the fourth DCI, and the fifth DCI may be any example of the sDCI above, respectively, and the formats of the second DCI, the fourth DCI, and the fifth DCI are all different.
  • the format of the second DCI is DCI format 0_0 in CSS, DCI format 1_0 in CSS, DCI format 0_0 in USS, or DCI format 1_0 in USS
  • the fourth DCI is DCI format 0_1 in USS or DCI in USS format 1_1
  • the fifth DCI is DCI format 0_2 in USS or DCI format 1_2 in USS.
  • the second DCI is DCI format 0_1 in USS or DCI format 1_1 in USS
  • the fourth DCI is DCI format 0_2 in USS or DCI format 1_2 in USS
  • the format of the fifth DCI is DCI format in CSS 0_0, DCI format 1_0 in CSS, DCI format0_0 in USS, or DCI format 1_0 in USS.
  • one carrier scheduled by the second DCI, the fourth DCI, and the fifth DCI is a carrier corresponding to the same cell, and the carriers scheduled by the three DCIs may be at least partly the same, or may be different.
  • the three carriers scheduled by the second DCI, the fourth DCI and the fifth DCI may be at least partly the same, or may be different.
  • cell 1 corresponds to three carriers, carrier 1, carrier 2, and carrier 3, carrier 1 is scheduled by the second DCI, carrier 2 is scheduled by the fourth DCI, carrier 3 is scheduled by the fifth DCI, and the carriers scheduled by the three DCIs are different.
  • cell 1 corresponds to carrier 1, carrier 2, and carrier 3.
  • the second DCI schedules carrier 1, the fourth DCI schedules carrier 2, and the fifth DCI schedules carrier 2.
  • Two of the three DCI-scheduled carriers are the same.
  • cell 1 corresponds to carrier 1, carrier 2, and carrier 3, the second DCI, the fourth DCI, and the fifth DCI all schedule carrier 1, and the three DCIs schedule the same carrier.
  • the foregoing first configuration information is also used to configure the search space of the fourth DCI and the search space of the fifth DCI.
  • the search space of the fourth DCI, the search space of the fifth DCI, the search space of the first DCI, and the search space of the second DCI may be the same or different, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the search space of the first DCI is different from the search spaces of the remaining three DCIs, and the search spaces of any two DCIs in the remaining three DCIs are the same.
  • the search spaces of the above four DCIs are all different.
  • the first configuration information is also used to configure the third DCI, the sixth DCI, the seventh DCI, the eighth DCI, the ninth DCI, and the tenth DCI
  • the third DCI is used to schedule N carriers, where N is An integer greater than 1
  • the sixth DCI, the seventh DCI, the eighth DCI, the ninth DCI, and the tenth DCI are each used to schedule a carrier
  • the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI is the same as the third bit length of the first DCI
  • the monitoring bit lengths are all different, and the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI is determined according to the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI;
  • the terminal device monitors the first DCI, the second DCI, the fourth DCI, and the fifth DCI according to the second monitoring bit length, the fourth monitoring bit length, and the fifth monitoring bit length, including:
  • the terminal device monitors the first DCI, the second DCI, the third DCI, the fourth DCI, and the fifth DCI according to the second monitoring bit length, the fourth monitoring bit length, and the fifth monitoring bit length , the sixth DCI, the seventh DCI, the eighth DCI, the ninth DCI, and the tenth DCI.
  • the second monitoring bit length is the monitoring bit length of the first DCI, the second DCI, the third DCI and the sixth DCI
  • the fourth monitoring bit length is the monitoring bit length of the fourth DCI and the seventh DCI
  • the fifth monitoring bit length is The length is the snoop bit length of the fifth DCI, the eighth DCI, the ninth DCI, and the tenth DCI.
  • the network device configures 10 DCIs through the first configuration information: the first DCI, the second DCI, the third DCI, the fourth DCI, the fifth DCI, the sixth DCI, the seventh DCI, the eighth DCI, the ninth DCI
  • the DCI and the tenth DCI, the first DCI and the second DCI are multi-carrier scheduled DCIs, and the remaining 8 DCIs are all single-carrier scheduled DCIs, and each DCI has its own original bit length. If the original bit lengths of each DCI are different, 10 DCIs correspond to 10 DCI lengths, which does not meet the DCI length budget.
  • an alignment operation is performed on the DCIs to finally obtain 3 snoop bit lengths, ie, the second snoop bit length, the fourth snoop bit length, and the fifth snoop bit length, which meet the DCI length budget.
  • the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI is determined according to the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI
  • the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI It is determined according to the sixth monitoring bit length of the second DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the sixth DCI
  • the second monitoring bit length is determined according to the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI
  • the bit length is determined
  • the fourth monitoring bit length is determined according to the first monitoring bit length of the fourth DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the seventh DCI
  • the fifth monitoring bit length is determined according to the first monitoring bit length of the fifth DCI
  • a monitoring bit length, the first monitoring bit length of the eighth DCI, the first monitoring bit length of the ninth DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the tenth DCI are determined.
  • the first DCI and the third DCI are DCIs of the DCI format x_3 series
  • the corresponding formats are DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3
  • the second DCI and the sixth DCI are The DCI of the DCI format x_1 series
  • the corresponding formats are DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1
  • the fourth DCI and the seventh DC are the DCI of the DCI format x_2 series
  • the corresponding formats are DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2
  • the fifth DCI, the eighth DCI, the ninth DCI, and the tenth DCI are DCI format x_0 series of DCI
  • the corresponding formats are DCI format 0_0 in CSS
  • Step 1 The terminal device determines the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI and the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI. For specific description, please refer to the relevant description of step 1 in the above embodiment A, and details are not repeated here.
  • Step 1 may correspond to Step 3C of Embodiment 5, the format of the first DCI may be DCI format 0_3, the format of the third DCI may be DCI format 1_3, and the third DCI of the first DCI may be DCI format 1_3.
  • the monitoring bit length may be size E, and the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI may be size F.
  • Step 2 The terminal device determines the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI according to the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI and the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI.
  • the terminal device determines the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI according to the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI and the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI.
  • step 2 may correspond to step 5D of the fifth embodiment, and the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI may be size G.
  • Step 3 The terminal device determines the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI according to the sixth monitoring bit length of the second DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the sixth DCI.
  • the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI obtained in step 3 is not only the monitoring bit length of the second DCI obtained after performing step 3, but also the monitoring bit length of the sixth DCI obtained after performing step 3. bit length.
  • the terminal device may determine the sixth monitoring bit length of the second DCI according to the above-mentioned second configuration information, and the sixth monitoring bit length of the second DCI may be the original bit length of the second DCI, or may be the original bit length of the second DCI The bit length obtained after performing the alignment operation.
  • the terminal device may determine the first monitored bit length of the sixth DCI according to the second configuration information, which may be the original bit length of the sixth DCI, or may be a bit length obtained after performing an alignment operation on the original bit length of the sixth DCI.
  • the format of the second DCI can be DCI format 0_1
  • the length of the sixth monitoring bit of the second DCI is size C
  • the format of the sixth DCI can be DCI format 1_1
  • the length of the sixth DCI can be DCI format 1_1.
  • the first monitoring bit length is size D.
  • DCI format 0_1 In addition to the original bit length configured according to the second configuration information, it is also necessary to configure the SUL carrier for the terminal device on the network device, and the DCI format 0_1 of the terminal device and the DCI format 0_0 or DCI of another terminal device in the USS Whether the DCI length of format 1_0 is the same determines whether to perform the alignment operation on DCI format 0_1. If the alignment operation is not performed, the obtained size C is the original bit length of DCI format0_1. If the alignment operation is performed, the obtained size C is the alignment operation for DCI
  • the bit length of format 0_1 is the bit length obtained after the alignment operation is performed, and the specific description can refer to the above description.
  • DCI format 1_1 For DCI format 1_1, in addition to the original bit length configured according to the second configuration information, it is also necessary to determine whether the DCI format 1_1 of the terminal device is the same as the DCI length of DCI format 0_0 or DCI format 1_0 of another terminal device in the USS. DCI format 1_1 performs the alignment operation. If the alignment operation is not performed, the obtained size D is the original bit length of DCI format 1_1. If the alignment operation is performed, the obtained size D is obtained after performing the alignment operation on the bit length of DCI format 1_1. For the bit length of , please refer to the above description for specific description.
  • Example 1 if the first monitoring bit length of the sixth DCI is the same as the sixth monitoring bit length of the second DCI, then the first monitoring bit length of the sixth DCI and the sixth monitoring bit length of the second DCI are determined as the second The first monitoring bit length of DCI.
  • step 3 may correspond to step 3A of the fifth embodiment, step 5C is not performed, and the size C of the obtained DCI format 0_1 (for example, the sixth monitoring bit of the second DCI length) is the same as the size D of DCI format 1_1 (for example, the first monitoring bit length of the sixth DCI), which is a bit length (or DCI length), and the bit length is used as the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI, with The first listening bit length of the second DCI is aligned with the bit lengths of other DCIs.
  • the size C of the obtained DCI format 0_1 for example, the sixth monitoring bit of the second DCI length
  • the size D of DCI format 1_1 for example, the first monitoring bit length of the sixth DCI
  • the bit length is used as the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI
  • Example 2 If the first monitoring bit length of the sixth DCI is different from the sixth monitoring bit length of the second DCI, the second monitoring bit length is determined according to the first monitoring bit length of the sixth DCI and the sixth monitoring bit length of the second DCI. The first monitoring bit length of DCI.
  • the first monitoring bit length of the sixth DCI and the second DCI is aligned to obtain the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI.
  • the first snoop bit length of the second DCI is the same as any one of the first snoop bit length of the sixth DCI and the sixth snoop bit length of the second DCI.
  • an alignment operation is performed on the bit length of another DCI to obtain the first bit length of the second DCI.
  • Monitor the bit length, and the alignment operation here is zero padding.
  • an alignment operation is performed on the bit length of another DCI to obtain the first monitor bit length of the second DCI.
  • Step 3 may correspond to Steps 3A and 5C of Embodiment 5, and the size C of DCI format 0_1 obtained through Step 3A (for example, the sixth monitoring of the second DCI bit length) and size D of DCI format 1_1 (for example, the first monitoring bit length of the sixth DCI), and size C and size D are aligned by step 5C to obtain size H (for example, the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI length) to align size H with the bit length of other DCIs.
  • size C of DCI format 0_1 obtained through Step 3A for example, the sixth monitoring of the second DCI bit length
  • size D of DCI format 1_1 for example, the first monitoring bit length of the sixth DCI
  • Step 4 The terminal device determines the second monitoring bit length according to the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI.
  • the terminal device determines the second monitoring bit length according to the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI.
  • step 4 may correspond to step 5E in Embodiment 5, and the second monitoring bit length is size L4.
  • Step 5 The terminal device determines the fourth monitoring bit length according to the first monitoring bit length of the fourth DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the seventh DC.
  • the terminal device may determine the first monitoring bit length of the fourth DCI according to the above second configuration information, and the first monitoring bit length of the fourth DCI may be the original bit length of the fourth DCI, or may be the original bit length of the fourth DCI The bit length obtained after performing the alignment operation.
  • the terminal device may determine the first monitored bit length of the seventh DCI according to the second configuration information, which may be the original bit length of the seventh DCI, or may be a bit length obtained by performing an alignment operation on the original bit length of the seventh DCI.
  • the format of the fourth DCI is DCI format 0_2
  • the first monitoring bit length of the fourth DCI is size M
  • the format of the seventh DCI is DCI format 1_2
  • the first bit length of the seventh DCI is The monitoring bit length is size N.
  • DCI format 0_2 in addition to the original bit length configured according to the second configuration information, it is also necessary to determine whether to perform an alignment operation on DCI format 0_2 based on whether the network device configures a SUL carrier for the terminal device. If the alignment operation is not performed, the obtained size M is the original bit length of DCI format 0_2.
  • the obtained size M is the bit length obtained after performing the alignment operation on the bit length of DCI format 0_2.
  • size N is the original bit length of DCI format 1_2.
  • Example 1 if the first monitoring bit length of the fourth DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the seventh DC are the same, then the first monitoring bit length of the fourth DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the seventh DC are determined as the fourth Monitor bit length.
  • step 5 may correspond to step 3B of the fifth embodiment, step 5B is not performed, and the size M of the obtained DCI format 0_2 (for example, the first monitoring of the fourth DCI bit length) is the same as size N of DCI format 1_2 (for example, the first monitoring bit length of the seventh DCI), which is a bit length (or DCI length), and this bit length is used as the fourth monitoring bit length.
  • the size M of the obtained DCI format 0_2 for example, the first monitoring of the fourth DCI bit length
  • N of DCI format 1_2 for example, the first monitoring bit length of the seventh DCI
  • this bit length is used as the fourth monitoring bit length.
  • Example 2 if the first monitoring bit length of the fourth DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the seventh DC are different, then according to the first monitoring bit length of the fourth DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the seventh DC, determine the fourth Monitor bit length.
  • the first monitoring bit length of the fourth DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the seventh DC The lengths are aligned to obtain the fourth monitoring bit length.
  • the fourth snoop bit length is the same as any one of the first snoop bit length of the fourth DCI and the first snoop bit length of the seventh DC.
  • an alignment operation is performed on the bit length of another DCI to obtain a fourth monitoring bit length,
  • the alignment operation here is a zero padding operation.
  • an alignment operation is performed on the bit length of another DCI to obtain the fourth monitoring bit length , where the alignment operation is a truncation operation.
  • Step 5 may correspond to Steps 3B and 5B of Embodiment 5, and the size M of DCI format 0_2 obtained through Step 3B (for example, the first monitoring of the fourth DCI bit length) and size N of DCI format 1_2 (for example, the first monitoring bit length of the seventh DCI), and size M and size N are aligned through step 5B to obtain size K (for example, the fourth monitoring bit length).
  • Step 6 Determine the fifth monitoring bit length according to the first monitoring bit length of the fifth DCI, the first monitoring bit length of the eighth DCI, the first monitoring bit length of the ninth DCI, and the first monitoring bit length of the tenth DCI .
  • the terminal device may determine the first monitoring bit length of the fifth DCI, the eighth DCI, the ninth DCI, and the tenth DCI according to the above-mentioned second configuration information, and the first monitoring bit length of each DCI may be the original bit length, or a pair of The original bit length of DCI is the bit length obtained after the alignment operation is performed.
  • the first snooping bit length of the fifth DCI is the same as that of the eighth DCI, and the first snooping bit length of the ninth DCI is the same as that of the tenth DCI.
  • the format of the fifth DCI may be DCI format 0_0 of CSS
  • the first monitoring bit length of the fifth DCI is size A
  • the format of the eighth DCI may be DCI format 1_0 of CSS
  • the first monitoring bit length of the eighth DCI is size A
  • the format of the ninth DCI can be DCI format 0_0 of the USS
  • the first monitoring bit length of the ninth DCI is size B
  • the format of the tenth DCI is DCI format 1_0 of the USS
  • the first monitoring bit length of the tenth DCI is size B.
  • DCI format 0_0 of CSS For DCI format 0_0 of CSS, if the original bit lengths of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 of CSS are the same, there is no need to perform an alignment operation on DCI format 0_0 of CSS, and the obtained size A is the original bit length. If the original bit length is different, it is necessary to perform an alignment operation on DCI format 0_0 of CSS, and the obtained size A is the bit length after performing the alignment operation on the original bit length. For DCI format 1_0 of CSS, the obtained size A is the original bit length.
  • DCI format 0_0 of USS and DCI format 1_0 of USS it is necessary to determine whether to perform an alignment operation on the original bit length of each DCI based on the original bit length of the two DCIs and whether the network device configures a SUL carrier for the terminal device , the specific description can refer to the above description.
  • Example 1 if the first monitoring bit length of the fifth DCI and the eighth DCI is the same as the first monitoring bit length of the ninth DCI and the tenth DCI, then the first monitoring bit length of these four DCIs is determined as the fifth monitoring bit length bit length.
  • step 5 may correspond to Step 1 and Step 2 of Embodiment 5, step 5A is not performed, and DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 of CSS obtained through Step 1 size A (for example, the first monitoring bit length of the fifth DCI and the eighth DCI) and the size B of the DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 of the USS obtained through step 2 (for example, the first bit length of the ninth DCI and the tenth DCI)
  • the monitoring bit length is the same and is a bit length (or DCI length), which is used as the fifth monitoring bit length.
  • Example 2 if the first monitoring bit length of the fifth DCI and the eighth DCI is different from the first monitoring bit length of the ninth DCI and the tenth DCI, then according to the first monitoring bit length of the fifth DCI and the eighth DCI and the first The first monitor bit length of the ninth DCI and the tenth DCI determines the fifth monitor bit length.
  • the first monitoring bit length of the fifth DCI and the eighth DCI is aligned with the first monitoring bit length of the ninth DCI and the tenth DCI to obtain a fifth monitoring bit length.
  • the fifth monitoring bit length is the same as any one of the first monitoring bit lengths of the fifth DCI and the eighth DCI and the first monitoring bit lengths of the ninth DCI and the tenth DCI.
  • the fifth monitoring bit length of the is the same as the first monitoring bit length of the fifth DCI and the eighth DCI.
  • aligning the first monitoring bit lengths of the fifth DCI and the eighth DCI with the first monitoring bit lengths of the ninth DCI and the tenth DCI is the same as the first monitoring bit length of the fifth DCI and the eighth DCI.
  • Step 5 may correspond to Step 1, Step 2, and Step 5A of Embodiment 5, and the size A of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 of CSS obtained through Step 1 (For example, the first monitoring bit length of the fifth DCI and the eighth DCI) and the size B of the DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 of the USS obtained through step 2 (for example, the first monitoring bit of the ninth DCI and the tenth DCI Length) is different, through step 5A, size A is used as a reference, size B is aligned with size A, so that the bit length of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 of the USS becomes size A, and size A is used as the fifth monitoring bit length.
  • the second monitoring bit length, the fourth monitoring bit length and the fifth monitoring bit length are obtained, and the above 10 DCIs are monitored according to the three monitoring bit lengths to reduce the complexity of blind detection.
  • the first DCI and the third DCI can be any example of the mDCI above, and the formats of the first DCI and the third DCI are different, for example, the format of the first DCI is DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3
  • the format of the third DCI is the other of DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3.
  • the remaining 8 DCIs may be any example of the sDCI above, and the formats of the 8 DCIs are different.
  • the second DCI and the sixth DCI are DCIs of the same series
  • the fourth DCI and the seventh DCI are DCIs of the same series
  • the second DCI and the sixth DCI can correspond to any of the DCI format x_2 series and DCI format x_1 series
  • the fourth DCI and the seventh DCI correspond to another series of DCI formats in the DCI format x_2 series and the DCI format x_1 series
  • each DCI corresponds to a DCI format.
  • the fifth DCI, the eighth DCI, the ninth DCI, and the tenth DCI are DCIs of the same series, corresponding to the DCI format of the DCI format x_0 series, respectively corresponding to DCI format 0_0 in CSS, DCI format 1_0 in CSS, and DCI in USS format 0_0, DCI format 1_0 in USS.
  • embodiment C in the fifth embodiment corresponding to Table 12 is only a schematic illustration, and embodiment C may also correspond to the sixth embodiment corresponding to the above table 13.
  • the first DCI and the third DCI are DCIs of the DCI format x_3 series
  • the corresponding formats are DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3
  • the second DCI and the sixth DCI are The DCI of the DCI format x_2 series
  • the corresponding formats are DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2
  • the fourth DCI and the seventh DC are the DCI of the DCI format x_1 series
  • the corresponding formats are DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1
  • the fifth DCI, the eighth DCI, the ninth DCI, and the tenth DCI are DCI format x_0 series of DCI
  • the corresponding formats are DCI format 0_0 in CSS, DCI format 1_0 in CSS, DCI format 0_0 in USS, and DCI format in USS DCI format 1_0.
  • Step 1 of Embodiment C may correspond to Step 3C of Embodiment 6.
  • Step 2 of Embodiment C may correspond to Step 5D of Embodiment 6.
  • Step 3 of Embodiment C may correspond to Step 3B of Embodiment 6, or Step 3B and Step 5B, wherein, if the size M of DCI format 0_2 obtained through Step 3B is the same as the size N of DCI format 1_2, then Embodiment C Step 3 corresponds to step 3B of Embodiment 6, the size M of DCI format 0_2 and the size N of DCI format 1_2 are the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI, if the size M and DCI format of DCI format 0_2 obtained through step 3B If the size N of 1_2 is different, step 3 of embodiment C corresponds to step 3B and step 5B of embodiment 6, and the finally obtained size K is the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI.
  • Step 4 of Embodiment C may correspond to Step 5E of Embodiment 6, and the finally obtained size L5 is the second monitoring bit length.
  • Step 5 of Embodiment C may correspond to Step 3A of Embodiment 6, or Step 3A and Step 5C, wherein, if the size C of DCI format 0_1 obtained through Step 3A is the same as the size D of DCI format 1_1, then Embodiment C Step 5 corresponds to step 3A of Embodiment 6, the size C of DCI format 0_1 and the size D of DCI format 1_1 are the fourth monitoring bit length, if the size C of DCI format 0_1 and the size D of DCI format 1_1 obtained through step 3A If it is different, step 6 of embodiment C corresponds to step 3A and step 5C of embodiment 6, and the finally obtained size H is the fourth monitoring bit length.
  • Step 6 of Embodiment C corresponds to Step 1 and Step 2 of Embodiment 6, or Step 1, Step 2 and Step 5A, if the size A of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 of CSS obtained through Step 1 of Embodiment 6 It is the same as the size B of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 of the USS obtained through step 2, then step 6 of embodiment C corresponds to step 1 and step 2 of embodiment 6, and size A or size B is the fifth monitoring bit length, If the size A of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 of CSS obtained through step 1 of Embodiment 6 is different from the size B of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 of USS obtained through step 2, then step 6 of embodiment C corresponds to In Step 1, Step 2 and Step 5A of Embodiment 6, the finally obtained size A is the fifth monitoring bit length.
  • the network device determines the second monitoring bit length, the fourth monitoring bit length and the fifth monitoring bit length in the same manner as the terminal device. After determining the second monitoring bit length, the fourth monitoring bit length and the fifth monitoring bit length, the network device sends the above 10 monitoring bit lengths according to at least one of the second monitoring bit length, the fourth monitoring bit length and the fifth monitoring bit length At least one of the DCIs.
  • the network device when it sends at least one of the above 10 DCIs, it will send the DCI according to the determined monitoring bit length of the DCI. For example, at least one of the first DCI, the second DCI, the third DCI, and the sixth DCI is transmitted according to the second monitoring bit length, and at least one of the fourth DCI and the seventh DCI is transmitted according to the fourth monitoring bit length.
  • the five snoop bit length transmits at least one of the fifth DCI, the eighth DCI, the ninth DCI, and the tenth DCI.
  • one carrier scheduled by the second DCI, the fourth DCI, the fifth DCI, the sixth DCI, the seventh DCI, the eighth DCI, the ninth DCI, and the tenth DCI is a carrier corresponding to the same cell.
  • the carriers scheduled by the DCIs may be at least partly the same, or may be different.
  • the above eight DCI-scheduled carriers may be at least partly the same, or may be different from each other.
  • the above eight DCIs schedule the same carrier.
  • the first configuration information is also used to configure the third DCI, the sixth DCI, the seventh DCI, the eighth DCI, the ninth DCI, and the tenth DCI
  • the third DCI is used to schedule N carriers, where N is An integer greater than 1
  • the sixth DCI, the seventh DCI, the eighth DCI, the ninth DCI, and the tenth DCI are each used to schedule a carrier
  • the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI is the same as the third bit length of the first DCI
  • the monitoring bit lengths are different, and the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI is determined according to the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI;
  • the terminal device monitors the first DCI, the second DCI, the fourth DCI, and the fifth DCI according to the second monitoring bit length, the fourth monitoring bit length, and the fifth monitoring bit length, including:
  • the terminal device monitors the first DCI, the second DCI, the third DCI, the fourth DCI, and the fifth DCI according to the second monitoring bit length, the fourth monitoring bit length, and the fifth monitoring bit length , the sixth DCI, the seventh DCI, the eighth DCI, the ninth DCI, and the tenth DCI.
  • the second monitor bit length is the monitor bit length of the first DCI, the second DCI, the third DCI, the eighth DCI, the ninth DCI and the tenth DCI
  • the fourth monitor bit length is the monitor bit length of the fourth DCI and the seventh DCI.
  • the monitoring bit length, the fifth monitoring bit length is the monitoring bit length of the fifth DCI and the sixth DCI.
  • the network device configures 10 DCIs through the first configuration information: the first DCI, the second DCI, the third DCI, the fourth DCI, the fifth DCI, the sixth DCI, the seventh DCI, the eighth DCI, the ninth DCI
  • the DCI and the tenth DCI, the first DCI and the second DCI are multi-carrier scheduled DCIs, and the remaining 8 DCIs are all single-carrier scheduled DCIs, and each DCI has its own original bit length. If the original bit lengths of each DCI are different, 10 DCIs correspond to 10 DCI lengths, which does not meet the DCI length budget.
  • an alignment operation is performed on the DCIs to finally obtain 3 snoop bit lengths, ie, the second snoop bit length, the fourth snoop bit length, and the fifth snoop bit length, which meet the DCI length budget.
  • the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI is based on the seventh monitoring bit length of the second DCI, the first monitoring bit length of the eighth DCI, and the first monitoring bit length of the ninth DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the tenth DCI
  • the fourth monitoring bit length is determined according to the first monitoring bit length of the fourth DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the seventh DCI
  • the fifth monitoring bit length is determined according to the first monitoring bit length of the fifth DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the sixth DCI.
  • the first DCI and the third DCI are DCIs of the DCI format x_3 series
  • the corresponding formats are DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3, the second DCI, the eighth DCI
  • the ninth DCI and the tenth DCI are DCIs of the DCI format x_0 series
  • the corresponding formats are DCI format 0_0 in CSS, DCI format 1_0 in CSS, DCI format 0_0 in USS, DCI format 1_0 in USS
  • the fourth DCI and the seventh DC are DCI format x_2 series DCI
  • the corresponding formats are DCI format 0_2 and DCI format 1_2 respectively
  • the fifth DCI and sixth DCI are DCI format x_1 series DCI
  • Step 1 The terminal device determines the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI and the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI.
  • Step 2 The terminal device determines the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI according to the first monitoring bit length of the third DCI and the third monitoring bit length of the first DCI.
  • Step 1 and Step 2 refer to the relevant descriptions of Step 1 and Step 2 of Embodiment C above, and details are not repeated here.
  • Step 3 the terminal device determines the second DCI according to the seventh monitoring bit length of the second DCI, the first monitoring bit length of the eighth DCI, the first monitoring bit length of the ninth DCI, and the first monitoring bit length of the tenth DCI The length of the first listening bit.
  • the process of determining the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI in step 3 is similar to the process of determining the fifth monitoring bit length in step 6 in embodiment C, and the first monitoring bit length of the fifth DCI in embodiment C is replaced by the second
  • the seventh monitoring bit length of DCI just replace the fifth monitoring bit length of Embodiment C with the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI here.
  • Step 4 The terminal device determines the second monitoring bit length according to the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI. For specific description, refer to the related description of step 4 in the above embodiment C, and details are not repeated here.
  • Step 5 The terminal device determines a fourth monitoring bit length according to the first monitoring bit length of the fourth DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the seventh DC.
  • a fourth monitoring bit length according to the first monitoring bit length of the fourth DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the seventh DC.
  • Step 6 The terminal device determines the fifth monitoring bit length according to the first monitoring bit length of the fifth DCI and the first monitoring bit length of the sixth DCI.
  • the determination of the fifth monitoring bit length in step 6 is similar to the process of determining the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI in step 3 in embodiment C, and the sixth monitoring bit length of the second DCI in embodiment C is replaced by the fifth
  • the first monitoring bit length of DCI replace the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI in Embodiment C with the fifth monitoring bit length here.
  • the second monitoring bit length, the fourth monitoring bit length and the fifth monitoring bit length are obtained, and the above 10 DCIs are monitored according to the three monitoring bit lengths.
  • the first DCI and the third DCI can be any example of the mDCI above, and the formats of the first DCI and the third DCI are different, for example, the format of the first DCI is DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3
  • the format of the third DCI is the other of DCI format 0_3 and DCI format 1_3.
  • the remaining 8 DCIs may be any example of the sDCI above, and the formats of the 8 DCIs are different.
  • the second DCI, the eighth DCI, the ninth DCI, and the tenth DCI are DCIs of the same series, corresponding to the DCI format of the 0 series, DCI format 0_0 in CSS, DCI format 1_0 in CSS, and DCI format in USS 0_0, DCI format 1_0 in USS.
  • the fourth DCI and the seventh DCI are DCIs of the same series
  • the fifth DCI and the sixth DCI are DCIs of the same series
  • the fourth DCI and the seventh DCI can correspond to any series of DCI formats in the 2 series and the 1 series
  • the first The fifth DCI and the sixth DCI correspond to another DCI format in the 2-series and 1-series
  • each DCI corresponds to one DCI format.
  • the network device determines the second monitoring bit length, the fourth monitoring bit length and the fifth monitoring bit length in the same manner as the terminal device. After determining the second monitoring bit length, the fourth monitoring bit length and the fifth monitoring bit length, the network device sends the above 10 monitoring bit lengths according to at least one of the second monitoring bit length, the fourth monitoring bit length and the fifth monitoring bit length At least one of the DCIs.
  • the network device when it sends at least one of the above 10 DCIs, it will send the DCI according to the determined monitoring bit length of the DCI. For example, at least one of the first DCI, the second DCI, the third DCI, the eighth DCI, the ninth DCI, and the tenth DCI is transmitted according to the second monitoring bit length, and the fourth DCI and the seventh DCI are transmitted according to the fourth monitoring bit length. For at least one of the DCIs, at least one of the fifth DCI and the sixth DCI is sent according to the fifth listening bit length.
  • the first DCI includes at least one of a first type of domain and a second type of domain
  • the first type of domain includes at least one shared domain
  • the second type of domain includes at least one independent domain
  • the shared domain carries
  • the information is the information shared by the data channels transmitted on the M carriers.
  • the independent domain includes M subfields, and the M subfields correspond to the M carriers one by one. related to the data channel.
  • the first DCI includes at least one of the first-type domain and the second-type domain, which means that the first DCI includes the first-type domain, or, the first DCI includes the second-type domain, or, the first DCI includes the first class domain and second class domain.
  • the first DCI includes the first type of field
  • the third DCI format of the mDCI in the first aspect above and details are not repeated here.
  • the first DCI includes the second type of field
  • the first DCI includes the first-type field and the second-type field, refer to the specific description of the first DCI format of the mDCI in the first aspect above, and details are not repeated here.
  • the method also includes:
  • the network device sends second configuration information, where the second configuration information includes M carrier configuration information, the M carrier configuration information corresponds to the M carriers one by one, and the bit length of each subfield of the independent domain is based on the corresponding The carrier configuration information is determined, and the bit length of the shared domain is determined based on a predefined method.
  • the terminal device receives the second configuration information.
  • the terminal device can determine the bit length of each shared field and each independent field in the first DCI according to the second configuration information, so as to obtain the original bit length of the first DCI, and thus, according to the first DCI
  • the original bit length of the first DCI determines the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI and the second monitoring bit length finally used for blind detection, so as to realize the blind detection process.
  • bit lengths of M subfields in each independent domain may be determined according to M carrier configuration information, thereby determining bit lengths of all independent domains.
  • M carrier configuration information For specific description, refer to the related description of determining the bit length of the independent field in the first DCI format of the mDCI in the first aspect above, and details are not repeated here.
  • the bit length of each shared domain may be determined according to a predefined manner, and the predefined manner is related to at least one carrier configuration information of the M carrier configuration information. That is to say, the bit length of each shared field may be determined according to at least one piece of carrier configuration information among the M pieces of carrier configuration information, thereby determining the bit lengths of all shared fields.
  • the bit length of each shared domain is determined according to any one of the M carrier configuration information, and any one of the M carrier configuration information is part of the carriers in the M carrier configuration information configuration information.
  • the bit length of each shared domain is determined according to M pieces of carrier configuration information, where the M pieces of carrier configuration information are all carrier configuration information in the M pieces of carrier configuration information. For specific description, refer to the related description of determining the bit length of the shared field in the first DCI format of the mDCI in the first aspect above, and details are not repeated here.
  • Fig. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a multi-carrier scheduling method 200 provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the method 200 is applicable to the communication system shown in FIG. 1 and executed by network devices and terminal devices.
  • the network device sends the first configuration information, the first configuration information is used to configure the first downlink control information DCI, the first DCI is used to schedule M carriers, and the first carrier among the M carriers corresponds to the first A secondary cell, M is an integer greater than 1.
  • the terminal device receives the first configuration information.
  • the network device sends the first DCI according to the monitoring bit length of the first DCI.
  • the terminal device monitors the first DCI according to the monitoring bit length of the first DCI, wherein the monitoring bit length corresponding to the first secondary cell includes the monitoring bit length of the first DCI, and the first secondary cell corresponds to
  • the number of monitored bit lengths is less than or equal to the preset number.
  • the preset number is three.
  • the network device configures the first DCI of multi-carrier scheduling for the terminal device through the first configuration information, and the terminal device or the network device determines the monitoring bit length of the first DCI, so that the terminal device monitors the first DCI according to the monitoring bit length of the first DCI.
  • a DCI to complete the blind detection process When the first carrier scheduled by the first DCI corresponds to the first secondary cell, the monitoring bit length (or DCI length) of the first DCI is divided into the monitoring bit length corresponding to the first secondary cell, so as to meet the requirements of the first secondary cell.
  • the number of monitored bit lengths is less than or equal to the preset number of requirements,
  • the monitoring bit length corresponding to the first secondary cell represents the monitoring bit length finally used for blind detection.
  • the monitoring bit length of the DCI described below is also the monitoring bit length finally used for blind detection.
  • the DCI monitoring bit length (or DCI length) of DCI format x_1 and DCI format x_2 of the existing single carrier scheduling belongs to the corresponding monitoring bit length of the secondary cell, a series The DCI format corresponds to one monitoring bit length, and the two series of DCI formats correspond to two monitoring bit lengths respectively. If the number of monitoring bit lengths corresponding to the secondary cell is 3, there is still one monitoring bit length left. Therefore, the monitoring bit length of the DCI (for example, the first DCI) for multi-carrier scheduling is divided into the monitoring bit length corresponding to the secondary cell, so that the secondary cell corresponds to a maximum of 3 monitoring bit lengths, which meets the requirements of the monitoring bit length corresponding to the secondary cell. Quantity 3 is required.
  • the monitoring bit length of the first DCI of the multi-carrier scheduling is divided into the monitoring bit length corresponding to the first secondary cell, that is, the monitoring bit length corresponding to the first secondary cell includes the first The monitoring bit length of a DCI.
  • the monitoring bit lengths of all DCIs meet the requirement that the number of monitoring bit lengths corresponding to the first secondary cell is less than or equal to the preset number (for example, 3), reducing the process of determining the monitoring bit lengths of DCI complexity, easy to implement.
  • the carrier used to bear the first DCI is any one of the M carriers, or the carrier used to bear the first DCI is different from the M carriers.
  • the first DCI may be a scheduled carrier; if the carrier used to carry the first DCI is different from the M carriers, the first DCI may be a scheduled carrier.
  • DCI is the scheduled carrier
  • the number of monitoring bit lengths corresponding to a cell can be understood as the DCI length budget corresponding to the above-mentioned cell, and the DCI length budget is less than or equal to the preset number.
  • the first secondary cell the first secondary cell
  • the corresponding number of monitoring bit lengths can be understood as the DCI length budget corresponding to the first secondary cell.
  • the method 200 in the embodiment of this application is similar to the eighth embodiment of the second aspect above.
  • the first DCI can be any example of mDCI, and the first secondary cell can be any secondary cell.
  • the specific description of the method 200 please refer to the embodiment. Eight related descriptions.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a method 300 for multi-carrier scheduling provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 300 is applicable to the communication system shown in FIG. 1 and executed by network devices and terminal devices.
  • the network device sends the first configuration information, the first configuration information is used to configure the first downlink control information DCI, the first DCI is used to schedule M carriers, M is an integer greater than 1, where the first A DCI includes at least one of a first type of domain and a second type of domain, the first type of domain includes at least one shared domain, the second type of domain includes at least one independent domain, and the information carried by the shared domain is on the M carriers Information shared by data channels transmitted on the Internet, the independent field includes M subfields, the M subfields correspond to the M carriers one by one, and the information carried by each subfield is related to the data channel transmitted on the corresponding carrier.
  • the terminal device receives the first configuration information.
  • the network device sends the first DCI.
  • the terminal device monitors the first DCI.
  • the method also includes:
  • the network device sends second configuration information, the second configuration information includes M carrier configuration information, the M carrier configuration information corresponds to the M carriers one by one, and the bit length of each subfield of the independent domain is based on the corresponding The carrier configuration information is determined, and the bit length of the shared domain is determined based on a predefined method.
  • the terminal device receives the second configuration information.
  • the first DCI includes at least one of the first type of domain and the second type of domain, which means that the first DCI includes the first type of domain, or, the first DCI includes the second type of domain, or, the first The DCI includes a first-type domain and a second-type domain.
  • the first DCI includes the first type of field
  • the third DCI format of the mDCI in the first aspect above and details are not repeated here.
  • the first DCI includes the second type of field
  • the first DCI includes the first-type field and the second-type field, refer to the specific description of the first DCI format of the mDCI in the first aspect above, and details are not repeated here.
  • first configuration information and the second configuration information described in the methods 100, 200 and 300 may be two configuration information in the configuration information described in the first aspect, the second aspect and the third aspect above , in the above, the first configuration information and the second configuration information in the methods 100, 200 and 300 are corresponded to the functions specifically implemented by the configuration information.
  • FIG. 15 shows an apparatus 400 for multi-carrier scheduling provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 400 may be a terminal device or a network device, or may be a chip in the terminal device or the network device.
  • the apparatus 400 includes: a communication unit 410 .
  • the apparatus 400 is configured to execute various processes and steps corresponding to the terminal device in the foregoing method 100 .
  • the communication unit 410 is used for:
  • first configuration information where the first configuration information is used to configure first downlink control information DCI and second DCI, where the first DCI is used to schedule M carriers, and the second DCI is used to schedule one carrier, M is an integer greater than 1, and the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI is different from the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI;
  • the communication unit 410 can be used to execute the procedures and steps corresponding to the terminal device in steps S110, S120 and S130 in the method 100.
  • the apparatus 400 is configured to execute various processes and steps corresponding to the network equipment in the foregoing method 100 .
  • the communication unit 410 is used for:
  • first configuration information is used to configure first downlink control information DCI and second DCI, where the first DCI is used to schedule M carriers, and the second DCI is used to schedule one carrier, M is an integer greater than 1, and the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI is different from the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI;
  • the second monitoring bit length of the second DCI is determined.
  • the communication unit 410 can be used to execute the processes and steps corresponding to the network device in steps S110 and S120 in the method 100 .
  • the apparatus 400 is configured to execute various processes and steps corresponding to the terminal device in the foregoing method 200 .
  • the communication unit 410 is used for:
  • first configuration information is used to configure first downlink control information DCI
  • first DCI is used to schedule M carriers, and a first carrier among the M carriers corresponds to a first secondary cell , M is an integer greater than 1;
  • the number of monitored bit lengths is less than or equal to a preset number.
  • the apparatus 400 is configured to execute various processes and steps corresponding to the network device in the foregoing method 200 .
  • the communication unit 410 is used for:
  • first configuration information is used to configure first downlink control information DCI, where the first DCI is used to schedule M carriers, and a first carrier among the M carriers corresponds to a first secondary cell , M is an integer greater than 1;
  • the monitoring bit length corresponding to the first secondary cell includes the monitoring bit length of the first DCI, and the number of monitoring bit lengths corresponding to the first secondary cell is less than or equal to a preset number .
  • the apparatus 400 is configured to execute various processes and steps corresponding to the terminal device in the foregoing method 300 .
  • the communication unit 410 is used for:
  • first configuration information is used to configure first downlink control information DCI, where the first DCI is used to schedule M carriers, where M is an integer greater than 1, where the first DCI Including at least one of a first type of domain and a second type of domain, the first type of domain includes at least one shared domain, the second type of domain includes at least one independent domain, and the information carried by the shared domain is in the M
  • the information shared by the data channels transmitted on the carriers, the independent domain includes M subfields, the M subfields are in one-to-one correspondence with the M carriers, and the information carried by each subfield is the same as that transmitted on the corresponding carrier.
  • Data channel related is used to configure first downlink control information DCI, where the first DCI is used to schedule M carriers, where M is an integer greater than 1, where the first DCI Including at least one of a first type of domain and a second type of domain, the first type of domain includes at least one shared domain, the second type of domain includes at least one independent domain, and the information carried by the shared domain is in the
  • the apparatus 400 is configured to execute various processes and steps corresponding to the network equipment in the foregoing method 300 .
  • the communication unit 410 is used for:
  • first configuration information is used to configure first downlink control information DCI
  • first DCI is used to schedule M carriers, where M is an integer greater than 1
  • the first DCI includes At least one of a first type of domain and a second type of domain
  • the first type of domain includes at least one shared domain
  • the second type of domain includes at least one independent domain
  • the information carried by the shared domain is in the M
  • the information shared by the data channel transmitted on the carrier, the independent domain includes M subfields, the M subfields correspond to the M carriers one by one, and the information carried by each subfield corresponds to the data transmitted on the corresponding carrier channel related;
  • unit here may refer to an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an electronic circuit, a processor for executing one or more software or firmware programs (such as a shared processor, a dedicated processor, or a group processor, etc.) and memory, incorporated logic, and/or other suitable components to support the described functionality.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • processor for executing one or more software or firmware programs (such as a shared processor, a dedicated processor, or a group processor, etc.) and memory, incorporated logic, and/or other suitable components to support the described functionality.
  • the apparatus 400 in each of the above solutions has the function of implementing the corresponding steps performed by the access network device or the core network device in the above method; the function can be realized by hardware, or by executing corresponding software on the hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions; for example, the communication unit can be replaced by a transmitter and a receiver, and other units, such as a processing unit, can be replaced by a processor, respectively executing the method in each method embodiment.
  • the communication unit in device 400 may also be composed of a sending unit and a receiving unit. For performing operations related to receiving, the function of the communication unit can be understood as receiving operations performed by the receiving unit.
  • the function of the communication unit can be understood as a sending operation performed by the sending unit.
  • the device in FIG. 15 may also be a chip or a chip system, for example: a system on chip (system on chip, SoC).
  • the transceiver unit may be a transceiver circuit of the chip, which is not limited here.
  • FIG. 16 shows another multi-carrier scheduling apparatus 500 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 500 may specifically be the terminal device or the network device in the foregoing embodiments, and may be configured to execute various steps and/or processes corresponding to the terminal device or the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • Apparatus 500 includes a processor 510 , a transceiver 520 and a memory 530 .
  • the processor 510, the transceiver 520, and the memory 530 communicate with each other through an internal connection path, the processor 510 can realize the functions of the processing unit 420 in various possible implementation modes of the device 400, and the transceiver 520 can realize various functions of the device 400.
  • the memory 530 is used to store instructions, and the processor 510 is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory 530. In other words, the processor 510 can call these stored instructions to implement the functions of the processing unit 420 in the device 400, so as to control the transceiver 520 to send signals and/or receive signal.
  • the memory 530 may include read-only memory and random-access memory, and provides instructions and data to the processor.
  • a portion of the memory may also include non-volatile random access memory.
  • the memory may also store device type information.
  • the processor 510 may be used to execute the instructions stored in the memory, and when the processor 510 executes the instructions stored in the memory, the processor 510 is used to execute the above method embodiments corresponding to the access network device or the core network device individual steps and/or processes.
  • the apparatus 500 is configured to execute various processes and steps corresponding to the terminal device in the foregoing method 100 .
  • the processor 510 controls the transceiver 520 to perform the following steps:
  • first configuration information where the first configuration information is used to configure first downlink control information DCI and second DCI, where the first DCI is used to schedule M carriers, and the second DCI is used to schedule one carrier, M is an integer greater than 1, and the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI is different from the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI;
  • the apparatus 500 is configured to execute various processes and steps corresponding to the network device in the foregoing method 100 .
  • the processor 510 controls the transceiver 520 to perform the following steps:
  • first configuration information is used to configure first downlink control information DCI and second DCI, where the first DCI is used to schedule M carriers, and the second DCI is used to schedule one carrier, M is an integer greater than 1, and the first monitoring bit length of the first DCI is different from the first monitoring bit length of the second DCI;
  • the second monitoring bit length of the second DCI is determined.
  • the apparatus 500 is configured to execute various processes and steps corresponding to the terminal device in the foregoing method 200 .
  • the processor 510 controls the transceiver 520 to perform the following steps:
  • first configuration information is used to configure first downlink control information DCI
  • first DCI is used to schedule M carriers, and a first carrier among the M carriers corresponds to a first secondary cell , M is an integer greater than 1;
  • the number of monitored bit lengths is less than or equal to a preset number.
  • the apparatus 500 is configured to execute various processes and steps corresponding to the network equipment in the foregoing method 200 .
  • the processor 510 controls the transceiver 520 to perform the following steps:
  • first configuration information is used to configure first downlink control information DCI, where the first DCI is used to schedule M carriers, and a first carrier among the M carriers corresponds to a first secondary cell , M is an integer greater than 1;
  • the first DCI is sent according to the monitoring bit length of the first DCI, wherein the monitoring bit length corresponding to the first secondary cell includes the monitoring bit length of the first DCI, and the monitoring bit length corresponding to the first secondary cell
  • the number of monitored bit lengths is less than or equal to a preset number.
  • the apparatus 500 is configured to execute various processes and steps corresponding to the terminal device in the foregoing method 300 .
  • the processor 510 controls the transceiver 520 to perform the following steps:
  • first configuration information is used to configure first downlink control information DCI, where the first DCI is used to schedule M carriers, where M is an integer greater than 1, where the first DCI Including at least one of a first type of domain and a second type of domain, the first type of domain includes at least one shared domain, the second type of domain includes at least one independent domain, and the information carried by the shared domain is in the M
  • the information shared by the data channels transmitted on the carriers, the independent domain includes M subfields, the M subfields are in one-to-one correspondence with the M carriers, and the information carried by each subfield is the same as that transmitted on the corresponding carrier.
  • Data channel related is used to configure first downlink control information DCI, where the first DCI is used to schedule M carriers, where M is an integer greater than 1, where the first DCI Including at least one of a first type of domain and a second type of domain, the first type of domain includes at least one shared domain, the second type of domain includes at least one independent domain, and the information carried by the shared domain is in the
  • the apparatus 500 is configured to execute various processes and steps corresponding to the network device in the foregoing method 300 .
  • the processor 510 controls the transceiver 520 to perform the following steps:
  • first configuration information is used to configure first downlink control information DCI
  • first DCI is used to schedule M carriers, where M is an integer greater than 1
  • the first DCI includes At least one of a first type of domain and a second type of domain
  • the first type of domain includes at least one shared domain
  • the second type of domain includes at least one independent domain
  • the information carried by the shared domain is in the M
  • the information shared by the data channel transmitted on the carrier, the independent domain includes M subfields, the M subfields correspond to the M carriers one by one, and the information carried by each subfield corresponds to the data transmitted on the corresponding carrier channel related;
  • the processor of the above-mentioned device may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), application-specific integrated circuits (ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuits
  • FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, and the like.
  • each step of the above method can be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in the form of software.
  • the steps of the methods disclosed in connection with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software units in the processor.
  • the software unit may be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, register.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor executes the instructions in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, no detailed description is given here.
  • protocol may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field.
  • pre-defined can be realized by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate related information in devices (for example, including stations and access points), This application does not limit its specific implementation.
  • pre-defined may refer to defined in the protocol.
  • first and second are only used for descriptive purposes, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the quantity of indicated technical features.
  • Features defined as “first” and “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features.
  • At least one means one or more, and “multiple” means two or more.
  • At least part of an element means part or all of the element.
  • And/or describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or" relationship.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disc and other media that can store program codes. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请实施例提供一种多载波调度的方法，网络设备通过配置多个载波调度的第一DCI，可以减少PDCCH的资源开销，而且，在网络设备配置第一DCI和其他DCI(例如第二DCI)时，通过将这两个DCI的监听比特长度对齐，以得到一个用于盲检的监听比特长度，可以减少终端设备对DCI进行盲检的盲检复杂度，提高系统传输性能。

Description

多载波调度的方法和装置
本申请要求于2021年08月31日提交中国专利局、申请号为202111010280.0、申请名称为“多载波调度的方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信领域，更具体地，涉及多载波调度的方法和装置。
背景技术
数据传输过程中，下行控制信息(downlink control information，DCI)承载于物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel，PDCCH)中，DCI通过调度数据信道来调度载波。现有技术中，每调度一个载波都需要发送一个DCI，若需要调度多个载波，则需要发送多个DCI，一个DCI用于调度一个载波，一个DCI通过一个PDCCH传输，这样，导致PDCCH的开销大，较多的DCI也会增加盲检的复杂度。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供一种多载波调度的方法，可以减少PDCCH的资源开销和盲检复杂度，以提高系统传输性能。
第一方面，提供了一种多载波调度的方法，包括：
终端设备接收第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于配置第一下行控制信息DCI和第二DCI，所述第一DCI用于调度M个载波，所述第二DCI用于调度一个载波，M为大于1的整数，所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度与所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度不同；
所述终端设备根据第二监听比特长度，监听所述第一DCI和所述第二DCI，其中，所述第二监听比特长度是根据所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的。
本申请实施例提供的多载波调度的方法，网络设备通过第一配置信息配置用于调度多载波的第一DCI和用于调度单载波的第二DCI，终端设备可以基于两个DCI的不同的第一监听比特长度得到一个用于盲检的第二监听比特长度，减少了终端设备对DCI进行盲检的盲检复杂度，提高了系统传输性能；以及，通过第一DCI调度多个载波减少了PDCCH的资源开销。
可选地，所述第一配置信息还用于配置第三DCI，所述第三DCI用于调度N个载波，N为大于1的整数，所述第三DCI的第一监听比特长度与所述第一DCI的第三监听比特长度不同，所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度是根据所述第一DCI的第三监听比特长度和所述第三DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的；
所述终端设备根据第二监听比特长度，监听所述第一DCI和所述第二DCI，包括：
所述终端设备根据所述第二监听比特长度，监听所述第一DCI、所述第二DCI和所述第三DCI。
在一些实施例中，所述终端设备根据所述第三DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第一DCI的第三监听比特长度，确定所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度；
所述终端设备根据所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度，确定所述第二监听比特长度。
本申请实施例提供的多载波调度的方法，网络设备通过第一配置信息还配置了用于调度多个载波的第三DCI，终端设备将第一DCI、第二DCI和第三DCI的监听比特长度统一为一个最终用于盲检的第二监听比特长度，减少了终端设备对DCI进行盲检的盲检复杂度，提高了系统传输性能。并且，由于第一DCI和第三DCI都是多载波调度的DCI，所以，第一DCI的第三监听比特长度和第三DCI的第一监听比特长度之间的差异不是很大，因此，先根据第一DCI的第三监听比特长度和第三DCI的第一监听比特长度得到第一DCI的第一监听比特长度后，再根据第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和第二DCI的第一监听比特长度得到第二监听比特长度，在将第一DCI的第三监听比特长度与第三DCI的第一监听比特长度对齐的过程中，在需要以第一DCI的第三监听比特长度和第三DCI的第一监听比特长度中的任一个监听比特长度作为基准，对另一个DCI的监听比特长度执行补零操作的情况下，不会增加较多的比特数，可以避免DCI长度对齐过程中可能增加的大量开销的问题。
可选地，所述第一配置信息还用于配置第四DCI和第五DCI，所述第四DCI和所述第五DCI各自用于调度一个载波；以及，
所述终端设备根据第二监听比特长度，监听所述第一DCI和所述第二DCI，包括：
所述终端设备根据所述第二监听比特长度、第四监听比特长度和第五监听比特长度，监听所述第一DCI、所述第二DCI、所述第四DCI和所述第五DCI，其中，所述第二监听比特长度、所述第四监听比特长度和所述第五监听比特长度均不同，所述第四监听比特长度是所述第四DCI的监听比特长度，所述第五监听比特长度是所述第五DCI的监听比特长度。
本申请实施例提供的多载波调度的方法，网络设备通过第一配置信息配置了用于调度多个载波的第一DCI和用于调度单载波的第二DCI、第四DCI和第五DCI，终端设备将上述4个DCI的监听比特长度统一为最终用于盲检的3个监听比特长度，即第二监听比特长度、第四监听比特长度和第五监听比特长度，满足DCI长度预算的要求，即，不同的DCI长度不超过3个，可以减少终端设备对DCI进行盲检的盲检复杂度，提高系统传输性能。
可选地，所述第一配置信息还用于配置第三DCI、第六DCI、第七DCI、第八DCI、第九DCI和第十DCI，所述第三DCI用于调度N个载波，N为大于1的整数，所述第六DCI、所述第七DCI、所述第八DCI、所述第九DCI和所述第十DCI各自用于调度一个载波，所述第三DCI的第一监听比特长度与所述第一DCI的第三监听比特长度不同，所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度是根据所述第一DCI的第三监听比特长度和所述第三DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的；以及，
所述终端设备根据所述第二监听比特长度、第四监听比特长度和第五监听比特长度， 监听所述第一DCI、所述第二DCI、所述第四DCI和所述第五DCI，包括：
所述终端设备根据所述第二监听比特长度、所述第四监听比特长度和所述第五监听比特长度，监听所述第一DCI、所述第二DCI、所述第三DCI、所述第四DCI、所述第五DCI、所述第六DCI、所述第七DCI、所述第八DCI、所述第九DCI和所述第十DCI。
在一些实施例中，所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度是根据所述第二DCI的第六监听比特长度和所述第六DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的，所述第四监听比特长度是根据所述第四DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第七DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的，所述第五监听比特长度是根据所述第五DCI的第一监听比特长度、所述第八DCI的第一监听比特长度、所述第九DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第十DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的。
示例性地，所述终端设备根据所述第三DCI的第一监听比特长度和第一DCI的第三监听比特长度，确定所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度；
所述终端设备根据所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度和第六DCI的第一监听比特长度，确定第六监听比特长度；
所述终端设备根据所述第二DCI的第六监听比特长度和所述第六DCI的第一监听比特长度，确定所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度；
所述终端设备根据所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度，确定所述第二监听比特长度；
所述终端设备根据所述第四DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第七DC的第一监听比特长度，确定所述第四监听比特长度；
所述终端设备根据所述第五DCI的第一监听比特长度、所述第八DCI的第一监听比特长度、所述第九DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第十DCI的第一监听比特长度，确定所述第五监听比特长度。
在另一些实施例中，所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度是根据所述第二DCI的第七监听比特长度、所述第八DCI的第一监听比特长度、所述第九DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第十DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的，所述第四监听比特长度是根据所述第四DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第七DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的，所述第五监听比特长度是根据所述第五DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第六DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的。
示例性地，所述终端设备根据所述第三DCI的第一监听比特长度和第一DCI的第三监听比特长度，确定所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度；
所述终端设备根据所述第二DCI的第七监听比特长度、所述第八DCI的第一监听比特长度、所述第九DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第十DCI的第一监听比特长度，确定所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度；
所述终端设备根据所述所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度，确定所述第二监听比特长度；
所述终端设备根据所述第四DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第七DC的第一监听比特长度，确定所述第四监听比特长度；
所述终端设备根据所述第五DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第六DCI的第一监听比特长度，确定所述第五监听比特长度。
本申请实施例提供的多载波调度的方法，网络设备通过第一配置信息配置了用于调度 多个载波的第一DCI和第三DCI，以及通过第一配置信息配置了用于单载波调度的第二DCI、第四DCI、第五DCI、第六DCI、第七DCI、第八DCI、第九DCI和第十DCI，
终端设备将上述10个DCI的监听比特长度统一为最终用于盲检的3个监听比特长度，即，第二监听比特长度、第四监听比特长度和第五监听监听比特长度，满足DCI长度预算的要求，即，不同的DCI长度不超过3个，减少了终端设备对DCI进行盲检的盲检复杂度，提高了系统传输性能。
可选地，所述第二DCI的格式为以下任一种：公共搜索空间CSS中的DCI格式0_0、CSS中的DCI格式1_0、用户特定搜索空间USS中的DCI格式0_0、USS中的DCI格式1_0、USS中的DCI格式0_1、USS中的DCI格式1_1、USS中的DCI格式0_2、USS中的DCI格式1_2。
可选地，所述第一DCI包括第一类域和第二类域中的至少一个，所述第一类域包括至少一个共享域，所述第二类域包括至少一个独立域，所述共享域承载的信息是在所述M个载波上传输的数据信道共用的信息，所述独立域包括M个子域，所述M个子域与所述M个载波一一对应，每个子域承载的信息与在对应的载波上传输的数据信道相关。
本申请实施例提供的多载波调度的方法，通过在用于调度多载波的第一DCI中配置包括至少一个独立域的第二类域和/或包括至少一个共享域的第一类域，实现了第一DCI的格式设计。
可选地，所述终端设备接收第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息包括M个载波配置信息，所述M个载波配置信息与所述M个载波一一对应，以及，所述独立域的每个子域的比特长度是根据对应的载波配置信息确定的，所述共享域的比特长度是根据预定义方式确定的。
本申请实施例提供的多载波调度的方法，通过对应于M个载波的M个载波配置信息，确定共享域和独立域的比特长度，可以确定第一DCI中所有域的比特长度(即，第一DCI的原始比特长度)，以便于确定用于盲检的第一DCI的监听比特长度，实现终端设备的盲检过程。
可选地，所述M个载波包括第一载波，所述第二DCI用于调度所述第一载波。
第二方面，提供了一种多载波调度的方法，包括：
终端设备接收第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于配置第一下行控制信息DCI，所述第一DCI用于调度M个载波，所述M个载波中的第一载波对应第一辅小区，M为大于1的整数；
所述终端设备根据所述第一DCI的监听比特长度，监听所述第一DCI，其中，所述第一辅小区对应的监听比特长度包括所述第一DCI的监听比特长度，所述第一辅小区对应的监听比特长度的数量小于或等于预设数量。
本申请实施例提供的多载波调度的方法，将多载波调度的第一DCI的监听比特长度划分至第一辅小区对应的监听比特长度中，即，第一辅小区对应的监听比特长度包括第一DCI的监听比特长度，这样，在网络设备配置有多个单载波调度的DCI和多个多载波调度的DCI的情况下，可以在不需要将多载波调度的DCI的监听比特长度与单载波调度的DCI的监听比特长度对齐的情况下，使得所有DCI的监听比特长度满足第一辅小区对应的监听比特长度的数量小于或等于预设数量(例如，3)的要求，减少了确定DCI的监听比特长 度的过程的复杂度，易于实现。
可选地，用于承载第一DCI的载波是所述M个载波中的任一个载波，或，用于承载第一DCI的载波与所述M个载波不同。
第三方面，一种多载波调度的方法，包括：
终端设备接第一收配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于配置第一下行控制信息DCI，所述第一DCI用于调度M个载波，M为大于1的整数，其中，所述第一DCI包括第一类域和第二类域的至少一个，所述第一类域包括至少一个共享域，所述第二类域包括至少一个独立域，所述共享域承载的信息是在所述M个载波上传输的数据信道共用的信息，所述独立域中包括M个子域，所述M个子域与所述M个载波一一对应，每个子域承载的信息与在对应的载波上传输的数据信道相关；
所述终端设备监听所述第一DCI。
本申请实施例提供的多载波调度的方法，通过在用于调度多载波的第一DCI中配置包括至少一个独立域的第二类域和/或包括至少一个共享域的第一类域，实现了第一DCI的格式设计。
可选地，所述方法还包括：
所述终端设备接收第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息包括M个载波配置信息，所述M个载波配置信息与所述M个载波一一对应，以及，所述独立域的每个子域的比特长度是基于对应的载波配置信息确定的，所述共享域的比特长度是基于预定义方式确定的。
本申请实施例提供的多载波调度的方法，通过对应于M个载波的M个载波配置信息，确定共享域和独立域的比特长度，可以确定第一DCI中所有域的比特长度(即，第一DCI的原始比特长度)，以便于确定用于盲检的第一DCI的监听比特长度，实现终端设备的盲检过程。
第四方面，一种多载波调度的方法，其特征在于，包括：
网络设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于配置第一下行控制信息DCI和第二DCI，所述第一DCI用于调度M个载波，所述第二DCI用于调度一个载波，M为大于1的整数，所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度与所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度不同；
所述网络设备根据第二监听比特长度，发送所述第一DCI和所述第二DCI中的至少一个，其中，所述第二监听比特长度是根据所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第二DCI的第二监听比特长度确定的。
可选地，所述第一配置信息还用于配置第三DCI，所述第三DCI用于调度N个载波，N为大于1的整数，所述第三DCI的第一监听比特长度与所述第一DCI的第三监听比特长度不同，所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度是根据所述第一DCI的第三监听比特长度和所述第三DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的；以及，
所述网络设备根据第二监听比特长度，发送所述第一DCI和所述第二DCI中的至少一个，包括：
所述网络设备根据所述第二监听比特长度，发送所述第一DCI、所述第二DCI和所述第三DCI中的至少一个。
在一些实施例中，所述网络设备根据所述第三DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第一DCI的第三监听比特长度，确定所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度；
所述网络设备根据所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度，确定所述第二监听比特长度。
可选地，所述第一配置信息还用于配置第四DCI和第五DCI，所述第四DCI和所述第五DCI各自用于调度一个载波；以及，
所述网络设备根据第二监听比特长度，发送所述第一DCI和所述第二DCI中的至少一个，包括：
所述网络设备根据所述第二监听比特长度、第四监听比特长度和第五监听比特长度中的至少一个，发送所述第一DCI、所述第二DCI、所述第四DCI和所述第五DCI中的至少一个，其中，所述第二监听比特长度、所述第四监听比特长度和所述第五监听比特长度不同，所述第四监听比特长度是所述第四DCI的监听比特长度，所述第五监听比特长度是所述第五DCI的监听比特长度。
可选地，所述第一配置信息还用于配置第三DCI、第六DCI、第七DCI、第八DCI、第九DCI和第十DCI，所述第三DCI用于调度N个载波，N为大于1的整数，所述第六DCI、所述第七DCI、所述第八DCI、所述第九DCI和所述第十DCI各自用于调度一个载波，所述第三DCI的第一监听比特长度与所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度不同，所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度是根据所述第一DCI的第三监听比特长度和所述第三DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的；以及，
所述网络设备根据所述第二监听比特长度、第四监听比特长度和第五监听比特长度中的至少一个，发送所述第一DCI、所述第二DCI、所述第四DCI和所述第五DCI中的至少一个，包括：
所述网络设备根据所述第二监听比特长度、所述第四监听比特长度和所述第五监听比特长度中的至少一个，发送所述第一DCI、所述第二DCI、所述第三DCI、所述第四DCI、所述第五DCI、所述第六DCI、所述第七DCI、所述第八DCI、所述第九DCI和所述第十DCI中的至少一个。
在一些实施例中，所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度是根据所述第二DCI的第六监听比特长度和所述第六DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的，所述第四监听比特长度是根据所述第四DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第七DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的，所述第五监听比特长度是根据所述第五DCI的第一监听比特长度、所述第八DCI的第一监听比特长度、所述第九DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第十DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的。
示例性地，所述网络设备根据所述第三DCI的第一监听比特长度和第一DCI的第三监听比特长度，确定所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度；
所述网络设备根据所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度和第六DCI的第一监听比特长度，确定第六监听比特长度；
所述网络设备根据所述第二DCI的第六监听比特长度和所述第六DCI的第一监听比特长度，确定所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度；
所述网络设备根据所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度，确定所述第二监听比特长度；
所述网络设备根据所述第四DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第七DC的第一监听比特长度，确定所述第四监听比特长度；
所述网络设备根据所述第五DCI的第一监听比特长度、所述第八DCI的第一监听比特长度、所述第九DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第十DCI的第一监听比特长度，确定所述第五监听比特长度。
在另一些实施例中，所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度是根据所述第二DCI的第七监听比特长度、所述第八DCI的第一监听比特长度、所述第九DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第十DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的，所述第四监听比特长度是根据所述第四DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第七DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的，所述第五监听比特长度是根据所述第五DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第六DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的。
示例性地，所述网络设备根据所述第三DCI的第一监听比特长度和第一DCI的第三监听比特长度，确定所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度；
所述网络设备根据所述第二DCI的第七监听比特长度、所述第八DCI的第一监听比特长度、所述第九DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第十DCI的第一监听比特长度，确定所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度；
所述网络设备根据所述所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度，确定所述第二监听比特长度；
所述网络设备根据所述第四DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第七DC的第一监听比特长度，确定所述第四监听比特长度；
所述网络设备根据所述第五DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第六DCI的第一监听比特长度，确定所述第五监听比特长度。
可选地，所述第二DCI的格式为以下任一种：公共搜索空间CSS中的DCI格式0_0、CSS中的DCI格式1_0、用户特定搜索空间USS中的DCI格式0_0、USS中的DCI格式1_0、USS中的DCI格式0_1、USS中的DCI格式1_1、USS中的DCI格式0_2、USS中的DCI格式1_2。
可选地，所述第一DCI包括第一类域和第二类域中的至少一个，所述第一类域包括至少一个共享域，所述第二类域包括至少一个独立域，所述共享域承载的信息是在所述M个载波上传输的数据信道共用的信息，所述独立域包括M个子域，所述M个子域与所述M个载波一一对应，每个子域承载的信息与在对应的载波上传输的数据信道相关。
可选地，所述方法还包括：
所述网络设备发送第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息包括M个载波配置信息，所述M个载波配置信息与所述M个载波一一对应，以及，所述独立域的每个子域的比特长度是基于对应的载波配置信息确定的，所述共享域的比特长度是基于预定义的规则确定的。
可选地，所述M个载波包括第一载波，所述第二DCI用于调度所述第一载波。
第五方面，提供了一种多载波调度的方法，包括：
网络设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于配置第一下行控制信息DCI，所述第一DCI用于调度M个载波，所述M个载波中的第一载波对应第一辅小区，M为大于1的整数；
所述网络设备根据所述第一DCI的监听比特长度，发送所述第一DCI，其中，所述第一辅小区对应的监听比特长度包括所述第一DCI的监听比特长度，所述第一辅小区对应的监听比特长度的数量小于或等于预设数量。
可选地，用于承载第一DCI的载波是所述M个载波中的任一个载波，或，用于承载第一DCI的载波与所述M个载波不同。
第六方面，一种多载波调度的方法，包括：
网络设备发送第一收配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于配置第一下行控制信息DCI，所述第一DCI用于调度M个载波，M为大于1的整数，其中，所述第一DCI包括第一类域和第二类域的至少一个，所述第一类域包括至少一个共享域，所述第二类域包括至少一个独立域，所述共享域承载的信息是在所述M个载波上传输的数据信道共用的信息，所述独立域中包括M个子域，所述M个子域与所述M个载波一一对应，每个子域承载的信息与在对应的载波上传输的数据信道相关；
所述网络设备发送所述第一DCI。
可选地，所述方法还包括：
所述网络设备发送第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息包括M个载波配置信息，所述M个载波配置信息与所述M个载波一一对应，以及，所述独立域的每个子域的比特长度是基于对应的载波配置信息确定的，所述共享域的比特长度是基于预定义方式确定的。
第七方面，提供一种多载波调度的装置，所述装置用于执行上述第一方面或第二方面或第三方面中任一方面提供的方法。具体地，所述装置可以包括用于执行上述第一方面或第二方面或第三方面中任一方面中任一种可能实现方式的模块。
第八方面，提供一种多载波调度的装置，包括处理器。该处理器与存储器耦合，可用于执行存储器中的指令，以实现上述第一方面或第二方面或第三方面中任一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。可选地，该装置还包括存储器。可选地，该装置还包括通信接口，处理器与通信接口耦合。
第九方面，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序被装置执行时，使得所述装置实现上述第一方面或第二方面或第三方面中任一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
第十方面，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，所述指令被计算机执行时使得装置实现上述第一方面或第二方面或第三方面中任一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
第十一方面，提供一种芯片，包括：输入接口、输出接口、处理器和存储器，所述输入接口、输出接口、所述处理器以及所述存储器之间通过内部连接通路相连，所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中的代码，当所述代码被执行时，所述处理器用于执行上述第一方面或第二方面或第三方面中任一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
附图说明
图1是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意性结构图。
图2是本申请实施例提供的载波聚合的示意性场景图。
图3和图4是本申请实施例提供的多载波调度的示意性场景图。
图5是本申请实施例提供的对齐CSS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度与DCI format 1_0的DCI长度的示意图。
图6是本申请实施例提供的对齐USS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度与DCI format 1_0的DCI长度的示意图。
图7是本申请实施例提供的对齐终端设备在USS的DCI format 0_1或DCI format 1_1的DCI长度与另外一个终端设备在USS的DCI format 0_0或DCI format 1_0的DCI长度的示意图。
图8是本申请实施例提供的对齐USS中DCI format 0_3的DCI长度与DCI format 1_3的DCI长度的示意图。
图9是本申请实施例提供的对齐USS中DCI format 0_1的DCI长度与DCI format 1_1的DCI长度的示意图。
图10是本申请实施例提供的对齐USS中DCI format 0_2的DCI长度与DCI format 1_2的DCI长度的示意图。
图11是本申请实施例提供的mDCI调度多个载波的示意图。
图12是本申请实施例提供的多载波调度的方法100的示意性结构图。
图13是申请实施例提供的多载波调度的方法200的示意性结构图。
图14是申请实施例提供的多载波调度的方法300的示意性结构图。
图15是申请实施例提供的多载波调度的装置400的示意性框图。
图16是申请实施例提供的多载波调度的装置500的示意性结构图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图，对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统，例如：长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex，FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex，TDD)、第五代(5th generation，5G)系统、新无线(new radio，NR)或未来的第六代(6th generation，6G)系统等。
图1是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意性结构图。该通信系统中包括一个或多个网络设备(为了便于描述，图中示出网络设备10和网络设备20)，以及与该一个或多个网络设备通信的一个或多个终端设备。在图1中，终端设备11和终端设备12与网络设备10通信，终端设备21和终端设备22与网络设备20通信。
本申请实施例中的终端设备是一种具有无线收发功能的设备，可以部署在陆地上，包括室内或室外、手持、穿戴或车载；也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等)；还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。所述终端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、车载终端设备、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、可穿戴终端设备等等。本申请的实施例对应用场景不做限定。终端有时也可以称为终端设备、用户设备(user equipment，UE)、接入终端设备、车载终端、工业控制终端、UE单元、UE站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端设备、移动设备、UE终端设备、终端设备、无线通信设备、UE代理或UE装置等。终端设备也可以是固定的或者移动的。
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备，是任意一种具有无线 收发功能的设备。网络设备包括但不限于：LTE中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB，evolved Node B)，NR中的基站(gNodeB或gNB)或收发点(transmission receiving point/transmission reception point,TRP)，WiFi系统中的接入节点，无线中继节点，无线回传节点等。基站可以是：宏基站，微基站，微微基站，小站，中继站，或，气球站等。多个基站可以支持上述提及的同一种技术的网络，也可以支持上述提及的不同技术的网络。基站可以包含一个或多个共站或非共站的TRP。网络设备还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network，CRAN)场景下的无线控制器、CU，和/或DU。网络设备还可以是服务器，可穿戴设备，或车载设备等。以下以网络设备为基站为例进行说明。所述多个网络设备可以为同一类型的基站，也可以为不同类型的基站。基站可以与终端设备进行通信，也可以通过中继站与终端设备进行通信。终端设备可以与不同技术的多个基站进行通信，例如，终端设备可以与支持LTE网络的基站通信，也可以与支持5G网络的基站通信，还可以支持与LTE网络的基站以及5G网络的基站的双连接。
为便于理解，下面先对本申请实施例涉及的相关术语进行介绍。
1、PDCCH
物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel，PDCCH)承载网络设备发送给终端设备的下行控制信息(downlink control information，DCI)。DCI包括以下内容：承载上行数据传输相关的控制信息，如数据传输的资源分配信息、时隙内上/下行资源的格式信息，以及上行数据信道和信号的功率控制信息等；动态时隙配置的信息；资源抢占信息等。终端设备在接收DCI后，根据DCI进行数据的发送和接收，或是执行相应的操作。
2、控制信道单元
控制信道单元(control channel element，CCE)是构成PDCCH的基本单位，占用频域上6个资源块(resource block，RB)。一个给定的PDCCH可由1个、2个、4个、8个和16个CCE构成，其具体取值由DCI长度(DCI size)和所需的编码速率决定。构成PDCCH的CCE数量被称为聚合等级(aggregation level,AL)。网络设备可根据实际传输的无线信道状态对PDCCH的聚合等级进行调整，实现链路自适应传输。例如，网络设备与终端设备在无线信道状态比较恶劣时，相比于无线信道状态良好时，构成PDCCH的CCE的数量会更多，即PDCCH聚合等级会更大。
3、搜索空间(search space)
搜索空间是聚合等级下候选PDCCH(PDCCH candidate)的集合，其中，待盲检的PDCCH称为候选的PDCCH。因为网络设备实际发送的PDCCH的聚合等级随时间可变，而且由于没有相关信令告知终端设备，所以，终端设备需在不同聚合等级下盲检PDCCH。
为了降低终端设备盲检的复杂度，需要限制盲检的CCE的集合。候选PDCCH的起始CCE序号需要能够被此候选PDCCH的CCE数整除。例如，聚合等级2的候选PDCCH只能从可被2整除的CCE序号开始，同样的原则适用于其他聚合等级的搜索空间。此外，搜索空间所在的CCE集合，可进一步根据搜索空间集合配置信息中的高层参数和预定义的规则确定。
协议将搜索空间划分为公共搜索空间(common search space,CSS)和UE特定搜索空间(UE specific search space,USS)，对于不同的信息在不同的搜索空间里进行盲检。
4、盲检
用于调度不同数据传输的DCI可以用不同的无线网络临时标识(radio network  temporary identifier，RNTI)进行加扰，例如，RNTI可以包括小区标识(cell-RNTI，C-RNTI)、接入标识(random access-RNTI，RA-RNTI)、寻呼标识(paging-RNTI，P-RNTI)等，其中，C-RNTI可以用于对调度用户数据的DCI加扰，RA-RNTI可以用于对调度网络设备发送给终端设备的随机接入响应消息加扰，P-RNTI可以用于对寻呼消息进行加扰。
以C-RNTI为例，不同用户的PDCCH可以通过其对应的C-RNTI进行区分，即将DCI的循环冗余校验(cyclic redundancy check，CRC)由C-RNTI加掩。用户一般不知道当前发送的DCI的具体格式，也不知道自己所需要的DCI在哪个候选PDCCH上，但是，用户知道自己当前在期待什么信息，对于所期待的不同信息，用户采用相应的RNTI和网络设备配置的候选PDCCH上的配置信息做CRC校验，如果CRC校验成功，那么用户就知道这个DCI是自己需要的，也知道相应的DCI格式，从而进一步解析出该DCI的内容。
盲检过程中，终端设备在搜索空间中对所有候选PDCCH进行盲检，对于不同的信息，终端设备在不同的搜索空间中进行盲检。例如paging,SI,RACH response等信息是需要所有终端设备都要去监听的，对于这类信息，终端设备在CSS中进行盲检。例如上行或下行调度指令等信息跟特定终端设备相关，仅需要特定的终端设备监听，对于这类信息，终端设备在USS中进行盲检。此外，盲检过程中，终端设备可以基于配置信息确定DCI长度，根据DCI长度进行盲检，这样，可以减少盲检复杂度。
5、DCI格式(DCI format)
对于数据传输，NR目前主要支持3种系列的DCI格式，分别是：DCI format x_0、DCI format x_1、DCI format x_2，不同系列的DCI格式的x的取值不同。示例性地，在DCI format x_0系列中，x的取值可以为0或1，对应地，包括的DCI格式为：DCI format 0_0、DCI format 1_0；在DCI format x_1系列中，x的取值可以为0或1，对应地，包括的DCI格式为：DCI format 0_1、DCI format 1_1；在DCI format x_2系列中，x的取值可以为0或1，对应地，包括的DCI格式为：DCI format 0_2、DCI format 1_2。应理解，上述举例的3种系列的DCI格式仅为示意性说明，各个系列的DCI格式可以有更多的DCI格式。例如，在DCI format x_2系列中，还可以包括DCI format 2_2、DCI format 3_2、DCI format 4_2等格式的DCI。
综上举例，NR目前主要支持的DCI格式为以下6种格式：DCI format 0_0、DCI format 1_0、DCI format 0_1、DCI format 1_1、DCI format 0_2、DCI format 1_2。DCI format 0_0用于小区内物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel，PUSCH)的调度。DCI format 0_1用于服务小区内一个或多个PUSCH的调度，或用于向UE指示配置授权下行反馈信息(configured grandownlink feedback information，CG-DFI)。DCI format 0_2用于服务小区内PUSCH的调度。DCI format 1_0用于下行小区内物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel，PDSCH)的调度。DCI format 1_1用于小区内PDSCH的调度。DCI format 1_2用于小区内PDSCH的调度。不同格式的DCI包含的域的内容都不同。
按照上行和下行，上述6种格式的DCI可以分为两类：用于调度物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel，PUSCH)的DCI和用于调度物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel，PDSCH)的DCI，其中，DCI format 0_0、DCI format 0_1、DCI format 0_2为用于调度PUSCH的DCI，DCI format 1_0、DCI format 1_1、DCI format 1_2为用于调度PDSCH的DCI。
按照功能，上述6种格式的DCI也可以分为两类：回退DCI(fallback DCI)和非回退DCI(non-fallback DCI)，其中，DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0为回退DCI，DCI format 0_1、DCI format 1_1、DCI format 0_2、DCI format 1_2为非回退DCI。
在一些实施例中，上述6种DCI格式中包含的至少部分域可以分别如下表1至表6所示。
表1 DCI format 0_0
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000001
在上述DCI format 0_0中，除了频域资源分配(frequency domain resource assignment，FDRA)域之外，其余的域的长度都是固定的，不需要通过无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)信令配置，因此，DCI format 0_0的信息比特大小仅与FDRA域有关，DCI format 0_0的FDRA域仅与
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000002
的取值有关。
表2 DCI format 1_0
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000004
上述DCI format 1_0为采用C-RNTI加扰且FDRA域不是全为1的情况下的DCI格式，或采用CS-RNTI加扰的DCI格式。在该DCI format 1_0中，除了FDRA域之外，其余的域的长度都是固定的，不需要通过RRC信令配置，因此，DCI format 0_1的信息比特大小仅与FDRA域有关，DCI format 1_0的FDRA域仅与
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000005
的取值有关。
综上所述，在回退DCI中，除了FDRA域以外，其他各个字段的比特长度和内容都不受RRC配置的影响，是确定的。因此，影响回退DCI比特长度的只有FDRA域的长度，具体地，影响DCI format 0_0的长度的参数为
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000006
影响DCI format 1_0的长度的参数为
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000007
而
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000008
可以采用初始上行BWP(initial UL BWP)，也可以采用激活上行BWP(active UL BWP)，同样的，
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000009
可以采用初始下行BWP，也可以采用激活下行BWP，这取决于该DCI对应的场景，例如，公共搜索空间(common search space，CSS)或用户特定的搜索空间(UE-specific search space，USS)，这将导致DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0分别具有两个长度，具体地，DCI format 0_0在CSS中具有一个长度，DCI format 0_0在USS中具有一个长度，总共是两个长度，DCI format 1_0在CSS中具有一个长度，DCI format 1_0在USS中具有一个长度，总共是两个长度。
表3 DCI format 0_1
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000010
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000011
表4 DCI format 1_1
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000012
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000013
在上述DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1中，除了FDRA域之外，还有很多域的长度都不是固定的，需要通过RRC信令配置，例如，载波指示位、带宽部分指示、时域资源 分配位等等。因此，DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1的信息比特大小不仅仅与
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000014
的取值有关，是灵活可变的。
表5 DCI format 0_2
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000015
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000016
表6 DCI format 1_2
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000017
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000018
在上述DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2中，除了FDRA域之外，还有很多域的长度都不是固定的，需要通过RRC信令配置。因此，DCI format 0_2和DCI format1_2的信息比特大小不仅仅与
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000019
的取值有关，是灵活可变的。
应理解，上述6种DCI格式可以包括如表1至表6中更多或更少的域，不应对本申请实施例构成限定。
可以看出，不同DCI格式本质上对应不同长度的信息比特，DCI格式越多会导致盲检的复杂度越大。因为终端设备需对搜索空间中候选PDCCH上可能传输的所有DCI格式进行译码，进而译码复杂度随之增大。为了尽可能减少UE盲检测的复杂度，在NR中，规定了DCI长度预算(DCI size budget)，需满足下列两个判断条件，即：
(1)1个小区内1个时间单元(例如，时隙或PDCCH监听时机)内不同的DCI长度(DCI size)的数量不超过4个；
(2)1个小区内1个时间单元(例如，时隙或PDCCH监听时机)内监听的经过C-RNTI加扰的不同的DCI长度的数量不超过3个。
这里的不同的DCI长度，应理解为天然配置的DCI长度与其他DCI长度不同，或者通过对天然配置的DCI长度进行对齐操作后确定的DCI长度仍与其他的DCI长度不同，其中，对齐操作包括补零操作或截短操作，下文关于对齐操作的解释同此处。补零操作表示对DCI增加至少一个比特零以增加DCI长度的操作。截短操作表示将一个DCI截短减少DCI长度的操作，具体地，截短操作可以是删除相应字段的部分信息比特的操作，也可以是删除相应字段的全部信息比特操作。
本文中的“天然配置”，应理解为网络设备通过配置信息配置的DCI中各个域所占比特长度的大小。终端设备根据上述配置信息的配置，可以确定DCI的信息比特长度(上文各个表的DCI格式的DCI的信息比特大小，也是下文的原始比特长度)，即，DCI的信息比特长度可以仅根据配置信息得到，不包含经过其他操作(例如，对DCI的信息比特长度进行补零操作或截短操作等)后得到的处理后的比特长度，或者说，DCI的信息比特长 度是在对DCI进行补零或截短操作之前的比特长度。示例性地，上述配置信息可以为RRC信令，媒体接入控制(medium access control,MAC)控制单元(control element,CE)信令或DCI。
在上述DCI长度预算的DCI长度中，无论是天然配置的DCI长度，还是通过对天然配置的DCI长度进行对齐操作后确定的DCI长度，都可以理解为盲检过程中使用的DCI长度。
例如，一个DCI的DCI格式是DCI format 0_0，基于配置信息得到的DCI的各个域实际占用的比特长度为20个比特(不包括CRC)，即，DCI的信息比特长度为20个比特。若基于DCI长度预算，不需要对DCI长度进行对齐操作，那么，盲检过程中使用的一个DCI长度则为20。若基于DCI长度预算，需要对DCI长度进行补零操作，将DCI长度增加至25，那么，盲检过程中使用的一个DCI长度则为25。若基于DCI长度预算，需要对DCI长度进行截短操作，将DCI长度缩短至18，那么，盲检过程中使用的一个DCI长度则为18。
综上，由于存在多种不同长度的DCI，为了满足对DCI长度预算的限制，在网络设备和终端设备传输DCI的过程中，可能需要对不同长度的DCI进行对齐操作(补零操作或截短操作)，减少DCI长度的个数，从而降低终端设备对DCI的盲检复杂度。
需要说明的是，在确定DCI长度是否满足DCI长度预算时，以被调度的载波单元对应的小区的DCI长度预算进行确定。例如，4个DCI都调度载波单元1，载波单元1对应小区1，在判断基于该4个DCI得到的DCI长度是否满足DCI长度预算时，以小区1的DCI长度预算作为参考。
6、载波
载波是一个特定频率的无线电波，可用于传输数据。在载波聚合中，两个以上的载波单元(component carrier，CC)聚合在一起，用于传输数据。为了便于描述，下文的“载波”可以理解为“载波单元”。
例如，终端设备可使用3个载波，3个载波中的一个载波称为主载波(primary component carrier，PCC)，其余两个载波称为辅载波(secondary component carrier)。在一些实施例中，一个载波对应一个小区，在上述3个载波中，主载波对应主小区(primary cell，Pcell)，一个辅载波对应一个辅小区(secondary cell,Scell)。在另一些实施例中，多个载波也可以对应一个小区，例如，一个小区中包含至少两个下行载波，至少一个上行载波。本申请实施例中的载波可以是一个载波对应一个小区中的载波，也可以是多个载波对应一个小区中的载波。
7、载波聚合
为了高效地利用零碎的频谱以提高传输速率，载波聚合(carrier aggregation，CA)支持不同载波之间的聚合，载波聚合将2个或更多的载波聚合在一起以支持更大的传输带宽。根据参与聚合的载波是否属于同一频段以及是否在频域上连续，载波聚合可分为：频段内连续载波聚合、频段内非连续载波聚合和频段间载波聚合，其中，频段内连续载波聚合中的载波属于同一个频段且在频域上连续，频段内非连续载波聚合中的载波属于同一个频段但在频域上不连续，频段间载波聚合属于不同频段。
基于载波聚合，网络设备在调度终端设备的时候，可以通过多个DCI调度多个载波进 行数据传输，一个DCI用于调度一个载波，被调度的载波上传输用于承载数据的数据信道。在载波聚合的自调度中，网络设备在多个载波的每个载波上发送一个DCI，每个载波上的DCI用于调度该载波。在载波聚合的跨载波调度中，网络设备可在一个载波上发送多个DCI，该多个DCI调度的多个载波可以包括用于发送该多个DCI的载波，也可以不包括用于发送该多个DCI的载波，也就是说，在跨载波调度中，允许在一个载波上发送的DCI调度另一个载波，即，DCI在一个载波上传输，对应的数据在另一个载波上传输。
需要说明的是，由于DCI承载于PDCCH中，所以，本申请实施例所说的“在载波上发送DCI”也可以描述为在“在载波上发送PDCCH”，同理，由于数据承载于数据信道(PDSCH或PUSCH)中，所以，本申请实施例所说的“在载波上传输数据”也可以描述为“在载波上传输数据信道”，以及，“调度载波”也可以描述为“调度载波上的数据信道(PDSCH或PUSCH)”。
以DCI调度用于传输PDSCH的载波为例，图2是本申请实施例提供的载波聚合的示意性场景图。图2中的(a)示出的是载波聚合中自调度的场景，每个小区对应一个载波，主小区(Pcell)对应的载波1(主载波)上发送的DCI1(或PDCCH1)用于调度用于传输PDSCH1的载波1，辅小区1(Scell)对应的载波2(辅载波)上发送的DCI2(或PDCCH2)用于调度用于传输PDSCH2的载波2，辅小区2(Scell2)对应的载波3上发送的DCI3(或PDCCH3)用于调度用于传输PDSCH3的载波3。图2中的(b)示出的是载波聚合中跨载波调度的场景，主小区(Pcell)对应的载波1载波发送了两个DCI，分别是DCI1和DCI2，DCI1用于调度用于传输PDSCH1的载波1，DCI2用于调度用于传输PDSCH2的载波2，其中，在载波1上发送的DCI2用于调度用于传输PDSCH2的载波2的场景则为跨载波调度的场景。图2中的(c)示出的是载波聚合中跨载波调度的另一场景，主小区(Pcell)对应的载波1载波发送了两个DCI，分别是DCI1和DCI2，DCI1用于调度用于传输PDSCH1的载波2，DCI2用于调度用于传输PDSCH2的载波3，DCI1和DCI2分别调度的两个载波都是跨载波调度的场景。应理解，图2仅是示意性示出DCI调度用于传输PDSCH的载波的情况，DCI调度用于传输PUSCH的载波的情况与图2类似，不再赘述。
在上述基于载波聚合进行载波调度的场景中，每调度一个载波都需要发送一个DCI，若需要调度多个载波，需要发送多个DCI，一个DCI用于调度一个载波,一个DCI通过一个PDCCH传输，这样，导致PDCCH的开销大，较多的DCI也会增加盲检的复杂度。此外，由于控制资源是有限的，一个终端设备可用的PDCCH开销大的话，会导致可调度的终端设备的数量减少。
为了解决上述问题，一个DCI可用于调度多个(例如，两个)载波，以减少PDCCH的开销，以及减少盲检复杂度。
在通过一个DCI调度多个载波的方案中，DCI可通过两种调度方式调度多个载波。
第一种调度方式
DCI通过调度多个数据信道来调度多个载波。即，一个DCI调度多个数据信道，每个数据信道对应至少一个载波，每个数据信道对应至少一个物理传输块。具体地，每个数据信道可以在该至少一个载波上传输，每个数据信道用于承载该至少一个物理传输块，每个物理传输块映射在该至少一个载波的传输资源上。在该调度方式中，每个数据信道对应至少一个载波，有以下三种情况。在第一种情况中，每个数据信道都对应一个载波。在第二 种情况中，多个数据信道中部分数据信道的每个数据信道对应一个载波，另一部分数据信道的每个数据信道对应多个载波，例如，DCI调度2个数据信道，一个数据信道对应一个载波，另一个数据信道对应多个载波。在第三种情况中，每个数据信道都对应多个载波。
第二种调度方式
DCI通过调度一个数据信道来调度多个载波。即，一个DCI调度一个数据信道，该数据信道对应多个载波，该数据信道对应至少一个物理传输块。具体地，该数据信道在多个载波上传输，该数据信道用于承载至少一个物理传输块，每个物理传输块映射在该多个载波的传输资源上。
以一个DCI调度两个载波以及载波用于传输PDSCH为例，图3和图4是本申请实施例提供的多载波调度的示意性场景图。图3对应第一种调度方式，在图3中，一个承载于PDCCH的DCI调度两个PDSCH，一个PDSCH对应一个载波，PDSCH1对应载波1，PDSCH2对应载波2。图4对应第二种调度方式，在图4中，一个承载于PDCCH的DCI调度一个PDSCH，该PDSCH对应2个载波，即，该PDSCH在2个载波上传输，该2个载波为载波1和载波2。
在上述一个DCI调度多个载波的方案中，关于如何实现通过一个DCI调度多个载波的具体内容，现有技术中并没有更多涉及，因此，本申请实施例的目的在于，通过相关设计实现通过一个DCI调度多个载波的功能。
在本申请实施例中，为了便于区分，将用于调度一个载波的DCI统称为单载波调度DCI，采用sDCI表示，将用于调度多个载波的DCI统称为多载波调度DCI，采用mDCI表示。应理解，sDCI和mDCI仅是为了区分两种不同功能的DCI所起的名称，还可以采用其他名称对其进行定义，本申请实施例不做任何限定。
在一些实施例中，sDCI可以包括现有或未来定义的任意一种或多种DCI格式，sDCI用于调度一个载波。例如，sDCI可以包括如下至少一种格式：DCI format 0_0、DCI format 1_0、DCI format 0_1、DCI format 1_1、DCI format 0_2以及DCI format 1_2。
在一些实施例中，mDCI可以包括本申请实施例定义的一种或多种DCI格式。为了便于区分，将mDCI的DCI格式记为DCI format x_3，x的取值为整数。示例性地，被调度的载波用于传输PUSCH对应的mDCI的DCI格式可以是DCI format 0_3，x的取值为0，被调度的载波用于传输PDSCH对应的mDCI的DCI的格式可以是DCI format 1_3，x的取值为1。
基于上述定义的sDCI和mDCI，终端设备和网络设备传输DCI的过程中，包括sDCI和mDCI共存与不共存两种场景。
在mDCI和sDCI共存的场景中，网络设备支持终端设备可以在一个时间单元内盲检sDCI和mDCI，在该时间单元内，网络设备可以发送sDCI或mDCI以调度载波。例如，网络设备可以通过高层信令为终端设备配置用于盲检的DCI格式，包括sDCI和mDCI的DCI格式，终端设备基于网络设备的配置在该时间单元内盲检sDCI和mDCI，以得到网络设备实际发送的DCI。
在mDCI和sDCI不共存的场景中，网络设备不支持终端设备在一个时间单元内盲检sDCI和mDCI，在该时间单元内，终端设备盲检sDCI，网络设备发送sDCI以调度载波，或者，终端设备盲检mDCI，网络设备发送mDCI以调度载波。
基于上述定义的sDCI和mDCI以及sDCI和mDCI是否共存的场景，本申请实施例主要涉及以下三方面的内容。
第一方面，mDCI的DCI格式的设计。
第二方面，在mDCI和sDCI共存的场景下，确定不同DCI的DCI长度，以减少DCI长度的个数，以降低终端设备对DCI的盲检复杂度。
第三方面，在mDCI和sDCI不共存的场景下，mDCI对应的调度模式和sDCI对应的调度模式之间的切换。
由于本申请实施例会较多涉及DCI长度，在描述上述三方面内容之前，为了便于描述，本申请实施例定义了DCI的原始比特长度。
DCI的原始比特长度即为上文的DCI的信息比特长度，表示的是网络设备通过配置信息配置的DCI中各个域所占比特长度的大小，终端设备根据上述配置信息的配置，可以确定DCI的原始比特长度，即，DCI的原始比特长度可以仅根据配置信息得到，不包含经过其他操作(例如，对齐操作)后得到的处理后的比特长度，或者说，DCI的原始比特长度是在对DCI进行对齐操作之前的比特长度。以上文各个表的DCI格式为例，DCI的信息比特大小为DCI的原始比特长度，例如，表1中DCI format 0_0的DCI的信息比特长度即为DCI format 0_0的原始比特长度。
下面，分别对上述三方面内容做详细说明。
第一方面，mDCI的DCI格式的设计
若mDCI通过调度多个数据信道来调度多个载波，每个数据信道对应至少一个载波，每个数据信道用于承载至少一个(例如，1个或2个)物理传输块，mDCI中包含的域与现有的通过调度一个数据信道来调度一个载波的sDCI存在较大差异，所以，重点在于设计这种调度方式下的mDCI。对于通过调度一个数据信道来调度多个载波的mDCI的情况，mDCI的格式与现有的格式可相同，区别在于，现有的DCI调度的数据信道调度一个载波，本申请实施例的mDCI调度的数据信道调度多个载波。
以下，为了便于描述mDCI的DCI格式，以M个数据信道和对应的M载波为例进行描述，其中，该M个数据信道和该M个载波一一对应。
mDCI的第一种DCI格式
这种通过调度M个数据信道来调度M个载波的调度方式的mDCI，包括两类域，第一类域包括至少一个共享域，第二类域包括至少一个独立域。每个共享域中承载的信息与在M个载波上传输的M个数据信道相关，具体地，每个共享域承载的信息是该M个数据信道共用的信息，换句话说，每个共享域承载的信息是mDCI的一部分调度信息，用于调度该M个数据信道。每个独立域包括M个子域，该M个子域与M个载波一一对应，每个子域承载的信息与对应的载波上传输的数据信道相关，换句话说，每个子域承载的信息是mDCI的一部分调度信息，用于调度对应的数据信道。
以下，以定义的mDCI的DCI format 1_3以及mDCI调度两个载波为例，描述mDCI的DCI格式。
如表7所示的DCI format 1_3，DCI format 1_3通过调度两个数据信道来调度两个载波，一个数据信道对应一个载波，将两个数据信道记为数据信道1和数据信道2，DCI format 1_3中的所有域分为共享域和独立域两种属性的域。
对于独立域，各个独立域的功能不同，每个独立域包括两个子域，左边的第一个子域对应数据信道1，右边的第二个子域对应数据信道2，比特数是一个子域占用的比特的数量，表示一个子域的比特长度。以表7中的第一行的调制和编码策略(modulation and coding scheme，MCS)域为例，MCS域是独立域，包括两个子域，分别为左边的针对传输块11的MCS1域(两个子域中的一个子域)和右边的针对传输块12的MCS2域(两个子域中的另一个子域)，针对传输块11的MCS1域对应数据信道1，用于承载在数据信道1上传输的数据的MCS信息，右边的针对传输块12的MCS2域对应数据信道2，用于承载在数据信道2上传输的数据的MCS信息。一个子域占用5个比特，即，一个子域的比特长度为5个比特，MCS1域和MCS2域共占用10个比特。
对于共享域，各个共享域的功能不同，每个共享域承载的信息与数据信道1和数据信道2相关，是这两个数据信道共用的信息。以表7中的频域资源分配(frequency domain resource assignment，FDRA)域为例，FDRA域是共享域，用于承载针对数据信道1和数据信道2的频域信息，或者说，数据信道1和数据信道2的频域信息相同。该频域资源分配域承载的频域信息是针对20MHz的频域资源，该频域资源中的104个RB是用于数据调度的资源，该频域资源分配域占用13个比特。
表7 DCI format 1_3
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000020
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000021
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000022
针对mDCI中的多个域，网络设备可以通过每个载波的载波配置信息配置多个域中每个域的比特长度(即，每个域占用的比特数)，终端设备基于每个载波的载波配置信息确定每个域的比特长度，从而，确定mDCI的所有域的比特长度，也就得到了mDCI的原始比特长度，后续，终端设备可以根据mDCI的原始比特长度确定盲检过程中使用的比特长度。对于本申请实施例定义的独立域和共享域，终端设备可以基于载波的载波配置信息采用不同的方式分别确定独立域和共享域的比特长度，以得到mDCI的原始比特长度。
针对M个载波，网络设备为该M个载波配置一一对应的M个载波配置信息，每个载波配置信息用于确定调度信息的比特长度，该调度信息是mDCI的一部分信息，用于调度在每个载波配置信息对应的载波上传输的数据信道，包括各个共享域承载的信息和各个独立域中对应载波的子域承载的信息。
对于独立域，M个载波与每个独立域的M个子域一一对应，M个载波与M个载波配置信息一一对应，所以，M个载波配置信息与每个独立域的M个子域一一对应，每个载波配置信息对应每个独立域的每个子域，每个载波配置信息可用于指示每个独立域的每个子域的比特长度，这样，终端设备可以根据M个载波配置信息确定每个独立域的M个子域的比特长度，从而，确定所有独立域的比特长度。
例如，以表7中的MCS域为例，MCS域是一个独立域，包括两个子域，分别是针对传输块11的MCS1域和针对传输块12的MCS2域，MCS1域对应载波1，MCS2域对应载波2，载波1的载波配置信息指示MCS1域的比特长度为5，载波2的载波配置信息指示MCS2域的比特长度为5，这样，MCS域的比特长度为10。再例如，以表7中的带宽部分指示域为例，带宽部分指示域是一个独立域，包括两个子域，分别是带宽部分指示1域和带宽部分指示2域，带宽部分指示1域对应载波1，带宽部分指示2域对应载波2，载波1的载波配置信息指示带宽部分指示1域的比特长度为1，载波2的载波配置信息指示带宽部分指示2域的比特长度为2，这样，带宽部分指示域的比特长度为3。
对于共享域，每个共享域中承载的信息是在M个载波上传输的M个数据信道共用的信息，所以，每个共享域仅有一个比特长度，可以根据预定义方式最终确定每个共享域的比特长度，该预定义方式与M个载波配置信息中的至少一个载波配置信息相关。
示例性地，根据M个载波配置信息中至少一个载波配置信息确定每个共享域的比特长度。
在一些实施例中，根据M个载波配置信息中的任一个载波配置信息确定每个共享域的比特长度。以表7中的时域资源分配域为例，时域资源分配域是一个共享域，时域资源分配域的比特长度可以是1、2、3或4，无论2个载波的载波配置信息配置的比特长度是否相同，以其中的一个载波的载波配置信息配置的比特长度为准作为时域资源分配域的比特长度。例如，数据信道1对应的载波的载波配置信息配置的比特长度为1，数据信道2 对应的载波的载波配置信息的比特长度为2，以数据信道1对应的载波的载波配置信息配置的比特长度为准，最终确定的时域资源分配域的比特长度为1。
实现过程中，从M个载波中确定一个载波(记为目标载波)，将该目标载波的载波配置信息作为用于确定共享域的比特长度的载波配置信息，即为上述的任一个载波配置信息。例如，根据载波的索引号确定目标载波，例如，将最大或最小的索引号对应的载波确定为该目标载波。再例如，将用于发送mDCI的载波确定为目标载波。
在另一些实施例中，根据M个载波配置信息确定每个共享域的比特长度。
在一示例中，根据M个载波配置信息确定目标载波配置信息，将该目标载波配置信息所指示的比特长度作为每个共享域的比特长度，该目标载波配置信息所指示的比特长度是该M个载波配置信息所指示的比特长度中长度最短的比特长度，或，该目标载波配置信息所指示的比特长度是该M个载波配置信息所指示的比特长度中长度最长的比特长度。该示例适用于M个载波配置信息指示的比特长度不完全相同的场景。
以表7中的时域资源分配域为例，时域资源分配域是共享域，用于承载在2个载波上传输的2个数据信道的共用信息，2个载波的载波配置信息分别记为载波配置信息1和载波配置信息2，基于载波配置信息1得到的比特长度为1，基于载波配置信息2得到的比特长度为2，若以最短比特长度作为共享域的比特长度，则时域资源分配域的比特长度为1，若以最长比特长度作为共享域的比特长度，则时域资源分配域的比特长度为2。
在另一示例中，将M个载波配置信息所指示的比特长度之和作为每个共享域的比特长度。继续以表7的时域资源分配域为例，基于载波配置信息1得到的比特长度为1，基于载波配置信息2得到的比特长度为2，最终确定的时域资源分配域的比特长度为3。
这样，终端设备可分别根据不同的方式确定各个共享域和各个独立域的比特长度，最终得到mDCI的原始比特长度，后续，可以根据mDCI的原始比特长度确定盲检过程中使用的比特长度。
可以看出，由于独立域和共享域存在区别，在确定mDCI的原始比特长度时，有必要确定mDCI中哪些域是共享域以及哪些域是独立域，这样，基于不同方式确定独立域和共享域的比特长度。下面，介绍本申请实施例提供的确定独立域和共享域的5种方式。
方式A、预定义共享域和独立域
在该方式中，mDCI中的共享域和独立域都是预定义的，终端设备和网络设备可以基于预定义的方式确定mDCI中哪些域是共享域以及哪些域是独立域。
方式B、预定义和灵活配置共享域和/或独立域
在该方式中，mDCI中存在一部分未被预定义的域，将这些未被定义的域统称为灵活配置的域，该灵活配置的域可以被配置为共享域和/或独立域，网络设备通过信令通知给终端设备，终端设备基于信令确定未预定义的共享域和/或独立域。示例性地，该信令可以是RRC信令、MACCE信令或DCI。下面，分3种情况对该方式做说明。
情况1、预定义一部分共享域和独立域，灵活配置另一部分共享域和独立域
在该情况中，mDCI中的一部分共享域和独立域是预定义的，另一部分共享域和独立域是通过灵活配置的域配置的，且网络设备通过信令发送给终端设备。
假设，mDCI有12个域，其中的3个域被预定义为共享域，另外3个域被预定义为独立域，剩余的6个域是灵活配置的域。在实际传输mDCI中，网络设备将剩余的6个域 中的4个域配置为共享域，其余的2个域配置为独立域，且通过信令将配置的共享域和独立域通知给终端设备，这样，实际传输的mDCI包括7个共享域和5个独立域。终端设备基于预定义的共享域、独立域和信令配置的独立域、共享域，确定mDCI中哪些域是共享域以及哪些域是独立域。
在一示例中，该灵活配置的域可以是默认的独立域，这种灵活配置的域可以被重新配置为共享域，网络设备通过信令通知该终端设备。在上述例子中，剩余的6个灵活配置的域可以是默认的独立域，在实际传输mDCI中，网络设备将6个灵活配置的域中的4个域重新配置为共享域，剩余的2个域是默认的独立域，通过信令将重新配置的4个共享域通知给终端设备，这样，实际传输的mDCI包括7个共享域和5个独立域。
情况2、预定义独立域和部分共享域，灵活配置另一部分共享域
在该情况中，mDCI中的所有独立域都是预定义的，一部分共享域是预定义的，另一部分共享域是网络设备通过灵活配置的域配置的，且通过信令发送给终端设备。
假设，mDCI有12个域，其中的5个域被预定义为独立域以及3个域被预定义为共享域，剩余的4个域是灵活配置的域。在实际传输mDCI中，网络设备将剩余的4个域配置为共享域，且通过信令通知给终端设备。这样，实际传输的mDCI包括5个共享域和7个独立域。
情况3、预定义共享域和部分独立域，灵活配置另一部分独立域
在该情况中，mDCI中的所有共享域都是预定义的，一部分独立域是预定义的，另一部分独立域是网络设备通过灵活配置的域配置的，且通过信令发送给终端设备。
假设，mDCI有12个域，其中的5个域被预定义为共享域以及3个域被预定义为独立域，剩余的4个域是灵活配置的域。在实际传输mDCI中，网络设备将剩余的4个域配置为独立域，且通过信令通知给终端设备。这样，实际传输的mDCI包括5个共享域和7个独立域。
方式C、预定义共享域或预定义和灵活配置共享域，灵活配置独立域
在该方式中，mDCI中的独立域是通过灵活配置的域配置的且通过信令通知给终端设备，mDCI中的共享域是预定义的，或者，共享域是预定义的和通过灵活配置的域配置。
假设，mDCI有10个域，其中的3个域被预定义为共享域，另外7个域是灵活配置的域。例如，在实际传输mDCI中，网络设备将剩余的7个域中的4个域配置为独立域，其余的3个域配置为共享域，且通过信令通知给终端设备，这样，实际传输的mDCI包括6个共享域和4个独立域。再例如，在实际传输mDCI中，网络设备将剩余的7个域都配置为独立域，且通过信令通知给终端设备，这样，实际传输的mDCI包括3个共享域和7个独立域。从而，终端设备基于预定义的共享域和信令配置的域，确定mDCI中哪些域是共享域以及哪些域是独立域。
方式D、预定义独立域或预定义和灵活配置独立域，灵活配置共享域
在该方式中，mDCI中的共享域是通过灵活配置的域配置的且通过信令通知给终端设备，mDCI中的独立域是预定义的，或者，独立域是预定义的和通过灵活配置的域配置。
假设，mDCI有10个域，其中的3个域被预定义为独立域，另外7个域是灵活配置的域。例如，在实际传输mDCI中，网络设备将剩余的7个域中的4个域配置为独立域，其余的3个域配置为共享域，且通过信令通知给终端设备，这样，实际传输的mDCI包括 3个共享域和7个独立域。再例如，在实际传输mDCI中，网络设备将剩余的7个域都配置为共享域，且通过信令通知给终端设备，这样，实际传输的mDCI包括3个独立域和7个共享域。从而，终端设备基于预定义的共享域和信令配置的域，确定mDCI中哪些域是共享域以及哪些域是独立域。
方式E、灵活配置独立域和共享域
在该方式中，无预定义的共享域或独立域，mDCI中的独立域和共享域都通过灵活配置的域配置，且通过信令通知该终端设备，终端设备基于该信令确定哪些域是共享域以及哪些域是独立域。
在一示例中，通过信令配置mDCI中的共享域和独立域。
在另一示例中，通过信令配置mDCI中的共享域，若该信令配置的共享域是mDCI中的一部分域，那么，终端设备可以确定剩余的域为独立域，从而，确定mDCI中的独立域和共享域。
在另一示例中，通过信令配置mDCI中的独立域，若该信令配置的独立域是mDCI中的一部分域，那么，终端设备可以确定剩余的域为共享域，从而，确定mDCI中的独立域和共享域。
mDCI的第二种DCI格式
根据mDCI能够调度的数据信道(或载波)的数量，mDCI中预配置有M组域，一组域对应一个数据信道，每组域包括多个域，每组域相当于一个sDCI中的所有域，用于实现调度一个数据信道的功能。这种格式的的mDCI中的每个域可以理解为上述的独立域，或者，可以理解，这种格式的mDCI，相当于将sDCI中的所有域按照数据信道的数量进行复制。假设，一个sDCI包括24个域，对于mDCI，若mDCI能调度的数据信道的数量是2，mDCI中预配置有2组域，每组域可以包括24个域，该24个域可以相当于一个sDCI的24个域，每组域可用于调度一个数据信道。
对于这种格式的mDCI，每组域中每个域的比特长度根据该组域对应的载波的载波配置信息确定，载波的载波配置信息可用于指示mDCI中对应的每组域中每个域的比特长度。
需要说明的是，第二种DCI格式中的每个域可以理解为上述的独立域。
mDCI的第三种DCI格式
mDCI中包括多个域，每个域中承载的信息是在M个载波上传输的M个数据信道共用的信息。这种格式的mDCI中的每个域都可以理解为上文的共享域，M个数据信道共用每个域，具体描述可参考上文的相关描述。
第二方面、在mDCI和sDCI共存的场景下，确定不同DCI的DCI长度。
如前所述，mDCI用于调度多个载波，sDCI用于调度一个载波，sDCI和mDCI分别具有多种DCI格式。
在一些实施例中，mDCI可以包括两种DCI格式，一种格式用于PDSCH的调度，例如，用DCI format 1_3表示，一种格式用于PUSCH的调度，例如，用DCI format 0_3表示。
在一些实施例中，sDCI可以包括现有或未来定义的任意一种或多种DCI格式，例如，sDCI可以包括以下至少一种格式：DCI format 0_0、DCI format 1_0、DCI format 0_1、DCI format 1_1、DCI format 0_2以及DCI format 1_2。
在sDCI与mDCI共存的场景中，网络设备可以为终端设备配置用于盲检的DCI格式，包括sDCI和mDCI的DCI格式，sDCI具有多种DCI格式，mDCI具有多种DCI格式，sDCI和mDCI的格式也不同，这样，会存多个DCI长度。终端设备需要在一个时间单元(例如，时隙或PDCCH监听时机)内根据DCI长度盲检sDCI与mDCI，而较多的DCI长度会增加盲检复杂度。所以，需要对不同格式的DCI进行对齐操作，减少DCI长度，以减少盲检复杂度。
应理解，网络设备在发送DCI之前，若需要执行对齐操作，通过对齐操作确定DCI长度，采用确定好的DCI长度发送该DCI。终端设备在盲检之前，会采用和网络设备相同的对齐操作确定DCI长度，采用确定好的DCI长度进行盲检，以使得网络设备和终端设备的理解一致，从而得到该DCI。
考虑到DCI长度预算中经过C-RNTI加扰的不同的DCI长度的数量不超过一定数量(例如，3个)的要求，在sDCI与mDCI共存的场景中，本申请提出以下各种实施例，对不同格式的DCI执行对齐操作，以将DCI长度的数量控制在一定数量(例如，3个)以内。
下面，以上述举例的sDCI与mDCI的DCI格式，对各个实施例做详细说明，将经过C-RNTI加扰的不同的DCI长度的数量控制在3个以内。应理解，下面各个实施例中的DCI均为经C-RNTI加扰的DCI，以及，网络设备或终端设备都可以执行下列实施例。
实施例一
在该实施例中，假设，sDCI的4种DCI格式和上述定义的mDCI的2种DCI格式可以共存，即，网络设备配置了6种DCI格式，终端设备可以在同一个时间单元内盲检这6种格式的DCI。网络设备和终端设备按照定义的对齐操作，确定盲检过程中最终采用的DCI长度，将所有DCI的长度控制在3个以内。
在一些实施例中，sDCI的4种DCI格式可以是：DCI format 0_0、DCI format 1_0、DCI format 0_1、DCI format 1_1。
由于DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0在CSS和USS中分别具有不同的DCI长度，那么，DCI format 0_0可能具有2个DCI长度，DCI format 1_0也可能具有2个DCI长度，DCI format 0_1、DCI format 1_1、DCI format 0_3、DCI format 1_3在USS中各自具有一个DCI长度，所以，在该实施例中，可能存在8个DCI长度，需要将该8个DCI长度对齐至3个DCI长度以内。
表8示出了实施例一的步骤过程，不同的步骤用于确定不同DCI format的DCI长度，需要执行对齐操作时，将对应的DCI format的DCI长度进行对齐操作，以得到统一的DCI长度。其中，表8中各个步骤对应的DCI长度表示的是经过该步骤后最终得到的DCI长度，DCI长度采用A、B……G等表示，在一个步骤中，DCI长度由一个长度变为另一个长度，采用X1→X2的方式表示，X1和X2可表示不同的DCI长度，也可表示相同的DCI长度，以步骤5A为例，在步骤5A中，DCI长度由B变为A，采用B→A表示。
表8
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000023
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000024
步骤1、以DCI format 1_0的DCI长度为基准进行对齐，确定CSS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度。
在该步骤1中，以DCI format 1_0的DCI长度为基准，对CSS中DCI format 0_0执行对齐操作，将DCI format 0_0的DCI长度与DCI format 1_0的DCI长度对齐，使得执行对齐操作后的DCI format 0_0的DCI长度与DCI format 1_0的DCI长度相同，最终得到长度相同的DCI长度，其中，对齐操作可以是补零操作或截短操作。例如，最终得到的长度相同的DCI长度为表8中的A，采用size A表示。
应理解，上述步骤1中最终确定的DCI长度是基于步骤1得到的用于盲检的DCI长度，执行对齐操作之前的DCI长度是DCI的原始比特长度，以对DCI的实际操作为准来理解，若无特殊说明，后续实施例不再赘述。
在一些实施例中，该步骤1的具体过程如下。
步骤1.1、确定CSS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度(执行对齐操作之前)和CSS中DCI format 1_0的DCI长度。
应理解，该步骤中确定的CSS中DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度都是DCI的原始比特长度。CSS中DCI format 0_0的原始比特长度即为上文表1中DCI的信息比特长度，DCI format 0_0中其余的域的长度都是固定的，DCI长度仅与FDRA域有关，DCI format 0_0的FDRA域仅与
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000025
(上行BWP的大小)的取值有关，这里的
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000026
是初始上行BWP的大小。CSS中DCI format 1_0的原始比特长度即为上文表2中DCI的信息比特长度，DCI format 1_0中其余的域的长度都是固定的，DCI长度仅与FDRA域有关，DCI format 1_0的FDRA域仅与
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000027
(下行BWP的大小)的取值有关，若当前服务小区配置了CORESET0，则
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000028
为CORESET0的大小，若当前服务小区未配置CORESET0，则
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000029
为初始下行BWP的大小。
步骤1.2、对齐CSS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度。
图5是本申请实施例提供的对齐CSS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度与DCI format 1_0的DCI长度的示意图。参考图5中的(a)，若CSS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度(执行补零操作前)比DCI format 1_0的DCI长度小，那么对DCI format 0_0执行补零操作，在 DCI format 0_0后填充零作为padding，使得最终确定的CSS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度与DCI format 1_0的DCI长度一样。参考图5中的(b)，若CSS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度(执行截短操作前)比DCI format 1_0的DCI长度大，那么打掉DCI format 0_0中FDRA域的高位，使得最终确定的DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和DCI format1_0的DCI长度相同。
步骤2、以DCI format 0_0和DCI format 0_1中DCI长度大的DCI长度作为基准进行对齐，确定USS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度。
在该步骤2中，以DCI format 0_0和DCI format 0_0中DCI长度大的DCI长度作为基准，对DCI长度小的DCI执行补零操作，将DCI format 0_0的DCI长度与DCI format 1_0的DCI长度对齐，使得最终得到的DCI format 0_0的DCI长度与DCI format 1_0的DCI长度相同，即，得到长度相同的DCI长度。例如，如表8所示，最终得到的长度相同的DCI长度为size B。
在一些实施例中，该步骤2的具体过程如下。
步骤2.1、确定USS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和USS中DCI format 1_0的DCI长度。
应理解，该步骤确定的USS中DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度都是DCI的原始比特长度。USS中DCI format 0_0的原始比特长度即为上文表1中DCI的信息比特长度，DCI format 0_0中其余的域的长度都是固定的，DCI长度仅与FDRA域有关，DCI format 0_0的FDRA域仅与
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000030
(上行BWP的大小)的取值有关，这里的
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000031
是激活上行BWP的大小。USS中DCI format 1_0的原始比特长度即为上文表2中DCI的信息比特长度，DCI format 1_0中其余的域的长度都是固定的，DCI长度仅与FDRA域有关，DCI format 1_0的FDRA域仅与
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000032
(下行BWP的大小)的取值有关，这里的
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000033
为激活下行BWP的大小。
步骤2.2、对齐USS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度。
在步骤中，分为以下三种情况对DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0做不同处理，以确定两个DCI的DCI长度。
若网络设备为终端设备配置了增补上行(supplementary uplink，SUL)载波，PUSCH可以在SUL和non-SUL上发送，若调度SUL和non-SUL的USS中的DCI format 0_0的DCI长度不相等，则需要将DCI长度大的DCI长度作为基准，对DCI长度小的DCI format 0-0执行补零操作，使得调度SUL和non-SUL的USS中的DCI format 0_0的DCI长度相等。具体地，参考图6中的(a)，若USS中用于调度SUL载波的DCI format 0_0(记为DCI format 0_0 SUL)比用于调度non SUL载波的DCI format 0_0(记为DCI format 0_0 non SUL)的DCI长度小，则对DCI format 0_0 SUL执行补零操作，在DCI format 0_0 SUL后填充零，使得DCI format 0_0 SUL的DCI长度和DCI format 0_0non SUL的DCI长度相同。参考图6中的(b)，若USS中DCI format 0_0 non SUL比DCI format 0_0 SUL的DCI长度小，则对DCI format 0_0 non SUL执行补零操作，在DCI format 0_0 non SUL后填充零，使得DCI format 0_0 non SUL的DCI长度和DCI format 0_0 SUL的DCI长度相同。
需要说明的是，若网络设备为终端设备配置了SUL载波，网络设备在为特定终端设备配置DCI format 0_0时，通过DCIformat 0_0仅调度SUL载波和non_SUL载波中的一 个。所以，在该实施例中，网络设备为特定终端设备仅配置了一个DCI format 0_0，该DCI format 0_0用于调度SUL载波或non_SUL载波。后续关于网络设备为终端设备配置SUL载波的情况下将DCI长度对齐的解释同此处，不再赘述。
参考图6中的(c)，若USS中DCI format 1_0的DCI长度(执行补零操作之前)比DCI format 0_0的DCI长度小，那么对DCI format 1_0执行补零操作，在DCI format 1_0后填充零作为padding，使得最终确定的USS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度与DCI format 1_0的DCI长度相同。
参考图6中的(d)，若USS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度(执行补零操作前)比DCI format 1_0的DCI长度小，那么对DCI format 0_0执行补零操作，在DCI format 0_0后填充零作为padding，使得最终确定的USS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度与DCI format 1_0的DCI长度相同。
步骤3A、确定DCI format 0_1的DCI长度和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度。
该步骤确定的DCI format 0_1的DCI长度和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度可以是DCI的原始比特长度，也可以是执行对齐操作后的比特长度，确定的这两个DCI的DCI长度可以相同，也可以不同。例如，如表8所示，确定的DCI format 0_1的DCI长度为size C，确定的DCI format 1_1的DCI长度为size D，C与D可相同，也可不同。
在该步骤中，分为以下三种情况对DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1做不同处理，以确定两个DCI的DCI长度。
若网络设备为终端设备配置了SUL载波，PUSCH可以在SUL和non-SUL上发送，若调度SUL和non-SUL的USS中的DCI format 0_1的DCI长度不相等，则需要将DCI长度大的DCI长度作为基准，对DCI长度小的DCI format 0_1执行补零操作，使得调度SUL和non-SUL的USS中的DCI format 0_1的DCI长度相等。该过程的具体描述可参考步骤2中关于图6中的(a)和(b)的相关描述，将DCI format 0_0替换为DCI format 0_1即可，不再赘述。
参考图7中的(a)，若终端设备在USS中的DCI format 0_1和另外一个终端设备在USS的DCI format 0_0或DCI format 1_0的DCI长度相同，则对DCI format 0_1执行补零操作，在DCI format 0_1后填充1个零比特(bit)。在这种情况下，表8中的size C是对DCI format 0_1执行补零操作后的DCI长度。
参考图7中的(b)，若终端设备在USS中的DCI format 1_1和另外一个终端设备在USS的DCI format 0_0或DCI format 1_0的DCI长度相同，则对DCI format 1_1执行补零操作，在DCI format 1_1后填充1个零比特(bit)。在这种情况下，表8中的size D是对DCI format 1_1执行补零操作后的DCI长度。
步骤3B、确定DCI format 0_3的DCI长度和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度
在该步骤中，确定的DCI format 1_3的DCI长度是原始比特长度，确定的DCI format 0_3的DCI长度可以是DCI的原始比特长度，也可以是执行对齐操作后的比特长度，具体与网络设备是否为终端设备配置SUL载波有关。
若网络设备未为终端设备配置SUL载波，则确定的DCI format 0_3的DCI长度是原始比特长度。
若网络设备为终端设备配置了SUL载波，PUSCH可以在SUL和non-SUL上发送， 若调度SUL和non-SUL的USS中的DCI format 0_3的DCI长度不相等，则需要将DCI长度大的DCI长度作为基准，对DCI长度小的DCI format 0_3执行补零操作，使得调度SUL和non-SUL的USS中的DCI format 0_3的DCI长度相等。该过程的具体描述可参考步骤2中关于图6中的(a)和(b)的相关描述，将DCI format 0_0替换为DCI format 0_3即可，不再赘述。在该情况中，若网络设备为该终端设备配置的DCI format 0_3是长度小的DCI，则为该终端设备确定的DCI format 0_3的DCI长度是执行补零操作后的DCI长度，若网络设备为该终端设备配置的DCI format 0_3是长度大的DCI，则不需要对长度大的DCI format 0_3执行补零操作，则确定的DCI format 0_3的DCI长度是原始比特长度。
在该步骤中，最终确定的DCI format 0_3的DCI长度和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度可以相同，也可以不同。例如，如表8所示，确定的DCI format 0_3的DCI长度为size E，确定的DCI format 1_3的DCI长度size F，E与F可相同，也可不同。
应理解，本申请实施例对上述步骤1-步骤3B的执行顺序不做任何限定，但步骤1-步骤3B需在步骤4之前执行。
步骤4、判断上述确定的DCI是否满足DCI长度预算。
若经过上述步骤1-步骤3B得到的DCI长度的数量满足DCI长度预算，则将上述步骤1-步骤3B确定的DCI长度作为盲检过程中最终采用的DCI长度，若不满足DCI长度预算，则继续执行步骤5A-5C。
假设，经过步骤1-步骤3B得到的DCI长度包括：size A、size B、size C、size D、size E、size F，若各个DCI长度都不相同，则DCI长度的数量为6个，大于3，不满足DCI长度预算，继续执行步骤5A-5C。
需要说明的是，在上述步骤1-步骤3B中，可以不做DCI长度预算的计算，即终端设备或网络设备可以不统计不同DCI长度的个数，在执行完步骤1-步骤3B之后再统计。
步骤5A、重新确定USS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度。
在该步骤中，重新确定的USS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度相同，且与步骤1中得到的USS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度相同。如表8所示，该步骤最终得到的USS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度由之前的size B变为size A。
该步骤的具体过程如下。
步骤5A.1、若步骤3A中对DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1执行如图7所示的补零操作，需去除步骤3A中为DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1增加的1比特填充。
因为步骤3A中对DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1执行补零操作，是为了与另一个终端设备在USS的DCI format 0_0或DCI format 1_0的DCI长度区分，现在需要重新确定DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度，重新确定的DCI长度与另一个终端设备在USS的DCI format 0_0或DCI format 1_0的DCI长度是不同的，所以，没有必要保留步骤3A中对DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1执行补零操作的DCI长度，将添加的1比特删除即可。
步骤5A.2、确定USS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和USS中DCI format 1_0的DCI长度。
应理解，该步骤确定的USS中DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度都是DCI 的原始比特长度。USS中DCI format 0_0的原始比特长度即为上文表1中DCI的信息比特长度，DCI format 0_0中其余的域的长度都是固定的，DCI长度仅与FDRA域有关，DCI format 0_0的FDRA域仅与
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000034
(上行BWP的大小)的取值有关，这里的
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000035
是初始接入上行BWP的大小。USS中DCI format 1_0的原始比特长度即为上文表2中DCI的信息比特长度，DCI format 1_0中其余的域的长度都是固定的，DCI长度仅与FDRA域有关，DCI format 1_0的FDRA域仅与
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000036
(下行BWP的大小)的取值有关，若当前服务小区配置了CORESET0，则
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000037
为CORESET0的大小，若当前服务小区未配置CORESET0，则
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000038
为初始下行BWP的大小。
步骤5A.3、对齐USS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度。
以图5为例，参考图5中的(a),若USS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度(执行补零操作前)比DCI format 1_0的DCI长度小，那么对DCI format 0_0执行补零操作，在DCI format 0_0后填充零作为padding，使得最终确定的USS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度与DCIformat 1_0的DCI长度一样。参考图5中的(b)，若USS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度(执行截短操作前)比DCI format 1_0的DCI长度大，那么打掉DCI format 0_0中FDRA域的高位，使得最终确定的DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和DCI format1_0的DCI长度相同。
经过步骤5A后，减少了一个DCI长度，继续判断上述确定的DCI是否满足DCI长度预算，若经过上述步骤1-步骤5A得到的DCI长度的数量满足DCI长度预算，则将上述步骤1-步骤5A确定的DCI长度作为盲检过程的DCI长度，若不满足DCI长度预算，则继续执行步骤5B-5C。
假设，经过步骤5A后，得到的DCI长度包括：size A、size C、size D、size E、size F，若各个DCI长度都不相同，则DCI长度的数量为5，大于3，不满足DCI长度预算，执行步骤5B-5C。
步骤5B、重新确定DCI format 0_3的DCI长度和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度。
在该步骤中，将DCI format 0_3的DCI长度和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度对齐，使得最终得到的DCI format 0_3的DCI长度与DCI format 1_3的DCI长度相同，即，得到长度相同的DCI长度。例如，如表8所示，经过步骤5B最终得到的DCI format 0_3的DCI长度由之前的size E变为size G，经过步骤5B最终得到的DCI format 1_3的DCI长度由之前的size F变为size G。
在一些实施例中，可以以DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3中DCI长度大的DCI长度作为基准，对另一个DCI长度小的DCI执行补零操作，将两个DCI长度变为一个DCI长度。
参考图8中的(a)，若DCI format 1_3的DCI长度(执行补零操作之前)比DCI format 0_3的DCI长度小，那么对DCI format 1_3执行补零操作，在DCI format 1_3后填充零作为padding，使得最终确定的USS中DCI format 0_3的DCI长度与DCI format 1_3的DCI长度相同。在该情况中，表8中的size G即为size E。
参考图8中的(b)，若DCI format 0_3的DCI长度(执行补零操作前)比DCI format 1_3的DCI长度小，那么对DCI format 0_3执行补零操作，在DCI format 0_3后填充零作为padding，使得最终确定的USS中DCI format 0_3的DCI长度与DCI format 1_3的DCI长度相同。在该情况中，表8中的size G即为size F。
应理解，上述以DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3中DCI长度大的作为基准将两个DCI长度拉齐的方式仅为示意性说明，任何能够对齐DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度的方法都可行。例如，可以将DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3中任一个的DCI长度作为基准，对另一个DCI执行对齐操作(补零操作或截短操作)，以将两个DCI长度对齐，将两个DCI长度变为一个DCI长度。
经过步骤5B后，再次减少了一个DCI长度，继续判断上述确定的DCI是否满足DCI长度预算，若经过上述步骤1-步骤5B得到的DCI长度的数量满足DCI长度预算，则将上述步骤1-步骤5B确定的DCI长度作为盲检过程中最终采用的DCI长度，若不满足DCI长度预算，则继续执行步骤5C。
假设，经过步骤5B后，得到的DCI长度包括：size A、size C、size D、size G，若各个DCI长度都不相同，则DCI长度的数量为4，大于3，不满足DCI长度预算，执行步骤5C。
步骤5C、重新确定DCI format 0_1的DCI长度和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度。
在该步骤中，将DCI format 0_1的DCI长度和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度对齐，使得最终得到的DCI format 0_1的DCI长度与DCI format 1_1的DCI长度相同，即，得到长度相同的DCI长度。例如，如表8所示，经过步骤5C最终得到的DCI format 0_1的DCI长度由之前的size C变为size H，经过步骤5C最终得到的DCI format 1_1的DCI长度由之前的size D变为size H。
在一些实施例中，可以以DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1中DCI长度大的DCI长度作为基准，对另一个DCI长度小的DCI执行补零操作，将两个DCI长度变为一个DCI长度。
参考图9中的(a)，若DCI format 1_1的DCI长度(执行补零操作之前)比DCI format 0_1的DCI长度小，那么对DCI format 1_1执行补零操作，在DCI format 1_1后填充零作为padding，使得最终确定的USS中DCI format 0_1的DCI长度与DCI format 1_1的DCI长度相同。在该情况中，表8中的size C即为size H。
参考图9中的(b)，若DCI format 0_1的DCI长度(执行补零操作前)比DCI format 1_1的DCI长度小，那么对DCI format 0_1执行补零操作，在DCI format 0_1后填充零作为padding，使得最终确定的USS中DCI format 0_1的DCI长度与DCI format 1-1的DCI长度相同。在该情况中，表8中的size D即为size F。
应理解，上述以DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1中DCI长度大的作为基准将两个DCI长度拉齐的方式仅为示意性说明，任何能够对齐DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度的方法都可行。例如，可以将DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1中任一个的DCI长度作为基准，对另一个DCI执行对齐操作(补零操作或截短操作)，以将两个DCI长度对齐，将两个DCI长度变为一个DCI长度。
经过步骤5C后，再次减少了一个DCI长度，继续判断上述确定的DCI是否满足DCI长度预算，若经过上述步骤1-步骤5C得到的DCI长度的数量满足DCI长度预算，则将上述步骤1-步骤5C确定的DCI长度作为盲检过程中最终采用的DCI长度。
假设，经过步骤5C后，得到的DCI长度包括：size A、size G、size H，若各个DCI长度都不相同，则DCI长度的数量为3，满足DCI长度预算，那么，size A、size G、size  H则为盲检过程中最终采用的DCI长度，终端设备分别采用size A、size G、size H对DCI进行盲检，以获得网络设备发送的DCI。
应理解，本申请实施例对上述步骤5A-步骤5C的执行顺序不做任何限定，上述执行顺序仅为示意性说明。例如，步骤5B可在步骤5C之后执行，再例如，步骤5B可在步骤5A和5C之前执行。
还应理解，上述实施例一采用的sDCI的4种DCI格式(即，DCI format 0_0、DCI format 1_0、DCI format 0_1、DCI format 1_1)仅为示意性说明，本申请实施例不做任何限定。例如，sDCI的4种DCI格式还可以是：DCI format 0_0、DCI format 1_0、DCI format 0_2、DCI format 1_2，将步骤3A替换为确定DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度，将步骤5C替换为重新确定DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度即可，关于这两个步骤中如何确定DCI长度的过程可参考下文实施例二的步骤3B和步骤5B的相关描述，不再赘述。
本申请实施例提供的多载波调度的方法，在sDCI和mDCI共存场景下，限制与mDCI共存的sDCI的DCI格式，减少了这种场景下可能存在的DCI格式的数量，可以减少由于确定DCI长度过程中可能执行的较多的对齐操作而占用的时长，以减少处理时延，降低复杂度。
此外，由于DCI format 0_1与DCI format 1_1是调度过程中最常用的DCI格式，所以，在终端设备需要在一个时间单元内盲检包括DCI format 0_1与DCI format 1_1在内的多个DCI时，先对齐其他的例如DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度，后对齐DCI format 0_1与DCI format 1_1的DCI长度，对于不需要对齐DCI format 0_1与DCI format 1_1的DCI长度就可以满足DCI长度预算的情况下，可以减少处理时延和实现复杂度。
如前所述，在通过mDCI调度多个载波的方案中，mDCI可通过两种调度方式调度多个载波，即，在第一种调度方式中，如图3所示，DCI通过调度多个数据信道来调度多个载波，在第二种调度方式中，如图4所示，DCI通过调度一个数据信道来调度多个载波。上述实施例一可以适用于任意一种调度方式，本申请实施例不做任何限定，不过，从通信开销的角度考度，实施例一更节省通信开销。
原因在于，第一种调度方式对应的mDCI需要调度多个数据信道，用于传输每个数据信道的相关信息都通过mDCI指示，所以，第一种调度方式对应的mDCI与sDCI相差很大，最直观的体现就是mDCI的DCI长度与sDCI的DCI长度相差很大，mDCI的DCI长度比较大。若是将mDCI中多个DCI格式的DCI长度与sDCI中多个DCI格式的DCI长度对齐，很可能会增加大量比特开销，例如，mDCI中DCI format 0_3的DCI长度为100个比特，sDCI的DCI format 0_0的DCI长度是50个比特，在一种可能对齐方式中，需要将50个比特填充至100个比特，这样，增加了大量开销。上述实施例一，在sDCI和mDCI可共存场景下，限制与mDCI共存的sDCI中的DCI格式，在需要对齐mDCI中DCI的DCI长度的情况下，仅需要将mDCI中的DCI的DCI长度对齐即可，不需要将mDCI的DCI长度与sDCI的DCI长度对齐，避免了将mDCI的DCI长度与sDCI的DCI长度对齐过程中可能增加的大量开销。
实施例二
在该实施例中，假设，sDCI的6种DCI格式和上述定义的mDCI的2种DCI格式可以共存，即，网络设备配置了8种DCI格式，终端设备可以在同一个时间单元内盲检这8种格式的DCI。网络设备和终端设备按照定义的对齐操作，确定盲检过程中最终采用的DCI长度，将所有DCI的长度控制在3个以内。
在一些实施例中，sDCI的6种DCI格式可以是：DCI format 0_0、DCI format 1_0、DCI format 0_1、DCI format 1_1、DCI format 0_2、DCI format 1_2。
由于DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0在CSS和USS中分别具有不同的DCI长度，那么，DCI format 0_0可能具有2个DCI长度，DCI format 1_0也可能具有2个DCI长度，DCI format 0_1、DCI format 1_1、DCI format 0_2、DCI format 1_2、DCI format 0_3、DCI format 1_3在USS中各自具有一个DCI长度，所以，在该实施例中，可能存在10个DCI长度，需要将该10个DCI长度控制在3个DCI长度以内。
表9示出了实施例二的步骤过程，关于表9的说明可参考上文对表8的说明，不再赘述。
表9
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000039
步骤1、以DCI format 1_0的DCI长度为基准进行对齐，确定CSS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度。例如，如表9所示，确定的DCI长度为size A。
步骤2、以DCI format 0_0和DCI format 0_1中DCI长度大的DCI长度作为基准进行对齐，确定USS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度。例如，如表9所示，确定的DCI长度为size B。
步骤3A、确定DCI format 0_1的DCI长度和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度。例如，如表9所示，确定的USS中DCI format 0_1的DCI长度为size C、确定的USS中DCI format 1_1的DCI长度为size D。
关于步骤1-步骤3A的具体描述可分别参考实施例一中关于上述3个步骤的相关描述，不再赘述。
步骤3B、确定DCI format 0_2的DCI长度和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度。
在该步骤中，确定的DCI format 1_2的DCI长度是原始比特长度，确定的DCI format 0_2的DCI长度可以是DCI的原始比特长度，也可以是执行对齐操作后的比特长度，具体与网络设备是否为终端设备配置SUL载波有关。
若网络设备未为终端设备配置SUL载波，则确定的DCI format 0_2的DCI长度是原始比特长度。
若网络设备为终端设备配置了SUL载波，PUSCH可以在SUL和non-SUL上发送，若调度SUL和non-SUL的USS中的DCI format 0_2的DCI长度不相等，则需要将DCI长度大的DCI长度作为基准，对DCI长度小的DCI format 0_2执行补零操作，使得调度SUL和non-SUL的USS中的DCI format 0_2的DCI长度相等。该过程的具体描述可参考步骤2中关于图6中的(a)和(b)的相关描述，将DCI format 0_0替换为DCI format 0_2即可，不再赘述。在该情况中，若网络设备为该终端设备配置的DCI format 0_2是长度小的DCI，则为该终端设备确定的DCI format 0_2的DCI长度是执行补零操作后的DCI长度，若网络设备为该终端设备配置的DCI format 0_2是长度大的DCI，则不需要对长度大的DCI format 0_2执行补零操作，则确定的DCI format 0_2的DCI长度是原始比特长度。
在该步骤中，最终确定的DCI format 0_2的DCI长度和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度可以相同，也可以不同。例如，如表9所示，确定的DCI format 0_2的DCI长度为size M，确定的DCI format 1_2的DCI长度size N，M与N可相同，也可不同。
步骤3C、确定DCI format 0_3的DCI长度和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度。例如，如表9所示，确定的USS中DCI format 0_3的DCI长度为size E、确定的USS中DCI format 1_3的DCI长度为size F。
关于步骤3C的具体描述可参考实施例一的步骤3B的相关描述，不再赘述。
应理解，本申请实施例对上述步骤1-步骤3C的执行顺序不做任何限定，但步骤1-步骤3C需在步骤4之前执行。
步骤4、判断上述确定的DCI是否满足DCI长度预算。
若经过上述步骤1-步骤3C得到的DCI长度的数量满足DCI长度预算，则将上述步骤1-步骤3C确定的DCI长度作为盲检过程中最终采用的DCI长度，若不满足DCI长度预算，则继续执行步骤5A-5E。
假设，经过步骤1-步骤3C得到的DCI长度包括：size A、size B、size C、size D、size  E、size F、size M、size N。若各个DCI长度都不相同，则DCI长度的数量为8个，大于3，不满足DCI长度预算，继续执行步骤5A-5E。
需要说明的是，在上述步骤1-步骤3C中，可以不做DCI长度预算的计算，即终端设备或网络设备可以不统计不同DCI长度的个数，在执行完步骤1-步骤3C之后再统计。
步骤5A、重新确定USS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度。例如，如表9所示，该步骤最终得到的USS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度由之前的size B变为size A。
关于步骤5A的具体描述可参考实施例一关于步骤5A的相关描述，不再赘述。
步骤5B、重新确定DCI format 0_2的DCI长度和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度。
在该步骤中，将DCI format 0_2的DCI长度和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度对齐，使得最终得到的DCI format 0_2的DCI长度与DCI format 1_2的DCI长度相同，即，得到长度相同的DCI长度。例如，如表9所示，经过步骤5B最终得到的DCI format 0_2的DCI长度由之前的size M变为size K，经过步骤5B最终得到的DCI format 1_2的DCI长度由之前的size N变为size K。
在一些实施例中，可以以DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2中DCI长度大的DCI长度作为基准，对另一个DCI长度小的DCI执行补零操作，将两个DCI长度变为一个DCI长度。
参考图10中的(a)，若DCI format 1_2的DCI长度(执行补零操作之前)比DCI format 0_2的DCI长度小，那么对DCI format 1_2执行补零操作，在DCI format 1_2后填充零作为padding，使得最终确定的USS中DCI format 0_2的DCI长度与DCI format 1_2的DCI长度相同。在该情况中，表9中的size K即为size M。
参考图10中的(b)，若DCI format 0_2的DCI长度(执行补零操作前)比DCI format 1_2的DCI长度小，那么对DCI format 0_2执行补零操作，在DCI format 0_2后填充零作为padding，使得最终确定的USS中DCI format 0_2的DCI长度与DCI format 1_2的DCI长度相同。在该情况中，表9中的size K即为size N。
应理解，上述以DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2中DCI长度大的作为基准将两个DCI长度拉齐的方式仅为示意性说明，任何能够对齐DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度的方法都可行。例如，可以将DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2中任一个的DCI长度作为基准，对另一个DCI执行对齐操作(补零操作或截短操作)，以将两个DCI长度对齐，将两个DCI长度变为一个DCI长度。
经过步骤5B后，再次减少了一个DCI长度，假设，经过步骤5B后，得到的DCI长度包括：size A、size C、size D、size K、size E、size F，若各个DCI长度都不相同，则DCI长度的数量为6，大于3，不满足DCI长度预算，执行步骤5C。
步骤5C、重新确定DCI format 0_1的DCI长度和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度。例如，如表9所示，经过步骤5C最终得到的DCI format 0_1的DCI长度由之前的size C变为size H，经过步骤5C最终得到的DCI format 1_1的DCI长度由之前的size D变为size H。
关于步骤5C的具体描述可参考实施一中关于步骤5C的相关描述，不再赘述。
经过步骤5C后，再次减少了一个DCI长度，假设，经过步骤5C后，得到的DCI长度包括：size A、size H、size K、size E、size F，若各个DCI长度都不相同，则DCI长度 的数量为5，大于3，不满足DCI长度预算，执行步骤5D。
步骤5D、重新确定DCI format 0_3的DCI长度和DCI format 1_3的DC长度。例如，如表9所示，经过步骤5D最终得到的DCI format 0_3的DCI长度由之前的size E变为size G，经过步骤5D最终得到的DCI format 1_3的DCI长度由之前的size F变为size G。
关于步骤5D的具体描述可参考上文的相关描述，不再赘述。
经过步骤5D后，再次减少了一个DCI长度，假设，经过步骤5D后，得到的DCI长度包括：size A、size H、size K、size G，若各个DCI长度都不相同，则DCI长度的数量为5，大于3，不满足DCI长度预算，执行步骤5E。
步骤5E、对齐DCI format 0_3、DCI format 1_3与CSS和USS中DCI format 0_0、DCI format 1_0的DCI长度。
由于在步骤5E之前，已经对齐了DCI format 0_3、DCI format 1_3的DCI长度，以及对齐了USS和CSS中DCI format 0_0、DCI format 1_0的DCI长度，所以，在该步骤中，这4个DCI格式仅有2个DCI长度，只需要将这2个DCI长度对齐为一个DCI长度即可。例如，如表9所示，经过步骤5E最终得到的DCI format 0_3、DCI format 1_3的DCI长度由之前的size G变为size L1，经过步骤5E最终得到的USS和CSS的DCI format 0_0、DCI format 1_0的DCI长度由之前的size A变为size L1。
在一些实施例中，可以以DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度(例如，size G)与DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度(例如，size A)中DCI长度大的DCI长度作为基准，对其余DCI长度小的DCI执行补零操作，将两个DCI长度变为一个DCI长度。
若DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度(例如，size A)比DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度(例如，size G)小，那么对DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0执行相同的补零操作，在DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0后填充零作为padding，使得最终确定的DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度与DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度相同。在该情况中，表9中的size L1即为size G。
若DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度(例如，size G)比DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度(例如，size A)小，那么对DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3执行相同的补零操作，在DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3后填充零作为padding，使得最终确定的DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度与DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度相同。在该情况中，表9中的size L1即为size A。
应理解，上述以DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度(例如，size G)与DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度(例如，size A)中DCI长度大的DCI长度作为基准将两个DCI长度拉齐的方式仅为示意性说明，任何能够对齐上述4个DCI的DCI长度的方法都可行。例如，可以将DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度(例如，size G)与DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度(例如，size A)中任一个的DCI长度作为基准，对其余两个DCI执行相同的对齐操作(补零操作或截短操作)，以将两个DCI长度对齐，将两个DCI长度变为一个DCI长度。
经过步骤5E后，再次减少了一个DCI长度，继续判断上述确定的DCI是否满足DCI长度预算，若经过上述步骤1-步骤5E得到的DCI长度的数量满足DCI长度预算，则将上 述步骤1-步骤5E确定的DCI长度作为盲检过程中最终采用的DCI长度。
假设，经过步骤5E后，得到的DCI长度包括：size L1、size H、size K，若各个DCI长度都不相同，则DCI长度的数量为3，满足DCI长度预算，那么，size L1、size H、size K则为盲检过程中最终采用的DCI长度，终端设备分别采用size L1、size H、size K对DCI进行盲检，以获得网络设备发送的DCI。
应理解，本申请实施例对上述步骤5A-步骤5E的执行顺序不做任何限定，上述执行顺序仅为示意性说明。
本申请实施例提供的多载波调度的方法，在sDCI和mDCI共存场景下，通过将同系列(例如，DCI format x_0、DCI format x_1、DCI format x_2或DCI format x_3)的DCI长度对齐后，以及，将DCI format x_3与DCI format x_0的DCI长度对齐，使得DCI长度的数量控制在3，满足DCI长度预算，减少了盲检复杂度，提高了系统传输性能。
实施例三
该实施例与实施例二定义可共存的mDCI和sDCI的DCI格式相同，可共存的mDCI和sDCI的DCI格式如表10所示，包括：CSS中的DCI format 0_0、CSS中的DCI format 1_0、USS中的DCI format 0_0、USS中的DCI format 1_0、DCI format 0_1、DCI format 1_1、DCI format 0_2、DCI format 1_2、DCI format 0_3、DCI format 1_3，上述8种DCI格式可能存在10个DCI长度，需要将该10个DCI长度控制在3个DCI长度以内。实施例三与实施例二不同之处在于，步骤5E中将DCI format 0_2、DCI format 1_2与CSS和USS中DCI format 0_0、DCI format 1_0的DCI长度对齐。
表10
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000040
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000041
步骤1、以DCI format 1_0的DCI长度为基准进行对齐，确定CSS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度。
步骤2、以DCI format 0_0和DCI format 0_1中DCI长度大的DCI长度作为基准进行对齐，确定USS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度。
步骤3A、确定DCI format 0_1的DCI长度和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度。
步骤3B、确定DCI format 0_2的DCI长度和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度。
步骤3C、确定DCI format 0_3的DCI长度和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度。
步骤4、判断上述确定的DCI是否满足DCI长度预算。
步骤5A、重新确定USS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度。
步骤5B、重新确定DCI format 0_2的DCI长度和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度。
步骤5C、重新确定DCI format 0_1的DCI长度和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度。
步骤5D、重新确定DCI format 0_3的DCI长度和DCI format 1_3的DC长度。
上述步骤1-步骤5D的过程分别与实施例一的步骤1-步骤5D的过程都相同，因此，关于步骤1-步骤5D的具体描述可分别参考实施例二中关于各个步骤的相关描述，不再赘述。
步骤5E、对齐DCI format 0_2、DCI format 1_2与CSS和USS中DCI format 0_0、DCI format 1_0的DCI长度。
由于在步骤5E之前，已经对齐了DCI format 0_2、DCI format 1_2的DCI长度，以及对齐了USS和CSS中DCI format 0_0、DCI format 1_0的DCI长度，所以，在该步骤中，这4个DCI格式仅有2个DCI长度，只需要将这2个DCI长度对齐为一个DCI长度即可。例如，如表10所示，经过步骤5E最终得到的DCI format 0_2、DCI format 1_2的DCI长度由之前的size K变为size L2，经过步骤5E最终得到的USS和CSS的DCI format 0_0、DCI format 1_0的DCI长度由之前的size A变为size L2。
在一些实施例中，可以以DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度(例如，size K)与DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度(例如，size A)中DCI长度大的DCI长度作为基准，对其余DCI长度小的DCI执行补零操作，将两个DCI长度变为一个DCI长度。
若DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度(例如，size A)比DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度(例如，size K)小，那么对DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0执行相同的补零操作，在DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0后填充零作为padding，使得最终确定的DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度与DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度相同。在该情况中，表10中的size L2即为size K。
若DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度(例如，size K)比DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度(例如，size A)小，那么对DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2 执行相同的补零操作，在DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2后填充零作为padding，使得最终确定的DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度与DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度相同。在该情况中，表10中的size L2即为size A。
应理解，上述以DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度(例如，size K)与DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度(例如，size A)中DCI长度大的DCI长度作为基准将两个DCI长度拉齐的方式仅为示意性说明，任何能够对齐上述4个DCI的DCI长度的方法都可行。例如，可以将DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度(例如，size K)与DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度(例如，size A)中任一个的DCI长度作为基准，对其余两个DCI执行相同的对齐操作(补零操作或截短操作)，以将两个DCI长度对齐，将两个DCI长度变为一个DCI长度。
经过步骤5E后，再次减少了一个DCI长度，继续判断上述确定的DCI是否满足DCI长度预算，若经过上述步骤1-步骤5E得到的DCI长度的数量满足DCI长度预算，则将上述步骤1-步骤5E确定的DCI长度作为盲检过程中最终采用的DCI长度。
假设，经过步骤5E后，得到的DCI长度包括：size L2、size H、size G，若各个DCI长度都不相同，则DCI长度的数量为3，满足DCI长度预算，那么，size L2、size H、size G则为盲检过程中最终采用的DCI长度，终端设备分别采用size L2、size H、size G对DCI进行盲检，以获得网络设备发送的DCI。
应理解，本申请实施例对上述步骤5A-步骤5E的执行顺序不做任何限定，上述执行顺序仅为示意性说明。
本申请实施例提供的多载波调度的方法，在sDCI和mDCI共存场景下，通过将同系列(例如，DCI format x_0、DCI format x_1、DCI format x_2或DCI format x_3)的DCI长度对齐后，以及，将DCI format x_2与DCI format x_0的DCI长度对齐，使得DCI长度的数量控制在3，满足DCI长度预算，减少了盲检复杂度，提高了系统传输性能。并且，由于DCI format x_2与DCI format x_0的DCI长度相差不大，将DCI format x_2与DCI format x_0的DCI长度对齐的过程中，在需要以DCI format x_2对应的DCI长度和DCI format x_0对应的DCI长度中的一个DCI长度作为基准，对另一系列DCI对应的DCI长度执行补零操作的情况下，不会增加较多的比特数，可以避免DCI长度对齐过程中可能增加的大量开销的问题。
实施例四
该实施例与实施例二定义可共存的mDCI和sDCI的DCI格式相同，可共存的mDCI和sDCI的DCI格式如表11所示，包括：CSS中的DCI format 0_0、CSS中的DCI format 1_0、USS中的DCI format 0_0、USS中的DCI format 1_0、DCI format 0_1、DCI format 1_1、DCI format 0_2、DCI format 1_2、DCI format 0_3、DCI format 1_3，上述8种DCI格式可能存在10个DCI长度，需要将该10个DCI长度控制在3个DCI长度以内。实施例四与实施例二不同之处在于，步骤5E中将DCI format 0_1、DCI format 1_1与CSS和USS中DCI format 0_0、DCI format 1_0的DCI长度对齐。
表11
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000042
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000043
步骤1、以DCI format 1_0的DCI长度为基准进行对齐，确定CSS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度。
步骤2、以DCI format 0_0和DCI format 0_1中DCI长度大的DCI长度作为基准进行对齐，确定USS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度。
步骤3A、确定DCI format 0_1的DCI长度和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度。
步骤3B、确定DCI format 0_2的DCI长度和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度。
步骤3C、确定DCI format 0_3的DCI长度和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度。
步骤4、判断上述确定的DCI是否满足DCI长度预算。
步骤5A、重新确定USS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度。
步骤5B、重新确定DCI format 0_2的DCI长度和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度。
步骤5C、重新确定DCI format 0_1的DCI长度和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度。
步骤5D、重新确定DCI format 0_3的DCI长度和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度。
上述步骤1-步骤5D的过程分别与实施例一的步骤1-步骤5D的过程都相同，因此，关于步骤1-步骤5D的具体描述可分别参考实施例二中关于各个步骤的相关描述，不再赘述。
步骤5E、对齐DCI format 0_1、DCI format 1_1与CSS和USS中DCI format 0_0、DCI format 1_0的DCI长度。
由于在步骤5E之前，已经对齐了DCI format 0_1、DCI format 1_1的DCI长度，以及对齐了USS和CSS中DCI format 0_0、DCI format 1_0的DCI长度，所以，在该步骤中，这4个DCI格式仅有2个DCI长度，只需要将这2个DCI长度对齐为一个DCI长度即可。例如，如表11所示，经过步骤5E最终得到的DCI format 0_1、DCI format 1_1的DCI长度由之前的size H变为size L3，经过步骤5E最终得到的USS和CSS的DCI format 0_0、DCI format 1_0的DCI长度由之前的size A变为size L3。
在一些实施例中，可以以DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度(例如，size H)与DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度(例如，size A)中DCI长度大的DCI长度作为基准，对其余DCI长度小的DCI执行补零操作，将两个DCI长度变为一个DCI长度。
若DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度(例如，size A)比DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度(例如，size H)小，那么对DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0执行相同的补零操作，在DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0后填充零作为padding，使得最终确定的DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度与DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度相同。在该情况中，表11中的size L3即为size H。
若DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度(例如，size H)比DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度(例如，size A)小，那么对DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1执行相同的补零操作，在DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1后填充零作为padding，使得最终确定的DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度与DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度相同。在该情况中，表11中的size L3即为size A。
应理解，上述以DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度(例如，size H)与DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度(例如，size A)中DCI长度大的DCI长度作为基准将两个DCI长度拉齐的方式仅为示意性说明，任何能够对齐上述4个DCI的DCI长度的方法都可行。例如，可以将DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度(例如，size H)与DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度(例如，size A)中任一个的DCI长度作为基准，对其余两个DCI执行相同的对齐操作(补零操作或截短操作)，以将两个DCI长度对齐，将两个DCI长度变为一个DCI长度。
经过步骤5E后，再次减少了一个DCI长度，继续判断上述确定的DCI是否满足DCI长度预算，若经过上述步骤1-步骤5E得到的DCI长度的数量满足DCI长度预算，则将上述步骤1-步骤5E确定的DCI长度作为盲检过程中最终采用的DCI长度。
假设，经过步骤5E后，得到的DCI长度包括：size L3、size K、size G，若各个DCI长度都不相同，则DCI长度的数量为3，满足DCI长度预算，那么，size L3、size K、size G则为盲检过程中最终采用的DCI长度，终端设备分别采用size L3、size K、size G对DCI进行盲检，以获得网络设备发送的DCI。
应理解，本申请实施例对上述步骤5A-步骤5E的执行顺序不做任何限定，上述执行顺序仅为示意性说明。
本申请实施例提供的多载波调度的方法，在sDCI和mDCI共存场景下，通过将同系列(例如，DCI format x_0、DCI format x_1、DCI format x_2或DCI format x_3)的DCI长度对齐后，以及，将DCI format x_1与DCI format x_0的DCI长度对齐，使得DCI长度 的数量控制在3，满足DCI长度预算，减少了盲检复杂度，提高了系统传输性能。
实施例五
该实施例与实施例二定义可共存的mDCI和sDCI的DCI格式相同，可共存的mDCI和sDCI的DCI格式如表12所示，包括：CSS中的DCI format 0_0、CSS中的DCI format 1_0、USS中的DCI format 0_0、USS中的DCI format 1_0、DCI format 0_1、DCI format 1_1、DCI format 0_2、DCI format 1_2、DCI format 0_3、DCI format 1_3，上述8种DCI格式可能存在10个DCI长度，需要将该10个DCI长度控制在3个DCI长度以内。实施例五与实施例二不同之处在于，步骤5E中将DCI format 0_1、DCI format 1_1与DCI format 0_3、DCI format 1_3的DCI长度对齐。
表12
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000044
步骤1、以DCI format 1_0的DCI长度为基准进行对齐，确定CSS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度。
步骤2、以DCI format 0_0和DCI format 0_1中DCI长度大的DCI长度作为基准进行对齐，确定USS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度。
步骤3A、确定DCI format 0_1的DCI长度和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度。
步骤3B、确定DCI format 0_2的DCI长度和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度。
步骤3C、确定DCI format 0_3的DCI长度和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度。
步骤4、判断上述确定的DCI是否满足DCI长度预算。
步骤5A、重新确定USS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度。
步骤5B、重新确定DCI format 0_2的DCI长度和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度。
步骤5C、重新确定DCI format 0_1的DCI长度和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度。
步骤5D、重新确定DCI format 0_3的DCI长度和DCI format 1_3的DC长度。
上述步骤1-步骤5D的过程分别与实施例一的步骤1-步骤5D的过程都相同，因此，关于步骤1-步骤5D的具体描述可分别参考实施例二中关于各个步骤的相关描述，不再赘述。
步骤5E、对齐DCI format 0_1、DCI format 1_1与DCI format 0_3、DCI format 1_3的DCI长度。
由于在步骤5E之前，已经对齐了DCI format 0_1、DCI format 1_1的DCI长度(例如，size H)，以及对齐了DCI format 0_3、DCI format 1_3的DCI长度(例如，size G)，所以，在该步骤中，这4个DCI格式仅有2个DCI长度，只需要将这2个DCI长度对齐为一个DCI长度即可。例如，如表12所示，经过步骤5E最终得到的DCI format 0_1、DCI format 1_1的DCI长度由之前的size H变为size L4，经过步骤5E最终得到的DCI format 0_03、DCI format 1_3的DCI长度由之前的size G变为size L4。
在一些实施例中，可以以DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度(例如，size H)与DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度(例如，size G)中DCI长度大的DCI长度作为基准，对其余DCI长度小的DCI执行补零操作，将两个DCI长度变为一个DCI长度。
若DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度(例如，size H)比DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度(例如，size G)小，那么对DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1执行相同的补零操作，在DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1后填充零作为padding，使得最终确定的DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度与DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度相同。在该情况中，表12中的size L4即为size G。
若DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度(例如，size G)比DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度(例如，size H)小，那么对DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3执行相同的补零操作，在DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3后填充零作为padding，使得最终确定的DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度与DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度相同。在该情况中，表12中的size L4即为size H。
应理解，上述以DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度(例如，size H)与DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度(例如，size G)中DCI长度大的DCI长度作为基准将两个DCI长度拉齐的方式仅为示意性说明，任何能够对齐上述4个DCI的DCI长度的方法都可行。例如，可以将DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度(例如，size H)与DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度(例如，size G)中任一个的DCI长度作为基准，对其余两个DCI执行相同的对齐操作(补零操作或截短操作)，以将两个DCI长度对齐，将两个DCI长度变为一个DCI长度。
经过步骤5E后，再次减少了一个DCI长度，继续判断上述确定的DCI是否满足DCI长度预算，若经过上述步骤1-步骤5E得到的DCI长度的数量满足DCI长度预算，则将上述步骤1-步骤5E确定的DCI长度作为盲检过程中最终采用的DCI长度。
假设，经过步骤5E后，得到的DCI长度包括：size L4、size A、size K，若各个DCI长度都不相同，则DCI长度的数量为3，满足DCI长度预算，那么，size L4、size A、size K则为盲检过程中最终采用的DCI长度，终端设备分别采用size L4、size A、size K对DCI进行盲检，以获得网络设备发送的DCI。
应理解，本申请实施例对上述步骤5A-步骤5E的执行顺序不做任何限定，上述执行顺序仅为示意性说明。
本申请实施例提供的多载波调度的方法，在sDCI和mDCI共存场景下，通过将同系列(例如，DCI format x_0、DCI format x_1、DCI format x_2或DCI format x_3)的DCI长度对齐后，以及，将DCI format x_3与DCI format x_1的DCI长度对齐，使得DCI长度的数量控制在3，满足DCI长度预算，减少了盲检复杂度，提高了系统传输性能。并且，由于DCI format x_3与DCI format x_1的DCI长度相差不大，将DCI format x_3与DCI format x_1的DCI长度对齐的过程中，在需要以DCI format x_3对应的DCI长度和DCI format x_1对应的DCI长度中的一个DCI长度作为基准，对另一系列DCI对应的DCI长度执行补零操作的情况下，不会增加较多的比特数，可以避免DCI长度对齐过程中可能增加的大量开销的问题。
实施例六
该实施例与实施例二定义可共存的mDCI和sDCI的DCI格式相同，可共存的mDCI和sDCI的DCI格式如表13所示，包括：CSS中的DCI format 0_0、CSS中的DCI format 1_0、USS中的DCI format 0_0、USS中的DCI format 1_0、DCI format 0_1、DCI format 1_1、DCI format 0_2、DCI format 1_2、DCI format 0_3、DCI format 1_3，上述8种DCI格式可能存在10个DCI长度，需要将该10个DCI长度控制在3个DCI长度以内。实施例六与实施例二不同之处在于，步骤5E中将DCI format 0_2、DCI format 1_2与DCI format 0_3、DCI format 1_3的DCI长度对齐。
表13
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000045
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000046
步骤1、以DCI format 1_0的DCI长度为基准进行对齐，确定CSS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度。
步骤2、以DCI format 0_0和DCI format 0_1中DCI长度大的DCI长度作为基准进行对齐，确定USS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度。
步骤3A、确定DCI format 0_1的DCI长度和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度。
步骤3B、确定DCI format 0_2的DCI长度和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度。
步骤3C、确定DCI format 0_3的DCI长度和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度。
步骤4、判断上述确定的DCI是否满足DCI长度预算。
步骤5A、重新确定USS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度。
步骤5B、重新确定DCI format 0_2的DCI长度和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度。
步骤5C、重新确定DCI format 0_1的DCI长度和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度。
步骤5D、重新确定DCI format 0_3的DCI长度和DCI format 1_3的DC长度。
上述步骤1-步骤5D的过程分别与实施例一的步骤1-步骤5D的过程都相同，因此，关于步骤1-步骤5D的具体描述可分别参考实施例二中关于各个步骤的相关描述，不再赘述。
步骤5E、对齐DCI format 0_2、DCI format 1_2与DCI format 0_3、DCI format 1_3的DCI长度。
由于在步骤5E之前，已经对齐了DCI format 0_2、DCI format 1_2的DCI长度(例如，size K)，以及对齐了DCI format 0_3、DCI format 1_3的DCI长度(例如，size G)，所以，在该步骤中，这4个DCI格式仅有2个DCI长度，只需要将这2个DCI长度对齐为一个DCI长度即可。例如，如表13所示，经过步骤5E最终得到的DCI format 0_2、DCI format 1_2的DCI长度由之前的size K变为size L5，经过步骤5E最终得到的DCI format 0_3、DCI format 1_3的DCI长度由之前的size G变为size L5。
在一些实施例中，可以以DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度(例如，size K)与DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度(例如，size G)中DCI长度大的DCI长度作为基准，对其余DCI长度小的DCI执行补零操作，将两个DCI长度变为一个DCI长度。
若DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度(例如，size K)比DCI format 0_3 和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度(例如，size G)小，那么对DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2执行相同的补零操作，在DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2后填充零作为padding，使得最终确定的DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度与DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度相同。在该情况中，表13中的size L5即为size G。
若DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度(例如，size G)比DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度(例如，size K)小，那么对DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3执行相同的补零操作，在DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3后填充零作为padding，使得最终确定的DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度与DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度相同。在该情况中，表12中的size L5即为size K。
应理解，上述以DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度(例如，size K)与DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度(例如，size G)中DCI长度大的DCI长度作为基准将两个DCI长度拉齐的方式仅为示意性说明，任何能够对齐上述4个DCI的DCI长度的方法都可行。例如，可以将DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度(例如，size K)与DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度(例如，size G)中任一个的DCI长度作为基准，对其余两个DCI执行相同的对齐操作(补零操作或截短操作)，以将两个DCI长度对齐，将两个DCI长度变为一个DCI长度。
经过步骤5E后，再次减少了一个DCI长度，继续判断上述确定的DCI是否满足DCI长度预算，若经过上述步骤1-步骤5E得到的DCI长度的数量满足DCI长度预算，则将上述步骤1-步骤5E确定的DCI长度作为盲检过程中最终采用的DCI长度。
假设，经过步骤5E后，得到的DCI长度包括：size L5、size A、size H，若各个DCI长度都不相同，则DCI长度的数量为3，满足DCI长度预算，那么，size L5、size A、size H则为盲检过程中最终采用的DCI长度，终端设备分别采用size L5、size A、size H对DCI进行盲检，以获得网络设备发送的DCI。
应理解，本申请实施例对上述步骤5A-步骤5E的执行顺序不做任何限定，上述执行顺序仅为示意性说明。
本申请实施例提供的多载波调度的方法，在sDCI和mDCI共存场景下，通过将同系列(例如，DCI format x_0、DCI format x_1、DCI format x_2或DCI format x_3)的DCI长度对齐后，以及，将DCI format x_2与DCI format x_3的DCI长度对齐，使得DCI长度的数量控制在3，满足DCI长度预算，减少了盲检复杂度，提高了系统传输性能。
实施例七
该实施例与实施例二定义可共存的mDCI和sDCI的DCI格式相同，可共存的mDCI和sDCI的DCI格式如表14所示，包括：CSS中的DCI format 0_0、CSS中的DCI format 1_0、USS中的DCI format 0_0、USS中的DCI format 1_0、DCI format 0_1、DCI format 1_1、DCI format 0_2、DCI format 1_2、DCI format 0_3、DCI format 1_3，上述8种DCI格式可能存在10个DCI长度，需要将该10个DCI长度控制在3个DCI长度以内。实施例七与实施例二不同之处在于，步骤5E中将DCI format 0_2、DCI format 1_2与DCI format 0_1、DCI format 1_1的DCI长度对齐。
表14
Figure PCTCN2022090460-appb-000047
步骤1、以DCI format 1_0的DCI长度为基准进行对齐，确定CSS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度。
步骤2、以DCI format 0_0和DCI format 0_1中DCI长度大的DCI长度作为基准进行对齐，确定USS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度。
步骤3A、确定DCI format 0_1的DCI长度和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度。
步骤3B、确定DCI format 0_2的DCI长度和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度。
步骤3C、确定DCI format 0_3的DCI长度和DCI format 1_3的DCI长度。
步骤4、判断上述确定的DCI是否满足DCI长度预算。
步骤5A、重新确定USS中DCI format 0_0的DCI长度和DCI format 1_0的DCI长度。
步骤5B、重新确定DCI format 0_2的DCI长度和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度。
步骤5C、重新确定DCI format 0_1的DCI长度和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度。
步骤5D、重新确定DCI format 0_3的DCI长度和DCI format 1_3的DC长度。
上述步骤1-步骤5D的过程分别与实施例一的步骤1-步骤5D的过程都相同，因此，关于步骤1-步骤5D的具体描述可分别参考实施例二中关于各个步骤的相关描述，不再赘述。
步骤5E、对齐DCI format 0_2、DCI format 1_2与DCI format 0_31、DCI format 1_1的DCI长度。
由于在步骤5E之前，已经对齐了DCI format 0_2、DCI format 1_2的DCI长度(例如，size K)，以及对齐了DCI format 0_1、DCI format 1_1的DCI长度(例如，size H)，所以，在该步骤中，这4个DCI格式仅有2个DCI长度，只需要将这2个DCI长度对齐为一个DCI长度即可。例如，如表14所示，经过步骤5E最终得到的DCI format 0_2、DCI format 1_2的DCI长度由之前的size K变为size L6，经过步骤5E最终得到的DCI format 0_1、DCI format 1_1的DCI长度由之前的size H变为size L6。
在一些实施例中，可以以DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度(例如，size K)与DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度(例如，size H)中DCI长度大的DCI长度作为基准，对其余DCI长度小的DCI执行补零操作，将两个DCI长度变为一个DCI长度。
若DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度(例如，size K)比DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度(例如，size H)小，那么对DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2执行相同的补零操作，在DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2后填充零作为padding，使得最终确定的DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度与DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度相同。在该情况中，表14中的size L6即为size H。
若DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度(例如，size H)比DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度(例如，size K)小，那么对DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1执行相同的补零操作，在DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1后填充零作为padding，使得最终确定的DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度与DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度相同。在该情况中，表14中的size L6即为size K。
应理解，上述以DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度(例如，size K)与DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度(例如，size H)中DCI长度大的DCI长度作为基准将两个DCI长度拉齐的方式仅为示意性说明，任何能够对齐上述4个DCI的DCI长度的方法都可行。例如，可以将DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2的DCI长度(例如，size K)与DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1的DCI长度(例如，size H)中任一个的DCI长度作为基准，对其余两个DCI执行相同的对齐操作(补零操作或截短操作)，以将两个DCI长度对齐，将两个DCI长度变为一个DCI长度。
经过步骤5E后，再次减少了一个DCI长度，继续判断上述确定的DCI是否满足DCI长度预算，若经过上述步骤1-步骤5E得到的DCI长度的数量满足DCI长度预算，则将上述步骤1-步骤5E确定的DCI长度作为盲检过程中最终采用的DCI长度。
假设，经过步骤5E后，得到的DCI长度包括：size L6、size A、size G，若各个DCI长度都不相同，则DCI长度的数量为3，满足DCI长度预算，那么，size L6、size A、size G则为盲检过程中最终采用的DCI长度，终端设备分别采用size L6、size A、size G对DCI进行盲检，以获得网络设备发送的DCI。
应理解，本申请实施例对上述步骤5A-步骤5E的执行顺序不做任何限定，上述执行顺序仅为示意性说明。
本申请实施例提供的多载波调度的方法，在sDCI和mDCI共存场景下，通过将同系 列(例如，DCI format x_0、DCI format x_1、DCI format x_2或DCI format x_3)的DCI长度对齐后，以及，将DCI format x_2与DCI format x_1的DCI长度对齐，使得DCI长度的数量控制在3，满足DCI长度预算，减少了盲检复杂度，提高了系统传输性能。
针对上述实施例，当不同格式的DCI的DCI长度对齐时，需要针对不同的DCI格式进行区分。例如，需要区分DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3，可以在DCI中携带1比特的指示域，1表示下行调度的DCI，即表示DCI format 1_3，0表示上行调度的DCI，即表示DCI format 0_3。再例如，需要区分DCI format x_3和DCI format x_1，可以在DCI中携带1比特的指示域，1表示DCI format x_3，0表示DCI format x_1，或使用特殊的RNTI(例如，C-M-RNTI)加扰DCI formatx_3。
实施例八
如前所述，在确定DCI长度是否满足DCI长度预算时，以被DCI调度的载波对应的小区的DCI长度预算进行确定。多种格式的DCI可调度同一个小区对应的载波，对于该小区而言，终端设备和网络设备需要确定该多种格式的DCI的DCI长度以及判断确定的DCI长度是否满足该小区的DCI长度预算，在满足DCI长度预算的情况下，对齐操作结束，在不满足DCI长度预算的情况下，继续执行对齐操作，重新确定DCI长度。考虑到DCI长度预算中经过C-RNTI加扰的不同的DCI长度的数量不超过3的要求，本申请实施例的DCI长度预算不超过3，即，DCI长度预算包括3个不同长度的DCI长度。
如前所述，NR目前主要支持的sDCI主要分为3种系列的DCI格式，分别是：DCI format x_0、DCI format x_1、DCI format x_2，不同系列的DCI格式的x的取值不同。示例性地，在DCI format x_0系列中，x的取值可以为0或1，对应地，包括的DCI格式为：DCI format 0_0、DCI format 1_0；在DCI format x_1系列中，x的取值可以为0或1，对应地，包括的DCI格式为：DCI format 0_1、DCI format 1_1；在DCI format x_2系列中，x的取值可以为0或1，对应地，包括的DCI格式为：DCI format 0_2、DCI format 1_2。当然，上述列举的各个系列的DCI格式仅为示意性说明，每个系列可以包括更多的DCI格式，本申请实施例不做任何限定。
在sDCI的上述3种系列的DCI格式中，DCI format x_0只能调度主小区对应的载波，DCI format x_1和DCI format x_2可以调度主小区和辅小区对应的载波。为了满足DCI长度预算不超过3的需求，本申请实施例规定，对于主小区，DCI format x_0的DCI长度、DCI format x_1的DCI长度、DCI format x_2的DCI长度属于主小区的DCI长度预算，一个系列的DCI格式对应一个DCI长度，3个系列的DCI格式分别对应3个DCI长度，这样，在3个DCI长度不同的情况下，主小区的DCI长度最多为3个，刚好满足DCI长度预算的最大值。对于辅小区，由于DCI format x_0不能调度辅小区对应的载波，所以，DCI format x_1、DCI format x_2的DCI的DCI长度可以属于辅小区的DCI长度预算，同理，一个系列的DCI格式对应一个DCI长度，2个系列的DCI格式分别对应2个DCI长度，这样，在3个DCI长度不同的情况下，辅小区的DCI长度最多为2个，辅小区的DCI长度预算还剩余1个DCI长度。应理解，上述一个系列的DCI格式对应的一个DCI长度表示的是最终满足DCI长度预算的DCI长度，即为盲检过程中最终采用的DCI长度，该DCI长度可以是将该系列的多个DCI格式的原始比特长度对齐后得到的DCI长度，在该系列的多个DCI格式的原始比特长度相同的情况下，该DCI长度也可以是未对齐前的原始比 特长度。
由于mDCI调度多个载波，意味着mDCI的DCI长度可以属于任一个被调度的载波对应的小区的DCI长度预算。在mDCI和sDCI共存的场景下，若mDCI分别调度主小区和辅小区对应的载波，由于主小区的DCI长度预算已经被sDCI占满，即，主小区的DCI长度预算最多已经有3个DCI长度，满足了DCI长度预算的最大限制，而辅小区仅被DCI format x_1的DCI长度和DCI format x_2的DCI长度占据了2个DCI长度预算，即辅小区的DCI长度最多只有2个，辅小区还剩余1个DCI长度预算，所以，将mDCI的DCI长度划分至辅小区的DCI长度预算，这样，辅小区最多有3个DCI长度，刚好满足DCI长度预算的最大值。若mDCI分别调度两个辅小区对应的载波，同理，由于DCI format x_1的DCI长度和DCI format x_2的DCI长度仅占据了辅小区的2个DCI长度预算，所以，将mDCI的DCI长度划分至任一个辅小区的DCI长度预算，这样，辅小区最多有3个DCI长度，满足DCI长度预算的最大值。应理解，mDCI的DCI长度是最终满足DCI长度预算的DCI长度，即盲检过程中最终采用的DCI长度，该DCI长度可以是将mDCI的多个DCI格式的原始比特长度对齐后得到的DCI长度，在mDCI的多个DCI格式的原始比特长度相同的情况下，该DCI长度也可以是未对齐前的原始比特长度。
在一些实施例中，mDCI的DCI格式可以是上文的DCI format x_3系列的DCI格式，示例性地，具体可以包括用于调度PUSCH的DCI format 0_3和用于调度PDSCH的DCI format 1_3。综上，在sDCI和mDCI共存场景下，基于DCI长度预算确定DCI长度时，本申请实施例提出，将mDCI的DCI长度划分至辅小区的DCI长度预算，将sDCI中DCI format x_0的DCI长度划分至主小区的DCI长度预算，将DCI format x_1、DCI format x_2的DCI长度划分至主小区和辅小区的DCI长度预算，换句话说，mDCI的DCI长度属于辅小区的DCI长度预算，sDCI中DCI format x_0的DCI长度属于主小区的DCI长度预算，DCI format x_1、DCI format x_2的DCI长度属于主小区和辅小区的DCI长度预算。这样，主小区的3个DCI长度可对应sDCI的DCI format x_0的DCI长度、DCI format x_1的DCI长度、DCI format x_2的DCI长度，辅小区的3个DCI长度可对应sDCI的DCI format x_1的DCI长度、DCI format x_2的DCI长度以及mDCI的DCI长度。
基于上述定义的DCI格式的DCI长度与小区的关系，对网络设备配置的多种格式的DCI，根据每个DCI调度的载波对应的小区的DCI长度预算，确定盲检过程中最终采用的DCI长度。
这里需要说明的是，在该实施例中，每个系列的DCI格式对应一个DCI长度，在确定每个系列的DCI格式对应的DCI长度时，可以采用任意可能的方式得到该系列的DCI格式对应的DCI长度，示例性地，确定每个系列的DCI格式对应的DCI长度的方式可参考上文实施例一至实施例七的方式。下面，分别以主小区的3个DCI长度和辅小区的3个DCI长度进行举例说明。
主小区的3个DCI长度对应sDCI的DCI format x_0的DCI长度、DCI format x_1的DCI长度、DCI format x_2的DCI长度。假设，网络设备配置了CSS中的DCI format 0_0、CSS中的DCI format 1_0、USS中的DCI format 0_0、USS中的DCI format 1_0、USS中的DCI format 0_1、USS中的DCI format 1_1、USS中的DCI format 0_2、USS中的DCI format 1_2，该8个DCI都调度主小区对应的载波。确定CSS中的DCI format 0_0、CSS中的DCI  format 1_0、USS中的DCI format 0_0、USS中的DCI format 1_0对应的DCI长度的方式可参考实施例二中的步骤1、步骤2和步骤5A，当然，在基于步骤1和步骤2得到的A与B相同的情况下，不需要执行步骤5A。确定USS中的DCI format 0_1、USS中的DCI format 1_1对应的DCI长度的方式可参考实施例二中的步骤3A和步骤5C，当然，在基于步骤3A得到的C与D相同的情况下，不需要执行步骤5C。确定USS中的DCI format 0_2、USS中的DCI format 1_2对应的DCI长度的方式可参考实施例二中的步骤3B和步骤5B，当然，在基于步骤3B得到的M与N相同的情况下，不需要执行步骤5B。
辅小区的3个DCI长度可对应sDCI的DCI format x_1的DCI长度、DCI format x_2的DCI长度以及mDCI的DCI长度，假设mDCI的DCI格式包括DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3。假设，网络设备配置了USS中的DCI format 0_1、USS中的DCI format 1_1、USS中的DCI format 0_2、USS中的DCI format 1_2、USS中的DCI format 0_3、USS中的DCI format 1_3，该6个DCI都调度同一个辅小区对应的载波，此外，DCI format 0_3调度的其余的载波可以是主小区或另一个辅小区的载波，DCI format 1_3调度的其余的载波也可以是主小区或另一个辅小区的载波。确定USS中的DCI format 0_1、USS中的DCI format 1_1对应的DCI长度的方式可参考实施例二中的步骤3A和步骤5C，当然，在基于步骤3A得到的C与D相同的情况下，不需要执行步骤5C。确定USS中的DCI format 0_2、USS中的DCI format 1_2对应的DCI长度的方式可参考实施例二中的步骤3B和步骤5B，当然，在基于步骤3B得到的M与N相同的情况下，不需要执行步骤5B。确定USS中的DCI format 0_3、USS中的DCI format 1_3对应的DCI长度的方式可参考实施例二中的步骤3C和步骤5D，当然，在基于步骤3C得到的E与F相同的情况下，不需要执行步骤5D。
本申请实施例的mDCI调度多个载波可以分为以下4种情况，下面，分情况详细介绍DCI格式的DCI长度与小区的关系。
以一个mDCI调度两个载波为例，图11是本申请实施例提供的mDCI调度多个载波的示意图。
情况A
在图11的(a)中，mDCI调度主小区(Pcell)对应的载波1和辅小区1(Scell1)对应的载波2，mDCI承载于主小区对应的载波1上。基于上述定义的主小区和辅小区对应的DCI格式的DCI长度，由于mDCI调度了辅小区1，所以，mDCI的DCI长度属于辅小区1的DCI长度预算，对于辅小区1，在确定DCI长度时，将mDCI的DCI长度按照辅小区1的DCI长度预算进行确定。对于主小区，仅需要将除了mDCI以外的其余DCI格式的DCI长度按照主小区的DCI长度预算进行确定，不需要考虑mDCI的DCI长度。此外，在该情况中，mDCI的DCI长度也可以认为是被调度载波对应的小区的DCI长度预算。
情况B
在图11中的(b)中，mDCI调度主小区(Pcell)对应的载波1和辅小区1(Scell1)对应的载波2，mDCI承载于辅小区1对应的载波2上。基于上述定义的主小区和辅小区对应的DCI格式的DCI长度，由于mDCI调度了辅小区1，所以，mDCI的DCI长度属于辅小区1的DCI长度预算，对于辅小区1，在确定DCI长度时，将mDCI的DCI长度按照辅小区1的DCI长度预算进行确定。对于主小区，仅需要将除了mDCI以外的其余DCI格式的DCI长度按照主小区的DCI长度预算进行确定，不需要考虑mDCI的DCI长度。 此外，在该情况中，mDCI的DCI长度也可以认为是调度载波对应的小区的DCI长度预算。
情况C
在图11中的(c)中，mDCI调度辅小区1(Scell1)对应的载波2和辅小区2(Scell2)对应的载波3，mDCI承载于主小区(Psell)对应的载波1上。基于上述定义的主小区和辅小区对应的DCI格式的DCI长度，由于mDCI调度了辅小区1和辅小区2，所以，mDCI的DCI长度属于辅小区1(或辅小区2)的DCI长度预算，在确定DCI长度时，将mDCI的DCI长度按照辅小区1(或辅小区2)的DCI长度预算进行计算，对于主小区，仅需要将除了mDCI以外的其余DCI格式的DCI长度按照主小区的DCI长度预算进行确定，不需要考虑mDCI的DCI长度。此外，在该情况中，mDCI的DCI长度也可以认为是被调度载波对应的小区的DCI长度预算。
情况D
在图11中的(d)中，mDCI调度辅小区1(Scell1)对应的载波2和辅小区2(Scell2)对应的载波3，mDCI承载于辅小区1对应的载波2上。基于上述定义的主小区和辅小区对应的DCI格式的DCI长度，由于mDCI调度了辅小区1和辅小区2，所以，mDCI的DCI长度属于辅小区1(或辅小区2)的DCI长度预算，在确定DCI长度时，将mDCI的DCI长度按照辅小区1或辅小区2的DCI长度预算进行确定，对于主小区，仅需要将除了mDCI以外的其余DCI格式的DCI长度按照主小区的DCI长度预算进行确定，不需要考虑mDCI的DCI长度。此外，在该情况中，若mDCI的DCI长度属于辅小区1的DCI长度预算，那么，mDCI的DCI长度也可以认为是调度载波对应的小区的DCI长度预算，若mDCI的DCI长度属于辅小区2的DCI长度预算，那么，mDCI的DCI长度也可以认为是被调度载波对应的小区的DCI长度预算。
第三方面，在mDCI和sDCI不共存的场景下，mDCI对应的调度模式和sDCI对应的调度模式之间的切换。
如前所述，在mDCI和sDCI不共存的场景中，终端设备不会在同一个时间单元内盲检sDCI和mDCI。
为了便于描述，将通过sDCI调度一个载波的调度模式称为单载波调度模式，将通过mDCI调度多个载波的调度模式称为多载波调度模式。以下是本申请实施例提供的指示调度模式的示例性的5种方式，分别对每种方式做说明。
方式1、通过高层信令显性指示调度模式
在该方式中，高层信令中可以配置有一个域，该域上承载的调度模式信息显性地指示调度模式为单载波调度模式或多载波调度模式。
在一些实施例中，若网络设备发送的高层信令的调度模式信息中比特的取值为第一数值，则指示调度模式为多载波调度模式，终端设备只盲检(或监听)多载波调度模式对应的mDCI，若网络设备发送的高层信令的调度模式信息中比特的取值为第二数值，则指示调度模式为单载波调度模式，终端设备只盲检单载波调度模式对应的sDCI。示例性地，第一数值为1以及第二数值为0，或，第一数值为0以及第二数值为1。
示例性地，该高层信令可以为RRC信令，MAC CE信令。
方式2、预定义调度模式
在该方式中，可以定义一个预定义的规则，该规则为：终端设备不期望同时盲检单载 波调度模式对应的sDCI和多载波调度模式对应的mDCI，或，终端设备不期望网络设备同时配置单载波调度模式对应的sDCI和多载波调度模式对应的mDCI。
实现中，网络设备配置单载波调度模式和多载波调度模式中任一个调度模式对应的DCI，终端设备盲检网络设备该任一种调度模式对应的DCI。
方式3、通过高层信令隐性指示调度模式
在该方式中，可以根据mDCI的DCI格式，通过高层信令隐性指示调度模式。下面示出的两个实施例适用于mDCI的第一种调度方式，即，一个mDCI通过调度多个数据信道调度对应的多个载波，一个载波用于承载一个数据信道。
示例性地，该高层信令可以为RRC信令。
mDCI的第一种DCI格式
mDCI的第一种DCI格式可以是上文第一方面描述的第一种DCI格式。在这种DCI格式中，mDCI包括两类域，第一类域包括至少一个共享域，第二类域包括至少一个独立域，关于共享域和独立域的具体描述可参考上文的相关描述，不再赘述。
在一些实施例中，高层信令中配置有DCI的域信息，该域信息用于指示DCI中的共享域和/或独立域，终端设备基于该域信息，以确定DCI的调度模式。
在一示例中，域信息用于指示DCI中的共享域和独立域。若终端设备基于该域信息可以确定DCI中的一部分域是共享域以及另一部分域是独立域，则表示DCI中存在共享域和独立域，则表示该DCI是mDCI，调度模式是多载波调度模式。
在另一示例中，域信息用于指示DCI的共享域。若域信息指示的共享域是DCI中的一部分域，意味着另一部分域是独立域，则表示DCI中存在共享域和独立域，则表示该DCI是mDCI，调度模式是多载波调度模式。若域信息指示的共享域是DCI中的所有域，由于该方式定义的mDCI包括共享域和独立域，所以，若域信息指示DCI中所有域是共享域，则默认该DCI是sDCI，调度模式是单载波调度模式。
在另一示例中，域信息用于指示DCI的独立域。若域信息指示的独立域是DCI中的一部分域，意味着另一部分域是共享域，表示DCI中存在共享域和独立域，则表示该DCI是mDCI，调度模式是多载波调度模式。若域信息指示的独立域是DCI中的所有域，则该DCI是sDCI，调度模式是单载波调度模式。
mDCI的第二种DCI格式
mDCI的第二种DCI格式可以是上文第一方面描述的第二种DCI格式。mDCI中预配置有多组域，每组域对应一个数据信道(或载波)，每组域包括多个域，每组域相当于一个sDCI中的所有域，用于实现调度一个数据信道的功能。关于这种DCI格式的具体描述可参考上文的相关描述，不再赘述。
基于上述第一种DCI格式，在一些实施例中，网络设备发送的高层信令中可以配置有DCI的域信息，该域信息用于确定DCI中可用的域，终端设备基于该域信息，确定DCI的调度模式。
在一示例中，域信息用于指示DCI中的候选域中可用的域。在该实施例中，mDCI中的一组域是预定义的可用的域，多组域中除预定义的这组域以外的域是候选域，通过高层信令的域信息指示该候选域中可用的域。若域信息指示DCI中的候选域中存在至少一组域是可用的域，则可以确定该DCI中预定义的一组域和通过该域信息确定的至少一组域是可 用的域，由于一组域用于实现调度一个数据信道的功能，所以，意味着该DCI是mDCI，调度模式是多载波调度模式。若域信息指示DCI中的候选域中的可用的域为零，则表示不存在是可用的域，可以确定该DCI中只有预定义的一组域是可用的域，所以，意味着该DCI是sDCI，调度模式是单载波调度模式。例如，mDCI中预配置有48个域，分为2组域，预定义其中的第1组域是可用的域，第2组域是候选域，那么，若基于域信息确定候选域是可用的域，则表示该DCI是mDCI，调度模式是多载波调度模式，若基于域信息确定候选域是不可用的域，则表示该DCI是sDCI，调度模式是单载波调度模式。
在另一示例中，域信息用于指示DCI中可用的域。在该实施例中，mDCI中可用的域都是通过高层信令的域信息指示。若基于高层信令的域信息确定的DCI中可用的域是mDCI预配置的多组域，则表示该DCI是mDCI，调度模式是多载波调度模式。若基于高层信令的域信息确定的DCI中可用的域是mDCI预配置的多组域中的一组域，意味着有不可用的域，则表示该DCI是sDCI，调度模式是单载波调度模式。例如，mDCI中预配置有48个域，分为2组域，每组域包括24个域，若基于域信息确定的DCI中可用的域为48个域，则可以确定该DCI是mDCI，调度模式是多载波调度模式，若基于域信息确定的DCI中可用的域的数量为24，意味着有24个域可用，还有24个域不可用，则可以确定该DCI是sDCI，调度模式是单载波调度模式。
方式4、通过DCI指示调度模式
在该方式中，通过DCI指示下一个DCI的调度模式，该DCI可以是sDCI或mDCI，sDCI可以是上文描述的任一种格式的DCI。
在一些实施例中，DCI中配置有一个域，该域上承载的调度模式信息可用于指示调度模式为单载波调度模式或多载波调度模式。关于该调度模式信息的具体描述可参考方式1中高层信令中的调度模式信息，不再赘述。
在一示例中，该用于承载调度模式信息的域可以是DCI中新增加的域。
在另一示例中，该用于承载调度模式信息的域可以是DCI中本身已有的域，或者说，复用DCI中本身已有的域来承载调度模式信息，例如，DCI中本身已有的域可以是BWP域或其他特殊域。该示例中的DCI可以是sDCI。
在另一些实施例中，可以采用加扰DCI的RNTI来指示调度模式是多载波调度模式或单载波调度模式。示例性地，采用第一RNTI指示单载波调度模式，采用第二RNTI指示多载波调度模式，例如，第一RNTI为C-RNTI，第二RNTI为C-M-RNTI。
图12是本申请实施例提供的多载波调度的方法100的示意性结构图。该方法100可适用于图1所示的通信系统中，由网络设备和终端设备执行。
在S110中，网络设备发送第一配置信息，该第一配置信息用于配置第一下行控制信息DCI和第二DCI，该第一DCI用于调度M个载波，该第二DCI用于调度一个载波，M为大于1的整数，该第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和该第二DCI的第一监听比特长度不同。对应地，终端设备接收该第一配置信息。
在S120中，网络设备根据第二监听比特长度，发送该第一DCI和该第二DCI中的至少一个，其中，该第二监听比特长度是根据该第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和该第二DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的。
在S130中，终端设备根据第二监听比特长度，监听该第一DCI和该第二DCI，其中， 该第二监听比特长度是根据该第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和该第二DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的。
具体地，网络设备可以通过第一配置信息为终端设备配置两个DCI，第一DCI用于调度M个载波，是一个多载波调度的DCI(即上文定义的mDCI中的一例)，第二DCI用于调度一个载波，是一个单载波调度的DCI(即上文定义的sDCI中的一例)。网络设备确定第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和第二DCI的第一监听比特长度，在两个DCI的第一监听比特长度不同时，为了减少盲检复杂度，网络设备根据第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和第二DCI的第一监听比特长度确定最终的一个监听比特长度，即第二监听比特长度，根据第二监听比特长度向终端设备发送第一DCI和第二DCI的至少一个。为了与网络设备的理解一致，终端设备与网络设备执行相同的步骤，终端设备确定第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和第二DCI的第一监听比特长度，在两个DCI的第一监听比特长度不同时，根据第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和第二DCI的第一监听比特长度确定最终的第二监听比特长度，根据该第二监听比特长度监听第一DCI和第二DCI，以获得网络设备发送的DCI。
在上述基于第一配置信息配置的两个DCI中，每个DCI都具有各自的原始比特长度，网络设备可以通过第二配置信息配置每个DCI的原始比特长度，终端设备或网络设备可以根据第二配置信息确定每个DCI的第一监听比特长度，其中，每个DCI的第一监听比特长度可以是DCI的原始比特长度，也可以是对原始比特长度执行对齐后的比特长度。
对于第一DCI而言，在一示例中，第一DCI的第一监听比特长度可以是第一DCI的原始比特长度。在该示例中，网络设备或终端设备根据第二配置信息确定第一DCI的第一监听比特长度，可以理解为，根据第二配置信息直接确定第一DCI的第一监听比特长度，不需要第一DCI的原始比特长度执行对齐操作，或者，可以理解为，根据第二配置信息确定第一DCI的原始比特长度，将第一DCI的原始比特长度作为第一DCI的第一监听比特长度。
在另一示例中，第一DCI的第一监听比特长度可以对第一DCI的原始比特长度执行对齐操作后得到的比特长度(具体参考下文描述)。在该示例中，网络设备或终端设备根据第二配置信息确定第一DCI的第一监听比特长度，可以理解为，根据第二配置信息确定第一DCI的原始比特长度，根据第一DCI的原始比特长度确定第一DCI的第一监听比特长度。实现过程中，可以将第一DCI与其他DCI的比特长度对齐，以其他DCI的比特长度作为基准，对第一DCI的原始比特长度执行对齐操作，得到对齐后的比特长度。
对于第二DCI而言，在一示例中，第二DCI的第一监听比特长度可以是第二DCI的原始比特长度，在该示例中，网络设备或终端设备根据第二配置信息确定第二DCI的第一监听比特长度，可以理解为，根据第二配置信息直接确定第二DCI的第一监听比特长度，不需要对第二DCI的原始比特长度执行对齐操作，或者，可以理解为，根据第二配置信息确定第二DCI的原始比特长度，将第二DCI的原始比特长度作为第二DCI的第一监听比特长度。
在另一示例中，第二DCI的第一监听比特长度可以对第二DCI的原始比特长度执行对齐操作后得到的比特长度(具体参考下文描述)。在该示例中，网络设备或终端设备根据第二配置信息确定第二DCI的第一监听比特长度，可以理解为，根据第二配置信息确定第二DCI的原始比特长度，根据第二DCI的原始比特长度确定第二DCI的第一监听比特 长度。实现过程中，可以将第二DCI与其他DCI的比特长度对齐，以其他DCI的比特长度作为基准，对第二DCI的原始比特长度执行对齐操作，得到对齐后的比特长度。
在根据第二配置信息确定第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和第二DCI的第一监听比特长度后，网络设备或终端设备根据第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和第二DCI的第一监听比特长度确定第二监听比特长度。在这个过程中，网络设备或终端设备可以将这两个DCI的第一监听比特长度对齐，以得到第二监听比特长度。示例性地，第二监听比特长度可以与第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和第二DCI的第一监听比特长度中的任一个相同，本申请实施例不做限定，具体以实现过程为准。
在一些实施例中，可以以第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和第二DCI的第一监听比特长度中比特长度长的比特长度作为基准，对另一个DCI的比特长度执行对齐操作，得到第二监听比特长度，其中，这里的对齐操作是补零操作。
在一示例性中，若第一DCI的第一监听比特长度比第二DCI的第一监听比特长度长，则以第一DCI的第一监听比特长度作为基准，对第二DCI的第一监听比特长度执行对齐操作，得到第二监听比特长度。在该示例中，第二监听比特长度与第一DCI的第一监听比特长度相同。
在另一示例中，若第二DCI的第一监听比特长度比第一DCI的第一监听比特长度长，则以第二DCI的第一监听比特长度作为基准，对第一DCI的第一监听比特长度执行对齐操作，得到第二监听比特长度。在该示例中，第二监听比特长度与第二DCI的第一监听比特长度相同。
在另一些实施例中，可以以第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和第二DCI的第一监听比特长度中比特长度短的比特长度作为基准，对另一个DCI的比特长度执行对齐操作，得到第二监听比特长度，其中，这里的对齐操作是截短操作。
在一示例性中，若第一DCI的第一监听比特长度比第二DCI的第一监听比特长度短，则以第一DCI的第一监听比特长度作为基准，对第二DCI的第一监听比特长度执行对齐操作，得到第二监听比特长度。在该示例中，第二监听比特长度与第一DCI的第一监听比特长度相同。
在另一示例中，若第二DCI的第一监听比特长度比第一DCI的第一监听比特长度短，则以第二DCI的第一监听比特长度作为基准，对第一DCI的第一监听比特长度执行对齐操作，得到第二监听比特长度。在该示例中，第二监听比特长度与第二DCI的第一监听比特长度相同。
应理解，由于终端设备盲检过程中最终采用的是第二监听比特长度，对于第二监听比特长度而言，第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和第二DCI的第一监听比特长度都可以理解为一种候选的监听比特长度，基于两个DCI的候选的监听比特长度可以得到最终的第二监听比特长度。
在本申请实施例中，DCI的“原始比特长度”表示的是网络设备通过第二配置信息配置的DCI中各个域所占比特长度的大小，仅根据上述第二配置信息的配置就可以确定DCI的原始比特长度，即，DCI的原始比特长度可以仅根据第二配置信息得到，不包含经过其他操作(例如，对齐操作)后得到的处理后的比特长度，或者说，DCI的原始比特长度是在对DCI进行对齐操作之前的比特长度。
对齐操作包括补零操作或截短操作，补零操作表示对DCI增加至少一个比特零以增加DCI长度的操作，截短操作表示将一个DCI截短减少DCI长度的操作，具体地，截短操作可以是删除相应字段的部分信息比特的操作，也可以是删除相应字段的全部信息比特操作。
应理解，本申请实施例采用上述各个比特长度(例如，原始比特长度，各种监听比特长度)的名称仅仅是为了便于描述，本申请实施例对DCI进行对齐操作前后的长度的名称并不作限定。
在该实施例中，第一DCI可以为上文的mDCI的一例，例如，第一DCI的格式为可以为上文的DCI format 0_3或DCI format 1_3。第二DCI可以为上文的sDCI的一例，例如，第二DCI的格式可以为以下任一个：CSS中的DCI format0_0、CSS中的DCI format 1_0、USS中的DCI format0_0、USS中的DCI format 1_0、USS中的DCI format 0_1、USS中的DCI format 1_1、USS中的DCI format 0_2、USS中的DCI format 1_2。
在上述第一DCI调度的M个载波和第二DCI调度的一个载波中，该M个载波可以包括该第二DCI调度的一个载波，也可以不包括该第二DCI调度的一个载波。
对于一个小区调度多个载波的情况，第一DCI调度的M个载波和第二DCI调度的一个载波属于同一个小区对应的载波。在一示例中，该M个载波可以包括第二DCI调度的一个载波。例如，小区1对应3个载波，载波1、载波2和载波3，M＝2，第一DCI调度的2个载波是小区1对应的载波1和载波2，第二DCI调度的载波是载波1。在另一示例中，该M个载波也可以不包括该第二DCI调度的一个载波。例如，小区1对应3个载波，载波1、载波2和载波3，M＝2，第一DCI调度的2个载波是小区1对应的载波1和载波2，第二DCI调度的载波是载波3。
对于一个小区调度一个载波的情况，该M个载波属于至少两个小区对应的载波，第二DCI调度的一个载波是一个小区对应的载波，该M个载波中的一个载波和第二DCI调度的一个载波是同一个小区对应的载波，这种情况中，该M个载波包括该第二DCI调度的载波。例如，M＝2，第一DCI调度载波1和载波2，载波1是小区1对应的载波，载波2是小区2对应的载波，第二DCI调度的载波可以是载波1或载波2。
对于第二DCI调度的M个载波包括第二DCI调度的一个载波的情况，示例性地，该M个载波包括第一载波，该第二DCI用于调度该第一载波。
可选地，上述第一配置信息还用于配置第一DCI的搜索空间和第二DCI的搜索空间。第一DCI的搜索空间和第二DCI的搜索空间可相同，也可以不同，本申请实施例对此不做限定。
本申请实施例提供的多载波调度的方法，网络设备通过第一配置信息配置用于调度多载波的第一DCI和用于调度单载波的第二DCI，网络设备或终端设备基于两个DCI的不同的第一监听比特长度得到一个DCI长度，即第二监听比特长度，使得终端设备可以根据第二监听比特长度盲检DCI，减少了盲检复杂度，提高了系统传输性能，以及，通过第一DCI调度多个载波减少了PDCCH的资源开销。
以下，结合方法100，对网络设备配置有更多DCI的情况下的实施例做具体描述。
实施例A
可选地，上述第一配置信息还用于配置第三DCI，该第三DCI用于调度N个载波，N 为大于1的整数，该第三DCI的第一监听比特长度与该第一DCI的第三监听比特长度不同，该第一DCI的第一监听比特长度是根据该第一DCI的第三监听比特长度和该第三DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的；以及，该终端设备根据第二监听比特长度，监听该第一DCI和该第二DCI，包括：
该终端设备根据该第二监听比特长度，监听该第一DCI、该第二DCI和该第三DCI。
具体地，网络设备通过第一配置信息配置了3个DCI：第一DCI、第二DCI和第三DCI，第一DCI和第三DCI是多载波调度的DCI，第二DCI是单载波调度的DCI。为了减少盲检复杂度，终端设备将这3个DCI的监听比特长度对齐，得到第二监听比特长度，根据该第二监听比特长度监听3个DCI，以获得网络设备发送的DCI。
以下，对终端设备确定第二监听比特长度的过程做详细描述。
步骤1、终端设备确定第三DCI的第一监听比特长度和第一DCI的第三监听比特长度。
对于第三DCI的第一监听比特长度而言，在一示例中，终端设备可以仅通过上述第二配置信息的配置确定第三DCI的第一监听比特长度，在该示例中，第三DCI的第一监听比特长度是第三DCI的原始比特长度。在另一示例中，终端设备根据上述第二配置信息确定第三DCI的原始比特长度，对第三DCI的原始比特长度执行对齐操作得到对齐操作后的比特长度，在该示例中，第三DCI的第一监听比特长度是对第三DCI的原始比特长度执行对齐操作后得到的比特长度。
对于第一DCI的第三监听比特长度而言，在一示例中，终端设备可以仅通过第二配置信息的配置确定第一DCI的第三监听比特长度，在该示例中，第一DCI的第三监听比特长度是第一DCI的原始比特长度。在另一示例中，终端设备根据第二配置信息确定第一DCI的原始比特长度，对第一DCI的原始比特长度执行对齐操作得到对齐操作后的比特长度，在该示例中，第一DCI的第三监听比特长度是对第一DCI的原始比特长度执行对齐操作后得到的比特长度。
在一示例中，若第一DCI用于调度PUSCH，第三DCI用于调度PDSCH，则第三DCI的第一监听比特长度是通过第二配置信息配置的原始比特长度，第一DCI的第一监听比特长度以网络设备是否为终端设备配置SUL载波而确定。若网络设备为终端设备配置了SUL载波，PUSCH可以在SUL和non-SUL上发送，第一DCI可以调度SUL或non-SUL，若第一DCI的原始比特长度与调度另一个载波的DCI的原始比特长度不相等，则需要将第一DCI与调度另一个载波的DCI的原始比特长度对齐：若以调度另一个载波的DCI的原始比特长度作为基准，则需要对第一DCI的原始比特长度执行对齐操作，那么，第一DCI的第一监听比特长度为对第一DCI的原始比特长度执行对齐操作后得到的比特长度；若以第一DCI的原始比特长度作为基准，则不需要对第一DCI的原始比特长度执行对齐操作，那么，第一DCI的第一监听比特长度为第一DCI的原始比特长度。若网络设备没有为终端设备配置SUL载波，则第一DCI的第一监听比特长度为第一DCI的原始比特长度。在另一示例中，若第三DCI用于调度PUSCH，第一DCI用于调度PDSCH，则第一DCI的第一监听比特程度是通过第二配置信息配置的原始比特长度，第三DCI的第一监听比特长度以网络设备是否为终端设备配置SUL载波而确定，具体描述可参考上一示例关于第一DCI的第一监听比特长度的描述，将上一示例的第一DCI替换为第三DCI即可，不再赘述。
步骤2、终端设备根据该第三DCI的第一监听比特长度和该第一DCI的第三监听比特长度，确定该第一DCI的第一监听比特长度。
应理解，在步骤2中得到的第一DCI的第一监听比特长度，不仅是在执行完步骤2后得到的第一DCI的监听比特长度，也是执行完步骤2后得到的第三DCI的监听比特长度。
示例性地，第一DCI的第一监听比特长度可以与第三DCI的第一监听比特长度和第一DCI的第三监听比特长度中的任一个相同。
在步骤2中，终端设备可以将第三DCI的第一监听比特长度和第一DCI的第三监听比特长度对齐，得到第一DCI的第一监听比特长度。
在一些实施例中，可以以第三DCI的第一监听比特长度和第一DCI的第三监听比特长度中比特长度长的比特长度作为基准，对另一个DCI的比特长度执行对齐操作，得到第一DCI的第一监听比特长度，其中，这里的对齐操作是补零操作。
在一示例中，若第一DCI的第三监听比特长度比第三DCI的第一监听比特长度长，则以第一DCI的第三监听比特长度作为基准，将第三DCI的第一监听比特长度与第一DCI的第三监听比特长度对齐，得到第一DCI的第一监听比特长度。在该示例中，第一DCI的第一监听比特长度与第一DCI的第三监听比特长度相同，可以是第一DCI的原始比特长度，也可以对第一DCI的原始比特长度执行对齐操作后得到的比特长度，具体以步骤1中确定的第一DCI的第三监听比特长度而定。
在另一示例中，若第三DCI的第一监听比特长度比第一DCI的第三监听比特长度长，则以第三DCI的第一监听比特长度作为基准，将第一DCI的第三监听比特长度与第三DCI的第一监听比特长度对齐，得到第一DCI的第一监听比特长度。在该示例中，第一DCI的第一监听比特长度与第三DCI的第一监听比特长度相同，可以是第三DCI的原始比特长度，也可以对第三DCI的原始比特长度执行对齐操作后得到的比特长度，具体以步骤1中确定的第三DCI的第一监听比特长度而定。
在另一些实施例中，可以以第三DCI的第一监听比特长度和第一DCI的第三监听比特长度中比特长度短的比特长度作为基准，对另一个DCI的比特长度执行对齐操作，得到第一DCI的第一监听比特长度，其中，这里的对齐操作是截短操作。
在一示例中，若第一DCI的第三监听比特长度比第三DCI的第一监听比特长度短，则以第一DCI的第三监听比特长度作为基准，将第三DCI的第一监听比特长度与第一DCI的第三监听比特长度对齐，得到第一DCI的第一监听比特长度。
在另一示例中，若第三DCI的第一监听比特长度比第一DCI的第三监听比特长度短，则以第三DCI的第一监听比特长度作为基准，将第一DCI的第三监听比特长度与第三DCI的第一监听比特长度对齐，得到第一DCI的第一监听比特长度。
步骤3、终端设备根据该第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和该第二DCI的第一监听比特长度，确定该第二监听比特长度。
示例性地，第二监听比特长度可以与第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和第二DCI的第一监听比特长度中的任一个相同。
关于步骤3的具体描述可参考上文关于根据第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和第二DCI的第一监听比特长度确定第二监听比特长度的过程的相关描述，不再赘述。
对于网络设备而言，网络设备采用与终端设备相同的方式确定第二监听比特长度。在确定第二监听比特长度后，网络设备根据第二监听比特长度，发送第一DCI、第二DCI和第三DCI中的至少一个。
在该实施例中，第一DCI的格式可以为可以为上文的mDCI中的一例，第三DCI的格式可以为上文的mDCI的另一例。例如，第一DCI的格式为DCI format 0_3，第三DCI的格式为DCI format 1_3。再例如，第一DCI的格式为DCI format 1_3，第三DCI的格式为DCI format 0_3。
在上述第一DCI的M个载波和第三DCI调度的N个载波中，该M个载波和该N个载波可以具有相同的载波，也可以不具有相同的载波。
对于一个小区调度多个载波的情况，该M个载波和该N个载波属于同一个小区对应的载波。在一示例中，该M个载波和该N个载波可以具有相同的载波。例如，小区1对应3个载波，载波1、载波2和载波3，M＝2，N＝2，第一DCI调度的2个载波是小区1对应的载波1和载波2，第三DCI调度的2个载波是小区1对应的载波2和载波3，第一DCI调度的2个载波和第三DCI调度的2个载波具有相同的载波2。再例如，小区1对应2个载波，载波1和载波2，M＝2，N＝2，第一DCI调度的2个载波是小区1对应的载波1和载波2，第三DCI调度的2个载波是小区1对应的载波1和载波2，第一DCI调度的2个载波和第三DCI调度的2个载波具有相同的载波1和载波2，两个DCI调度的载波相同。
对于一个小区调度一个载波的情况，该M个载波属于至少两个小区对应的载波，该N个载波属于至少两个小区对应的载波，该M个载波与该N个载波具有相同的载波，该载波是一个小区对应的载波。例如，M＝2，第一DCI调度载波1和载波2，载波1是小区1对应的载波，载波2是小区2对应的载波，N＝2，第三DCI调度载波2和载波3，载波2是小区2对应的载波，载波3是小区3对应的载波，第一DCI调度的2个载波和第三DCI调度的2个载波具有相同的载波2，载波2是小区2对应的载波。可选地，上述第一配置信息还用于配置第三DCI的搜索空间。其中，第三DCI的搜索空间、第一DCI的搜索空间和第二DCI的搜索空间可相同，也可以不同，本申请实施例对此不做限定。例如，第一DCI和第三DCI的搜索空间相同，第二DCI的搜索空间与第一DCI和第三DCI的搜索空间不同。
本申请实施例提供的多载波调度的方法，网络设备通过第一配置信息还配置了用于调度多个载波的第三DCI，终端设备或网络设备将第一DCI、第二DCI和第三DCI的比特长度统一为第二监听比特长度，使得终端设备可以根据第二监听比特长度盲检DCI，减少了盲检复杂度，提高了系统传输性能。并且，由于第一DCI和第三DCI都是多载波调度的DCI，所以，第一DCI的第三监听比特长度和第三DCI的第一监听比特长度之间的差异不是很大，因此，先根据第一DCI的第三监听比特长度和第三DCI的第一监听比特长度得到第一DCI的第一监听比特长度后，再根据第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和第二DCI的第一监听比特长度得到第二监听比特长度，在将第一DCI的第三监听比特长度与第三DCI的第一监听比特长度的对齐的过程中，在需要以第一DCI的第三监听比特长度和第三DCI的第一监听比特长度中的任一个比特长度作为基准且对另一个DCI的比特长度执行补零操作的情况下，不会增加较多的比特数，可以避免DCI长度对齐过程中可能增加的大量开销的问题。
如上文所述，在DCI长度预算(DCI size budget)中，经C-RNTI加扰的不同的DCI长度不超过3个，在DCI较多的情况下，可以将DCI长度控制在3个以内即可。应理解，这里所说的DCI长度是终端设备盲检过程中使用的DCI长度，例如第二监听比特长度、下文的第四监听比特长度和第五监听比特长度。
下面，对满足3个DCI长度的实施例做说明。
实施例B
可选地，该第一配置信息还用于配置第四DCI和第五DCI，该第四DCI和该第五DCI各自用于调度一个载波；以及，该终端设备根据第二监听比特长度，监听该第一DCI和该第二DCI，包括：
该终端设备根据该第二监听比特长度、第四监听比特长度和第五监听比特长度，监听该第一DCI、该第二DCI、该第四DCI和该第五DCI，其中，该第二监听比特长度、该第四监听比特长度和该第五监听比特长度均不同，该第四监听比特长度是该第四DCI的监听比特长度，该第五监听比特长度是该第五DCI的监听比特长度。具体地，网络设备通过第一配置信息配置了4个DCI：第一DCI、第二DCI、第四DCI和第五DCI，第一DCI是多载波调度的DCI，第二DCI、第四DCI和第五DCI是单载波调度的DCI，每个DCI具有各自的原始比特长度。若各个DCI的原始比特长度不同，4个DCI对应4个DCI长度，不满足DCI长度预算。因此，根据4个DCI的原始比特长度，对DCI执行对齐操作，最终得到3个监听比特长度，即第二监听比特长度、第四监听比特长度和第五监听比特长度，刚好满足DCI长度预算。
在该实施例中，第二监听比特长度是根据第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和第二DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的，可以是第一DCI的原始比特长度或对第一DCI的原始比特长度执行对齐操作后得到的比特长度，也可以是第二DCI的原始比特长度或对第二DCI的原始比特长度执行对齐操作后得到的比特长度，具体参考上文描述。
第四监听比特长度是第四DCI的监听比特长度，该第四监听比特长度可以是通过上述第二配置信息配置的第四DCI的原始比特长度，也可以是对第四DCI的原始比特长度执行对齐操作后得到的比特长度(具体可参考下文描述)。
第五监听比特长度是第五DCI的监听比特长度，该第五监听比特长度可以是通过上述第二配置信息配置的第五DCI的原始比特长度，也可以是队第五DCI的原始比特长度执行对齐操作后得到的比特长度(具体可参考下文描述)。
对于网络设备而言，网络设备采用与终端设备相同的方式确定第二监听比特长度、第四监听比特长度和第五监听比特长度。在确定第二监听比特长度、第四监听比特长度和第五监听比特长度后，网络设备根据第二监听比特长度、第四监听比特长度和第五监听比特长度中的至少一个，发送第一DCI、第二DCI、第四DCI和第五DCI中的至少一个。
应理解，网络设备发送至少一个DCI时，会按照确定好的DCI的监听比特长度发送该DCI。
若网络设备发送第一DCI和第二DCI中的至少一个，则根据第二监听比特长度发送第一DCI和第二DCI中的至少一个；若网络设备发送第四DCI，则根据第四监听比特长度发送第四DCI；若网络设备发送第五DCI，则根据第五监听比特长度发送第五DCI。
在该实施例中，第一DCI可以为上文的mDCI的一例，例如，第一DCI的格式为可 以为上文的DCI format 0_3或DCI format 1_3。第二DCI、第四DCI和第五DCI可以分别为上文的sDCI的任一例，第二DCI、第四DCI和第五DCI的格式都不同。例如，第二DCI的格式为CSS中的DCI format 0_0、CSS中的DCI format 1_0、USS中的DCI format0_0或USS中的DCI format 1_0，第四DCI为USS中的DCI format 0_1或USS中的DCI format 1_1，第五DCI为USS中的DCI format 0_2或USS中的DCI format 1_2。再例如，第二DCI为USS中的DCI format 0_1或USS中的DCI format 1_1，第四DCI为USS中的DCI format 0_2或USS中的DCI format 1_2，第五DCI的格式为CSS中的DCI format 0_0、CSS中的DCI format 1_0、USS中的DCI format0_0或USS中的DCI format 1_0。
应理解，上述第二DCI、第四DCI和第五DCI各自调度的一个载波是同一个小区对应的载波，这3个DCI调度的载波可以至少部分相同，也可以各不相同。
对于一个小区调度多个载波的情况，第二DCI、第四DCI和第五DCI调度的3载波可以至少部分相同，也可以各不相同。例如，小区1对应3个载波，载波1、载波2和载波3，第二DCI调度载波1，第四DCI调度载波2，第五DCI调度载波3，3个DCI调度的载波各不相同。再例如，小区1对应载波1、载波2和载波3，第二DCI调度载波1，第四DCI调度载波2，第五DCI调度载波2，3个DCI调度的载波中有2个载波相同。再例如，小区1对应载波1、载波2和载波3，第二DCI、第四DCI、第五DCI均调度载波1，3个DCI调度的载波相同。
对于一个小区调度一个载波的情况，上述3个DCI调度同一个载波。
可选地，上述第一配置信息还用于配置第四DCI的搜索空间和第五DCI的搜索空间。其中，第四DCI的搜索空间、第五DCI的搜索空间、第一DCI的搜索空间和第二DCI的搜索空间可相同，也可以不同，本申请实施例对此不做限定。例如，第一DCI的搜索空间与其余3个DCI的搜索空间都不同，该其余3个DCI中任意两个DCI的搜索空间相同。再例如，上述4个DCI的搜索空间均不相同。
实施例C
可选地，该第一配置信息还用于配置第三DCI、第六DCI、第七DCI、第八DCI、第九DCI和第十DCI，该第三DCI用于调度N个载波，N为大于1的整数，该第六DCI、第七DCI、第八DCI、第九DCI和第十DCI各自用于调度一个载波，该第三DCI的第一监听比特长度与该第一DCI的第三监听比特长度均不同，该第一DCI的第一监听比特长度是根据该第一DCI的第三监听比特长度和该第三DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的；以及，
该终端设备根据该第二监听比特长度、第四监听比特长度和第五监听比特长度，监听该第一DCI、该第二DCI、该第四DCI和第五DCI，包括：
该终端设备根据该第二监听比特长度、该第四监听比特长度和该第五监听比特长度，监听该第一DCI、该第二DCI、该第三DCI、该第四DCI、该第五DCI、该第六DCI、该第七DCI、该第八DCI、该第九DCI和该第十DCI。
其中，第二监听比特长度是第一DCI、第二DCI、第三DCI和第六DCI的监听比特长度，第四监听比特长度是第四DCI和第七DCI的监听比特长度，第五监听比特长度是第五DCI、第八DCI、第九DCI和第十DCI的监听比特长度。
具体地，网络设备通过第一配置信息配置了10个DCI：第一DCI、第二DCI、第三 DCI、第四DCI、第五DCI、第六DCI、第七DCI、第八DCI、第九DCI和第十DCI，第一DCI和第二DCI是多载波调度的DCI，其余8个DCI都是单载波调度的DCI，每个DCI具有各自的原始比特长度。若各个DCI的原始比特长度不同，10个DCI对应10个DCI长度，不满足DCI长度预算。因此，根据10个DCI的原始比特长度，对DCI执行对齐操作，最终得到3个监听比特长度，即第二监听比特长度、第四监听比特长度和第五监听比特长度，满足DCI长度预算。
在该实施例中，第一DCI的第一监听比特长度是根据该第一DCI的第三监听比特长度和该第三DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的，第二DCI的第一监听比特长度是根据该第二DCI的第六监听比特长度和该第六DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的，第二监听比特长度是根据第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和第二DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的，第四监听比特长度是根据该第四DCI的第一监听比特长度和该第七DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的，该第五监听比特长度是根据该第五DCI的第一监听比特长度、该第八DCI的第一监听比特长度、该第九DCI的第一监听比特长度和该第十DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的。
以下，以上文表12和对应的实施例五所示的10个DCI为例，对终端设备确定第二监听比特长度、第四监听比特长度和第五监听比特长度的过程做详细描述。示例性地，在表12对应的实施例五中，第一DCI和第三DCI为DCI format x_3系列的DCI，分别对应的格式为DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3，第二DCI和第六DCI为DCI format x_1系列的DCI，分别对应的格式为DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1，第四DCI和第七DC为DCI format x_2系列的DCI，分别对应的格式为DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2，第五DCI、第八DCI、第九DCI、第十DCI为DCI format x_0系列的DCI，分别对应的格式为CSS中的DCI format 0_0、CSS中的DCI format 1_0、USS中的DCI format 0_0、USS中的DCI format 1_0。
步骤1、终端设备确定第三DCI的第一监听比特长度和第一DCI的第三监听比特长度。具体描述可参考上文实施例A中步骤1的相关描述，不再赘述。
以表12对应的实施例五为例，步骤1可对应实施例五的步骤3C，第一DCI的格式可以为DCI format 0_3，第三DCI的格式可以为DCI format 1_3，第一DCI的第三监听比特长度可以为size E，第三DCI的第一监听比特长度可以为size F。
步骤2、终端设备根据第三DCI的第一监听比特长度和第一DCI的第三监听比特长度，确定第一DCI的第一监听比特长度。具体描述可参考上文实施例A中步骤2的相关描述，不再赘述。
以表12对应的实施例五为例，步骤2可对应实施例五的步骤5D，第一DCI的第一监听比特长度可以为size G。
步骤3、终端设备根据第二DCI的第六监听比特长度和第六DCI的第一监听比特长度，确定第二DCI的第一监听比特长度。
应理解，在步骤3中得到的第二DCI的第一监听比特长度，不仅是在执行完步骤3后得到的第二DCI的监听比特长度，也是执行完步骤3后得到的第六DCI的监听比特长度。
终端设备可以根据上述第二配置信息确定第二DCI的第六监听比特长度，第二DCI的第 六监听比特长度可以是第二DCI的原始比特长度，也可以是对第二DCI的原始比特长度执行对齐操作后得到的比特长度。终端设备可以根据上述第二配置信息确定第六DCI的第一监听比特长度，可以是第六DCI的原始比特长度，也可以是对第六DCI的原始比特长度执行对齐操作后得到的比特长度。
以表12对应的实施例五为例，第二DCI的格式可以为DCI format 0_1，第二DCI的第六监听比特长度是size C，第六DCI的格式可以为DCI format 1_1，第六DCI的第一监听比特长度是size D。对于DCI format 0_1，除了根据第二配置信息配置的原始比特长度，还需要以网络设备是否为终端设备配置SUL载波，以及终端设备的DCI format 0_1和另外一个终端设备在USS的DCI format 0_0或DCI format 1_0的DCI长度是否相同等确定是否对DCI format 0_1执行对齐操作，若不执行对齐操作，则得到的size C是DCI format0_1的原始比特长度，若执行对齐操作，则得到的size C是对DCI format 0_1的比特长度执行对齐操作后得到的比特长度，具体描述可参考上文描述。对于DCI format 1_1，除了根据第二配置信息配置的原始比特长度，还需要以终端设备的DCI format 1_1和另外一个终端设备在USS的DCI format 0_0或DCI format 1_0的DCI长度是否相同等确定是否对DCI format 1_1执行对齐操作，若不执行对齐操作，则得到的size D是DCI format 1_1的原始比特长度，若执行对齐操作，则得到的size D是对DCI format 1_1的比特长度执行对齐操作后得到的比特长度，具体描述可参考上文描述。
示例1，若第六DCI的第一监听比特长度和第二DCI的第六监听比特长度相同，则将第六DCI的第一监听比特长度和第二DCI的第六监听比特长度确定为第二DCI的第一监听比特长度。
在该示例中，以表12对应的实施例五为例，步骤3可对应实施例五的步骤3A，不执行步骤5C，得到的DCI format 0_1的size C(例如，第二DCI第六监听比特长度)和DCI format 1_1的size D(例如，第六DCI的第一监听比特长度)相同，是一个比特长度(或DCI长度)，将该比特长度作为第二DCI的第一监听比特长度，以将该第二DCI的第一监听比特长度与其他DCI的比特长度对齐。
示例2、若第六DCI的第一监听比特长度和第二DCI的第六监听比特长度不同，则根据第六DCI的第一监听比特长度和第二DCI的第六监听比特长度，确定第二DCI的第一监听比特长度。
在根据第六DCI的第一监听比特长度和第二DCI的第六监听比特长度确定第二DCI的第一监听比特长度的过程中，将第六DCI的第一监听比特长度和第二DCI的第六监听比特长度对齐，得到第二DCI的第一监听比特长度。示例性地，第二DCI的第一监听比特长度与第六DCI的第一监听比特长度和第二DCI的第六监听比特长度中的任一个相同。例如，以第六DCI的第一监听比特长度和第二DCI的第六监听比特长度中比特长度长的比特长度作为基准，对另一个DCI的比特长度执行对齐操作，得到第二DCI的第一监听比特长度，这里的对齐操作是补零操作。再例如，以第六DCI的第一监听比特长度和第二DCI的第六监听比特长度中比特长度短的比特长度作为基准，对另一个DCI的比特长度执行对齐操作，得到第二DCI的第一监听比特长度，这里的对齐操作是截短操作。
在该示例中，以表12对应的实施例五为例，步骤3可对应实施例五的步骤3A和5C，通过步骤3A得到的DCI format 0_1的size C(例如，第二DCI的第六监听比特长度)和 DCI format 1_1的size D(例如，第六DCI的第一监听比特长度)不同，通过步骤5C将size C和size D对齐，得到size H(例如，第二DCI的第一监听比特长度)，以将size H与其他DCI的比特长度对齐。
步骤4、终端设备根据第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和第二DCI的第一监听比特长度，确定第二监听比特长度。具体描述可参考上文方法实施例A中步骤3的相关描述，不再赘述。
以表12对应的实施例五为例，步骤4可对应实施例五的步骤5E，第二监听比特长度为size L4。
步骤5、终端设备根据第四DCI的第一监听比特长度和第七DC的第一监听比特长度，确定该第四监听比特长度。
终端设备可以根据上述第二配置信息确定第四DCI的第一监听比特长度，第四DCI的第一监听比特长度可以是第四DCI的原始比特长度，也可以是对第四DCI的原始比特长度执行对齐操作后得到的比特长度。终端设备可以根据上述第二配置信息确定第七DCI的第一监听比特长度，可以是第七DCI的原始比特长度，也可以是对第七DCI的原始比特长度执行对齐操作后得到的比特长度。
以表12对应的实施例五为例，第四DCI的格式为DCI format 0_2，第四DCI的第一监听比特长度为size M，第七DCI的格式为DCI format 1_2，第七DCI的第一监听比特长度为size N。对于DCI format 0_2，除了根据第二配置信息配置的原始比特长度，还需要以网络设备是否为终端设备配置SUL载波来确定是否对DCI format 0_2执行对齐操作，若不执行对齐操作，则得到的size M是DCI format 0_2的原始比特长度，若执行对齐操作，则得到的size M是对DCI format 0_2的比特长度执行对齐操作后得到的比特长度，具体描述可参考上文描述。对于DCI format 1_2，size N为DCI format 1_2的原始比特长度。
示例1，若第四DCI的第一监听比特长度和第七DC的第一监听比特长度相同，则将第四DCI的第一监听比特长度和第七DC的第一监听比特长度确定为第四监听比特长度。
在该示例中，以表12对应的实施例五为例，步骤5可对应实施例五的步骤3B，不执行步骤5B，得到的DCI format 0_2的size M(例如，第四DCI的第一监听比特长度)和DCI format 1_2的size N(例如，第七DCI的第一监听比特长度)相同，是一个比特长度(或DCI长度)，将该比特长度作为第四监听比特长度。
示例2，若第四DCI的第一监听比特长度和第七DC的第一监听比特长度不同，则根据第四DCI的第一监听比特长度和第七DC的第一监听比特长度，确定第四监听比特长度。
在根据第四DCI的第一监听比特长度和第七DC的第一监听比特长度确定第四监听比特长度的过程中，将第四DCI的第一监听比特长度和第七DC的第一监听比特长度对齐，得到第四监听比特长度。示例性地，第四监听比特长度与第四DCI的第一监听比特长度和第七DC的第一监听比特长度中的任一个相同。例如，以第四DCI的第一监听比特长度和第七DC的第一监听比特长度中比特长度长的比特长度作为基准，对另一个DCI的比特长度执行对齐操作，得到第四监听比特长度，这里的对齐操作是补零操作。再例如，以第四DCI的第一监听比特长度和第七DC的第一监听比特长度中比特长度短的比特长度作为基准，对另一个DCI的比特长度执行对齐操作，得到第四监听比特长度，这里的对齐操作是截短操作。
在该示例中，以表12对应的实施例五为例，步骤5可对应实施例五的步骤3B和5B， 通过步骤3B得到的DCI format 0_2的size M(例如，第四DCI的第一监听比特长度)和DCI format 1_2的size N(例如，第七DCI的第一监听比特长度)不同，通过步骤5B将size M和size N对齐，得到size K(例如，第四监听比特长度)。
步骤6、根据第五DCI的第一监听比特长度、第八DCI的第一监听比特长度、第九DCI的第一监听比特长度和第十DCI的第一监听比特长度，确定第五监听比特长度。
终端设备可以根据上述第二配置信息确定第五DCI、第八DCI、第九DCI、第十DCI的第一监听比特长度，每个DCI的第一监听比特长度可以原始比特长度，也可以是对DCI的原始比特长度执行对齐操作后得到的比特长度。
在一些实施例中，第五DCI的第一监听比特长度和第八DCI的第一监听比特长度相同，第九DCI的第一监听比特长度和第十DCI的第一监听比特长度相同。
以表12对应的实施例五为例，第五DCI的格式可以为CSS的DCI format 0_0，第五DCI的第一监听比特长度为size A，第八DCI的格式可以为CSS的DCI format 1_0，第八DCI的第一监听比特长度为size A，第九DCI的格式可以为USS的DCI format 0_0，第九DCI的第一监听比特长度为size B，第十DCI的格式为USS的DCI format 1_0，第十DCI的第一监听比特长度为size B。对于CSS的DCI format 0_0，若CSS的DCI format 0_0与DCI format 1_0的原始比特长度相同，则不需要对CSS的DCI format 0_0执行对齐操作，得到的size A为原始比特长度，若两个DCI的原始比特长度不同，则需对CSS的DCI format 0_0执行对齐操作，得到的size A为对原始比特长度执行对齐操作后的比特长度。对于CSS的DCI format 1_0，得到的size A为原始比特长度。对于USS的DCI format 0_0和USS的DCI format 1_0，需要以这两个DCI的原始比特长度，以及，以网络设备是否为终端设备配置SUL载波来确定是否对每个DCI的原始比特长度执行对齐操作，具体描述可参考上文描述。
示例1，若第五DCI、第八DCI的第一监听比特长度与第九DCI、第十DCI的第一监听比特长度相同，则将这四个DCI的第一监听比特长度确定为第五监听比特长度。
在该示例中，以表12对应的实施例五为例，步骤5可对应实施例五的步骤1和步骤2，不执行步骤5A，通过步骤1得到的CSS的DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的size A(例如，第五DCI、第八DCI的第一监听比特长度)和通过步骤2得到的USS的DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的size B(例如，第九DCI、第十DCI的第一监听比特长度)相同，是一个比特长度(或DCI长度)，将该比特长度作为第五监听比特长度。
示例2，若第五DCI、第八DCI的第一监听比特长度与第九DCI、第十DCI的第一监听比特长度不同，则根据第五DCI、第八DCI的第一监听比特长度与第九DCI、第十DCI的第一监听比特长度，确定第五监听比特长度。
在根据第五DCI、第八DCI的第一监听比特长度与第九DCI、第十DCI的第一监听比特长度确定第五监听比特长度的过程中，将第五DCI、第八DCI的第一监听比特长度与第九DCI、第十DCI的第一监听比特长度对齐，得到第五监听比特长度。示例性地，第五监听比特长度与第五DCI、第八DCI的第一监听比特长度和第九DCI、第十DCI的第一监听比特长度的任一个相同。例如，以第五DCI、第八DCI的第一监听比特长度作为基准，将第九DCI、第十DCI的第一监听比特长度和第五DCI、第八DCI的第一监听比特长度对齐，得到的第五监听比特长度与第五DCI、第八DCI的第一监听比特长度相同。再例如， 以第九DCI、第十DCI的第一监听比特长度作为基准，将第五DCI、第八DCI的第一监听比特长度和第九DCI、第十DCI的第一监听比特长度对齐，得到的第五监听比特长度与第五DCI、第八DCI的第一监听比特长度相同。
在该示例中，以表12对应的实施例五为例，步骤5可对应实施例五的步骤1、步骤2和步骤5A，通过步骤1得到的CSS的DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的size A(例如，第五DCI、第八DCI的第一监听比特长度)和通过步骤2得到的USS的DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的size B(例如，第九DCI、第十DCI的第一监听比特长度)不同，通过步骤5A，以size A作为基准，将size B与size A对齐，使得USS的DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的比特长度变为size A，size A作为第五监听比特长度。
这样，经过上述步骤1至步骤6，得到第二监听比特长度、第四监听比特长度和第五监听比特长度，根据这三个监听比特长度监听上述10个DCI，以减少盲检复杂度。
应理解，本申请实施例对上述步骤1至步骤6的执行顺序不做任何限定，上述各个步骤的编号不代表执行的先后顺序，以各个步骤实现的内在逻辑为准。
在该实施例中，第一DCI和第三DCI可以为上文的mDCI的任一例，第一DCI和第三DCI的格式不同，例如，第一DCI的格式为DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3中的一个，第三DCI的格式为DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3中的另一个。其余的8个DCI可以为上文的sDCI的任一例，且8个DCI的格式各不相同。其中，第二DCI和第六DCI为同系列的DCI，第四DCI和第七DCI为同系列的DCI，第二DCI和第六DCI可对应DCI format x_2系列和DCI format x_1系列中的任一系列的DCI格式，第四DCI和第七DCI对应DCI format x_2系列和DCI format x_1系列中的另一系列的DCI格式，每个DCI对应一个DCI格式。第五DCI、第八DCI、第九DCI、第十DCI为同系列的DCI，对应DCI format x_0系列的DCI格式，各自对应CSS中的DCI format 0_0、CSS中的DCI format 1_0、USS中的DCI format 0_0、USS中的DCI format 1_0。
应理解，上述以表12对应的实施例五描述实施例C仅为示意性说明，实施例C也可对应上文表13对应的实施例六。
示例性地，在表13对应的实施例六中，第一DCI和第三DCI为DCI format x_3系列的DCI，分别对应的格式为DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3，第二DCI和第六DCI为DCI format x_2系列的DCI，分别对应的格式为DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2，第四DCI和第七DC为DCI format x_1系列的DCI，分别对应的格式为DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1，第五DCI、第八DCI、第九DCI、第十DCI为DCI format x_0系列的DCI，分别对应的格式为CSS中的DCI format 0_0、CSS中的DCI format 1_0、USS中的DCI format 0_0、USS中的DCI format 1_0。
实施例C的步骤1可对应实施例六的步骤3C。实施例C的步骤2可对应实施例六的步骤5D。实施例C的步骤3可对应实施例六的步骤3B，或，步骤3B和步骤5B，其中，若通过步骤3B得到的DCI format 0_2的size M和DCI format 1_2的size N相同，则实施例C的步骤3对应实施例六的步骤3B，DCI format 0_2的size M和DCI format 1_2的size N为第二DCI的第一监听比特长度，若通过步骤3B得到的DCI format 0_2的size M和DCI format 1_2的size N不同，则实施例C的步骤3对应实施例六的步骤3B和步骤5B，最终得到的size K为第二DCI的第一监听比特长度。实施例C的步骤4可对应实施例六 的步骤5E，最终得到的size L5为第二监听比特长度。实施例C的步骤5可对应实施例六的步骤3A，或，步骤3A和步骤5C，其中，若通过步骤3A到的DCI format 0_1的size C和DCI format 1_1的size D相同，则实施例C的步骤5对应实施例六的步骤3A，DCI format 0_1的size C和DCI format 1_1的size D为第四监听比特长度，若通过步骤3A得到的DCI format 0_1的size C和DCI format 1_1的size D不同，则实施例C的步骤6对应实施例六的步骤3A和步骤5C，最终得到的size H为第四监听比特长度。实施例C的步骤6对应实施例六的步骤1和步骤2，或，步骤1、步骤2和步骤5A，若通过实施例六的步骤1得到的CSS的DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的size A和通过步骤2得到的USS的DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的size B相同，则实施例C的步骤6对应实施例六的步骤1和步骤2，size A或size B为第五监听比特长度，若通过实施例六的步骤1得到的CSS的DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的size A和通过步骤2得到的USS的DCI format 0_0和DCI format 1_0的size B不同，则实施例C的步骤6对应实施例六的步骤1、步骤2和步骤5A，最终得到的size A为第五监听比特长度。
对于网络设备而言，网络设备采用与终端设备相同的方式确定第二监听比特长度、第四监听比特长度和第五监听比特长度。在确定第二监听比特长度、第四监听比特长度和第五监听比特长度后，网络设备根据第二监听比特长度、第四监听比特长度和第五监听比特长度中的至少一个，发送上述10个DCI中的至少一个。
应理解，网络设备发送上述10个DCI中的至少一个时，会按照确定好的DCI的监听比特长度发送该DCI。例如，根据第二监听比特长度发送第一DCI、第二DCI、第三DCI和第六DCI中的至少一个，根据第四监听比特长度发送第四DCI和第七DCI中的至少一个，根据第五监听比特长度发送第五DCI、第八DCI、第九DCI和第十DCI中的至少一个。
应理解，上述第二DCI、第四DCI、第五DCI、第六DCI、第七DCI、第八DCI、第九DCI和第十DCI各自调度的一个载波是同一个小区对应的载波，这8个DCI调度的载波可以至少部分相同，也可以各不相同。
对于一个小区调度多个载波的情况，上述8个DCI调度的载波可以至少部分相同，也可以各不相同。对于一个小区调度一个载波的情况，上述8个DCI调度同一个载波。
实施例D
可选地，该第一配置信息还用于配置第三DCI、第六DCI、第七DCI、第八DCI、第九DCI和第十DCI，该第三DCI用于调度N个载波，N为大于1的整数，该第六DCI、第七DCI、第八DCI、第九DCI和第十DCI各自用于调度一个载波，该第三DCI的第一监听比特长度与该第一DCI的第三监听比特长度不同，该第一DCI的第一监听比特长度是根据该第一DCI的第三监听比特长度和该第三DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的；以及，
该终端设备根据该第二监听比特长度、第四监听比特长度和第五监听比特长度，监听该第一DCI、该第二DCI、该第四DCI和第五DCI，包括：
该终端设备根据该第二监听比特长度、该第四监听比特长度和该第五监听比特长度，监听该第一DCI、该第二DCI、该第三DCI、该第四DCI、该第五DCI、该第六DCI、该第七DCI、该第八DCI、该第九DCI和该第十DCI。
其中，第二监听比特长度是第一DCI、第二DCI、第三DCI、第八DCI、第九DCI 和第十DCI的监听比特长度，第四监听比特长度是第四DCI和第七DCI的监听比特长度，第五监听比特长度是第五DCI和第六DCI的监听比特长度。
具体地，网络设备通过第一配置信息配置了10个DCI：第一DCI、第二DCI、第三DCI、第四DCI、第五DCI、第六DCI、第七DCI、第八DCI、第九DCI和第十DCI，第一DCI和第二DCI是多载波调度的DCI，其余8个DCI都是单载波调度的DCI，每个DCI具有各自的原始比特长度。若各个DCI的原始比特长度不同，10个DCI对应10个DCI长度，不满足DCI长度预算。因此，根据10个DCI的原始比特长度，对DCI执行对齐操作，最终得到3个监听比特长度，即第二监听比特长度、第四监听比特长度和第五监听比特长度，满足DCI长度预算。
在该实施例中，该第二DCI的第一监听比特长度是根据该第二DCI的第七监听比特长度、该第八DCI的第一监听比特长度、该第九DCI的第一监听比特长度和该第十DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的，该第四监听比特长度是根据该第四DCI的第一监听比特长度和该第七DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的，该第五监听比特长度是根据该第五DCI的第一监听比特长度和该第六DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的。
以下，以上文表9和对应的实施例二所示的10个DCI为例，对终端设备确定第二监听比特长度、第四监听比特长度和第五监听比特长度的过程做详细描述。示例性地，在表9对应的实施例二中，第一DCI和第三DCI为DCI format x_3系列的DCI，分别对应的格式为DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3，第二DCI、第八DCI、第九DCI和第十DCI为DCI format x_0系列的DCI，分别对应的格式为CSS中的DCI format 0_0、CSS中的DCI format 1_0、USS中的DCI format 0_0、USS中的DCI format 1_0，第四DCI和第七DC为DCI format x_2系列的DCI，分别对应的格式为DCI format 0_2和DCI format 1_2，第五DCI和第六DCI为DCI format x_1系列的DCI，分别对应的格式为DCI format 0_1和DCI format 1_1。
步骤1、终端设备确定第三DCI的第一监听比特长度和第一DCI的第三监听比特长度。
步骤2、终端设备根据第三DCI的第一监听比特长度和第一DCI的第三监听比特长度，确定第一DCI的第一监听比特长度。
关于步骤1和步骤2的具体描述可参考上文实施例C的步骤1和步骤2的相关描述，不再赘述。
步骤3、终端设备根据第二DCI的第七监听比特长度、第八DCI的第一监听比特长度、第九DCI的第一监听比特长度和第十DCI的第一监听比特长度，确定第二DCI的第一监听比特长度。
步骤3中确定第二DCI的第一监听比特长度与实施例C中步骤6确定第五监听比特长度的过程类似，将实施例C的第五DCI的第一监听比特长度替换为这里的第二DCI的第七监听比特长度，将实施例C的第五监听比特长度替换为这里的第二DCI的第一监听比特长度即可，具体描述可参考实施例C的步骤6的相关描述，不再赘述。
步骤4、终端设备根据第二DCI的第一监听比特长度和第一DCI的第一监听比特长度，确定第二监听比特长度。具体描述可参考上文实施例C中步骤4的相关描述，不再赘述。
步骤5、终端设备根据第四DCI的第一监听比特长度和第七DC的第一监听比特长度，确定第四监听比特长度。具体描述可参考上文实施例C中步骤5的相关描述，不再赘述。
步骤6、终端设备根据第五DCI的第一监听比特长度和第六DCI的第一监听比特长度，确定第五监听比特长度。
步骤6中确定第五监听比特长度与实施例C中步骤3确定第二DCI的第一监听比特长度的过程类似，将实施例C的第二DCI的第六监听比特长度替换为这里的第五DCI的第一监听比特长度，将实施例C的第二DCI的第一监听比特长度替换为这里的第五监听比特长度即可，具体描述可参考实施例C的步骤3的相关描述，不再赘述。
这样，经过上述步骤1至步骤6，得到第二监听比特长度、第四监听比特长度和第五监听比特长度，根据这三个监听比特长度监听上述10个DCI。
应理解，本申请实施例对上述步骤1至步骤6的执行顺序不做任何限定，上述各个步骤的编号不代表执行的先后顺序，以各个步骤实现的内在逻辑为准。
在该实施例中，第一DCI和第三DCI可以为上文的mDCI的任一例，第一DCI和第三DCI的格式不同，例如，第一DCI的格式为DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3中的一个，第三DCI的格式为DCI format 0_3和DCI format 1_3中的另一个。其余的8个DCI可以为上文的sDCI的任一例，且8个DCI的格式各不相同。其中，第二DCI、第八DCI、第九DCI、第十DCI为同系列的DCI，对应0系列的DCI格式，各自CSS中的DCI format 0_0、CSS中的DCI format 1_0、USS中的DCI format 0_0、USS中的DCI format 1_0。第四DCI和第七DCI为同系列的DCI，第五DCI和第六DCI为同系列的DCI，第四DCI和第七DCI可对应2系列和1系列中的任一系列的DCI格式，第五DCI和第六DCI对应2系列和1系列中的另一个DCI格式，每个DCI对应一个DCI格式。
对于网络设备而言，网络设备采用与终端设备相同的方式确定第二监听比特长度、第四监听比特长度和第五监听比特长度。在确定第二监听比特长度、第四监听比特长度和第五监听比特长度后，网络设备根据第二监听比特长度、第四监听比特长度和第五监听比特长度中的至少一个，发送上述10个DCI中的至少一个。
应理解，网络设备发送上述10个DCI中的至少一个时，会按照确定好的DCI的监听比特长度发送该DCI。例如，根据第二监听比特长度发送第一DCI、第二DCI、第三DCI、第八DCI、第九DCI和第十DCI中的至少一个，根据第四监听比特长度发送第四DCI和第七DCI中的至少一个，根据第五监听比特长度发送第五DCI和第六DCI中的至少一个。
可选地，该第一DCI包括第一类域和第二类域中的至少一个，该第一类域包括至少一个共享域，该第二类域包括至少一个独立域，该共享域承载的信息是在该M个载波上传输的数据信道共用的信息，该独立域包括M个子域，该M个子域与该M个载波一一对应，每个子域承载的信息与在对应的载波上传输的数据信道相关。
其中，第一DCI包括第一类域和第二类域中的至少一个，表示，第一DCI包括第一类域，或，第一DCI包括第二类域，或，第一DCI包括第一类域和第二类域。
第一DCI包括第一类域的情况可参考上文第一方面中mDCI的第三种DCI格式的具体描述，不再赘述。
第一DCI包括第二类域的情况可参考上文第一方面中mDCI的第二种DCI格式的具体描述，不再赘述。
第一DCI包括第一类域和第二类域的情况可参考上文第一方面中mDCI的第一种DCI格式的具体描述，不再赘述。
可选地，该方法还包括：
网络设备发送第二配置信息，该第二配置信息包括M个载波配置信息，该M个载波配置信息与该M个载波一一对应，以及，该独立域的每个子域的比特长度是根据对应的载波配置信息确定的，该共享域的比特长度是基于预定义方式确定的。对应地，终端设备接收该第二配置信息。
也就是说，终端设备可以根据该第二配置信息，确定第一DCI中每个共享域和每个独立域的比特长度，从而得到该第一DCI的原始比特长度，从而，可以根据第一DCI的原始比特长度确定第一DCI的第一监听比特长度以及最终用于盲检的第二监听比特长度，实现盲检过程。
对于独立域，可以根据M个载波配置信息确定每个独立域中M个子域的比特长度，从而，确定所有独立域的比特长度。具体描述可参考上文第一方面中mDCI的第一种DCI格式中确定独立域的比特长度的相关描述，不再赘述。
对于共享域，可以根据预定义方式确定每个共享域的比特长度，该预定义方式与M个载波配置信息至少一个载波配置信息相关。也就是说可以根据M个载波配置信息中的至少一个载波配置信息确定每个共享域的比特长度，从而，确定所有共享域的比特长度。在一些实施例中，根据M个载波配置信息中的任一个载波配置信息确定每个共享域的比特长度，M个载波配置信息中的任一个载波配置信息是M个载波配置信息中的部分载波配置信息。在另一些实施例中，根据M个载波配置信息确定每个共享域的比特长度，M个载波配置信息是M个载波配置信息中的全部载波配置信息。具体描述可参考上文第一方面中mDCI的第一种DCI格式中确定共享域的比特长度的相关描述，不再赘述。
图13是申请实施例提供的多载波调度的方法200的示意性结构图。该方法200可适用于图1所示的通信系统中，由网络设备和终端设备执行。
在S210中，网络设备发送第一配置信息，该第一配置信息用于配置第一下行控制信息DCI，该第一DCI用于调度M个载波，该M个载波中的第一载波对应第一辅小区，M为大于1的整数。对应地，终端设备接收该第一配置信息。
在S220中，网络设备根据该第一DCI的监听比特长度，发送该第一DCI。
在S230中，终端设备根据该第一DCI的监听比特长度，监听该第一DCI，其中，该第一辅小区对应的监听比特长度包括该第一DCI的监听比特长度，该第一辅小区对应的监听比特长度的数量小于或等于预设数量。示例性地，该预设数量为3。
具体地，网络设备通过第一配置信息为终端设备配置多载波调度的第一DCI，终端设备或网络设备确定第一DCI的监听比特长度，以便于终端设备根据第一DCI的监听比特长度监听第一DCI，完成盲检过程。在第一DCI调度的第一载波对应第一辅小区时，将第一DCI的监听比特长度(或DCI长度)划分至第一辅小区对应的监听比特长度中，以满足第一辅小区对应的监听比特长度的数量小于或等于预设数量的要求，
应理解，第一辅小区对应的监听比特长度表示的是最终用于盲检的监听比特长度。下面描述的DCI的监听比特长度也为最终用于盲检的监听比特长度。
对于辅小区(例如，第一辅小区)而言，现有的单载波调度的DCI format x_1和DCI format x_2的DCI的监听比特长度(或DCI长度)属于辅小区对应的监听比特长度，一个系列的DCI格式对应一个监听比特长度，2个系列的DCI格式分别对应2个监听比特长度， 若辅小区对应的监听比特长度的数量为3，则还剩余1个监听比特长度。所以，将多载波调度的DCI(例如，第一DCI)的监听比特长度划分至辅小区对应的监听比特长度，这样，辅小区最多对应3个监听比特长度，满足辅小区对应的监听比特长度的数量为3的要求。
本申请实施例提供的多载波调度的方法，将多载波调度的第一DCI的监听比特长度划分至第一辅小区对应的监听比特长度中，即，第一辅小区对应的监听比特长度包括第一DCI的监听比特长度，这样，在网络设备配置有多个单载波调度的DCI和多个多载波调度的DCI的情况下，可以在不需要将多载波调度的DCI与单载波调度的DCI的比特长度对齐的情况下，使得所有DCI的监听比特长度满足第一辅小区对应的监听比特长度的数量小于或等于预设数量(例如，3)的要求，减少了确定DCI的监听比特长度的过程的复杂度，易于实现。
可选地，用于承载第一DCI的载波是该M个载波中的任一个载波，或，用于承载第一DCI的载波与该M个载波不同。
也就是说，若用于承载第一DCI的载波是M个载波中的任一个载波，则第一DCI可以是调度载波，若用于承载第一DCI的载波与M个载波不同，则第一DCI是被调度载波，
需要说明的是，小区对应的监听比特长度的数量可以理解为上文所述的小区对应的DCI长度预算，DCI长度预算小于或等于预设数量，对于第一辅小区而言，第一辅小区对应的监听比特长度的数量可以理解为上第一辅小区对应的DCI长度预算。
本申请实施例的方法200与上文第二方面的实施例八类似，第一DCI可以为mDCI的任一例，第一辅小区可为任一个辅小区，关于方法200的具体描述可参考实施例八的相关描述。
图14是本申请实施例提供的多载波调度的方法300的示意性结构图。该方法300可适用于图1所示的通信系统中，由网络设备和终端设备执行。
在S310中，网络设备发送第一配置信息，该第一配置信息用于配置第一下行控制信息DCI，该第一DCI用于调度M个载波，M为大于1的整数，其中，该第一DCI包括第一类域和第二类域的至少一个，该第一类域包括至少一个共享域，该第二类域包括至少一个独立域，该共享域承载的信息是在该M个载波上传输的数据信道共用的信息，该独立域包括M个子域，该M个子域与该M个载波一一对应，每个子域承载的信息与在对应的载波上传输的数据信道相关。对应地，终端设备接收该第一配置信息。
在S320中，网络设备发送该第一DCI。
在S330中，终端设备监听该第一DCI。
可选地，该方法还包括：
网络设备发送第二配置信息，该第二配置信息包括M个载波配置信息，该M个载波配置信息与该M个载波一一对应，以及，该独立域的每个子域的比特长度是基于对应的载波配置信息确定的，该共享域的比特长度是基于预定义方式确定的。对应地，终端设备接收该第二配置信息。
在该实施例中，第一DCI包括第一类域和第二类域中的至少一个，表示，第一DCI包括第一类域，或，第一DCI包括第二类域，或，第一DCI包括第一类域和第二类域。
第一DCI包括第一类域的情况可参考上文第一方面中mDCI的第三种DCI格式的具 体描述，不再赘述。
第一DCI包括第二类域的情况可参考上文第一方面中mDCI的第二种DCI格式的具体描述，不再赘述。
第一DCI包括第一类域和第二类域的情况可参考上文第一方面中mDCI的第一种DCI格式的具体描述，不再赘述。
需要说明的是，方法100、200和300中描述的第一配置信息和第二配置信息可以是上文第一方面、第二方面和第三方面中所述的配置信息中的两个配置信息，在上文中，以配置信息具体实现的功能来对应方法100、200和300中的第一配置信息和第二配置信息。
以上，结合图1至图14，详细说明了本申请实施例提供的多载波调度的方法，下面将结合图15至图16，详细描述根据本申请实施例提供的多载波调度的装置。
图15示出了本申请实施例提供的多载波调度的装置400，该装置400可以是终端设备或网络设备，也可以为终端设备或网络设备中的芯片。该装置400包括：通信单元410。
在一种可能的实现方式中，装置400用于执行上述方法100中终端设备对应的各个流程和步骤。通信单元410用于：
接收第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于配置第一下行控制信息DCI和第二DCI，所述第一DCI用于调度M个载波，所述第二DCI用于调度一个载波，M为大于1的整数，所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度不同；
根据第二监听比特长度，监听所述第一DCI和所述第二DCI，其中，所述第二监听比特长度是根据所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的。
其中，通信单元410可用于执行方法100中的步骤S110、S120和S130中终端设备对应的流程和步骤。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，装置400用于执行上述方法100中网络设备对应的各个流程和步骤。通信单元410用于：
发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于配置第一下行控制信息DCI和第二DCI，所述第一DCI用于调度M个载波，所述第二DCI用于调度一个载波，M为大于1的整数，所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度不同；
根据第二监听比特长度，发送所述第一DCI和所述第二DCI中的至少一个，其中，所述第二监听比特长度是根据所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第二DCI的第二监听比特长度确定的。
其中，通信单元410可用于执行方法100中的步骤S110和S120中网络设备对应的流程和步骤。
应理解，各单元执行上述各个方法中相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明，为了简洁，此处不再赘述。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，装置400用于执行上述方法200中终端设备对应的各个流程和步骤。通信单元410用于：
接收第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于配置第一下行控制信息DCI，所述第一DCI用于调度M个载波，所述M个载波中的第一载波对应第一辅小区，M为大于1的整数；
根据所述第一DCI的监听比特长度，监听所述第一DCI，其中，所述第一辅小区对应的监听比特长度包括所述第一DCI的监听比特长度，所述第一辅小区对应的监听比特长度的数量小于或等于预设数量。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，装置400用于执行上述方法200中网络设备对应的各个流程和步骤。通信单元410用于：
发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于配置第一下行控制信息DCI，所述第一DCI用于调度M个载波，所述M个载波中的第一载波对应第一辅小区，M为大于1的整数；
发送所述第一DCI，其中，所述第一辅小区对应的监听比特长度包括所述第一DCI的监听比特长度，所述第一辅小区对应的监听比特长度的数量小于或等于预设数量。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，装置400用于执行上述方法300中终端设备对应的各个流程和步骤。通信单元410用于：
接收第一收配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于配置第一下行控制信息DCI，所述第一DCI用于调度M个载波，M为大于1的整数，其中，所述第一DCI包括第一类域和第二类域的至少一个，所述第一类域包括至少一个共享域，所述第二类域包括至少一个独立域，所述共享域承载的信息是在所述M个载波上传输的数据信道共用的信息，所述独立域中包括M个子域，所述M个子域与所述M个载波一一对应，每个子域承载的信息与在对应的载波上传输的数据信道相关；
监听所述第一DCI。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，装置400用于执行上述方法300中网络设备对应的各个流程和步骤。通信单元410用于：
发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于配置第一下行控制信息DCI，所述第一DCI用于调度M个载波，M为大于1的整数，其中，所述第一DCI包括第一类域和第二类域的至少一个，所述第一类域包括至少一个共享域，所述第二类域包括至少一个独立域，所述共享域承载的信息是在所述M个载波上传输的数据信道共用的信息，所述独立域中包括M个子域，所述M个子域与所述M个载波一一对应，每个子域承载的信息与在对应的载波上传输的数据信道相关；
发送所述第一DCI。
应理解，这里的装置400以功能单元的形式体现。这里的术语“单元”可以指应用特有集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、电子电路、用于执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器(例如共享处理器、专有处理器或组处理器等)和存储器、合并逻辑电路和/或其它支持所描述的功能的合适组件。
上述各个方案的装置400具有实现上述方法中接入网设备或核心网设备执行的相应步骤的功能；所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块；例如通信单元可以由发射机和接收机替代，其它单元，如处理单元等可以由处理器替代，分别执行各个方法实施例中的收发操作以及相关的处理操作。此外，装置400中的通信单元也可以由发送单元和接收单元组成，对于执行与接收相关的操作，可以将该通信单元的功能理解为接收单元执行的接收操作，对于执行与发送相关的操作，可以将该通信单元的功能理解为发送单元执行的发送操作。 在本申请的实施例，图15中的装置也可以是芯片或者芯片系统，例如：片上系统(system on chip，SoC)。对应的，收发单元可以是该芯片的收发电路，在此不做限定。
图16示出了本申请实施例提供的另一多载波调度的装置500。应理解，装置500可以具体为上述实施例中的终端设备或网络设备，并且可以用于执行上述方法实施例中与终端设备或网络设备对应的各个步骤和/或流程。
装置500包括处理器510、收发器520和存储器530。其中，处理器510、收发器520和存储器530通过内部连接通路互相通信，处理器510可以实现装置400中各种可能的实现方式中处理单元420的功能，收发器520可以实现装置400中各种可能的实现方式中通信单元410的功能。存储器530用于存储指令，处理器510用于执行存储器530存储的指令，或者说，处理器510可以调用这些存储指令实现装置400中处理单元420的功能，以控制收发器520发送信号和/或接收信号。
可选地，该存储器530可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器提供指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。例如，存储器还可以存储设备类型的信息。该处理器510可以用于执行存储器中存储的指令，并且当该处理器510执行存储器中存储的指令时，该处理器510用于执行上述与接入网设备或核心网设备对应的方法实施例的各个步骤和/或流程。
在一种可能的实现方式中，装置500用于执行上述方法100中终端设备对应的各个流程和步骤。
处理器510控制收发器520执行以下步骤：
接收第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于配置第一下行控制信息DCI和第二DCI，所述第一DCI用于调度M个载波，所述第二DCI用于调度一个载波，M为大于1的整数，所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度不同；
根据第二监听比特长度，监听所述第一DCI和所述第二DCI，其中，所述第二监听比特长度是根据所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，装置500用于执行上述方法100中网络设备对应的各个流程和步骤。
处理器510控制收发器520执行以下步骤：
发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于配置第一下行控制信息DCI和第二DCI，所述第一DCI用于调度M个载波，所述第二DCI用于调度一个载波，M为大于1的整数，所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度不同；
根据第二监听比特长度，发送所述第一DCI和所述第二DCI中的至少一个，其中，所述第二监听比特长度是根据所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第二DCI的第二监听比特长度确定的。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，装置500用于执行上述方法200中终端设备对应的各个流程和步骤。
处理器510控制收发器520执行以下步骤：
接收第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于配置第一下行控制信息DCI，所述第一DCI用于调度M个载波，所述M个载波中的第一载波对应第一辅小区，M为大于1的整 数；
根据所述第一DCI的监听比特长度，监听所述第一DCI，其中，所述第一辅小区对应的监听比特长度包括所述第一DCI的监听比特长度，所述第一辅小区对应的监听比特长度的数量小于或等于预设数量。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，装置500用于执行上述方法200中网络设备对应的各个流程和步骤。
处理器510控制收发器520执行以下步骤：
发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于配置第一下行控制信息DCI，所述第一DCI用于调度M个载波，所述M个载波中的第一载波对应第一辅小区，M为大于1的整数；
根据所述第一DCI的监听比特长度，发送所述第一DCI，其中，所述第一辅小区对应的监听比特长度包括所述第一DCI的监听比特长度，所述第一辅小区对应的监听比特长度的数量小于或等于预设数量。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，装置500用于执行上述方法300中终端设备对应的各个流程和步骤。
处理器510控制收发器520执行以下步骤：
接收第一收配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于配置第一下行控制信息DCI，所述第一DCI用于调度M个载波，M为大于1的整数，其中，所述第一DCI包括第一类域和第二类域的至少一个，所述第一类域包括至少一个共享域，所述第二类域包括至少一个独立域，所述共享域承载的信息是在所述M个载波上传输的数据信道共用的信息，所述独立域中包括M个子域，所述M个子域与所述M个载波一一对应，每个子域承载的信息与在对应的载波上传输的数据信道相关；
监听所述第一DCI。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，装置500用于执行上述方法300中网络设备对应的各个流程和步骤。
处理器510控制收发器520执行以下步骤：
发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于配置第一下行控制信息DCI，所述第一DCI用于调度M个载波，M为大于1的整数，其中，所述第一DCI包括第一类域和第二类域的至少一个，所述第一类域包括至少一个共享域，所述第二类域包括至少一个独立域，所述共享域承载的信息是在所述M个载波上传输的数据信道共用的信息，所述独立域中包括M个子域，所述M个子域与所述M个载波一一对应，每个子域承载的信息与在对应的载波上传输的数据信道相关；
发送所述第一DCI。
应理解，各个器件执行上述各个方法中相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明，为了简洁，此处不再赘述。
应理解，在本申请实施例中，上述装置的处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit，CPU)，该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是 任何常规的处理器等。
在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成，或者用处理器中的硬件及软件单元组合执行完成。软件单元可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器，处理器执行存储器中的指令，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复，这里不再详细描述。
需要说明的是，在本申请实施中，“协议”可以指通信领域的标准协议。
还需要说明的是，本申请实施例中，“预定义”可以通过在设备(例如，包括站点和接入点)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现，本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。比如预定义可以是指协议中定义的。
需要说明的是，术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的，而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征。
在本申请实施例中，“至少一个”是指一个或者多个，“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“元件的至少部分”是指元件的部分或全部。“和/或”，描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B的情况，其中A、B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代 码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (36)

  1. 一种多载波调度的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    终端设备接收第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于配置第一下行控制信息DCI和第二DCI，所述第一DCI用于调度M个载波，所述第二DCI用于调度一个载波，M为大于1的整数，所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度与所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度不同；
    所述终端设备根据第二监听比特长度，监听所述第一DCI和所述第二DCI，其中，所述第二监听比特长度是根据所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息还用于配置第三DCI，所述第三DCI用于调度N个载波，N为大于1的整数，所述第三DCI的第一监听比特长度与所述第一DCI的第三监听比特长度不同，所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度是根据所述第一DCI的第三监听比特长度和所述第三DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的；
    所述终端设备根据第二监听比特长度，监听所述第一DCI和所述第二DCI，包括：
    所述终端设备根据所述第二监听比特长度，监听所述第一DCI、所述第二DCI和所述第三DCI。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息还用于配置第四DCI和第五DCI，所述第四DCI和所述第五DCI各自用于调度一个载波；以及，
    所述终端设备根据第二监听比特长度，监听所述第一DCI和所述第二DCI，包括：
    所述终端设备根据所述第二监听比特长度、第四监听比特长度和第五监听比特长度，监听所述第一DCI、所述第二DCI、所述第四DCI和所述第五DCI，其中，所述第二监听比特长度、所述第四监听比特长度和所述第五监听比特长度均不同，所述第四监听比特长度是所述第四DCI的监听比特长度，所述第五监听比特长度是所述第五DCI的监听比特长度。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息还用于配置第三DCI、第六DCI、第七DCI、第八DCI、第九DCI和第十DCI，所述第三DCI用于调度N个载波，N为大于1的整数，所述第六DCI、所述第七DCI、所述第八DCI、所述第九DCI和所述第十DCI各自用于调度一个载波，所述第三DCI的第一监听比特长度与所述第一DCI的第三监听比特长度不同，所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度是根据所述第一DCI的第三监听比特长度和所述第三DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的；以及，
    所述终端设备根据所述第二监听比特长度、第四监听比特长度和第五监听比特长度，监听所述第一DCI、所述第二DCI、所述第四DCI和所述第五DCI，包括：
    所述终端设备根据所述第二监听比特长度、所述第四监听比特长度和所述第五监听比特长度，监听所述第一DCI、所述第二DCI、所述第三DCI、所述第四DCI、所述第五DCI、所述第六DCI、所述第七DCI、所述第八DCI、所述第九DCI和所述第十DCI；
    其中，所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度是根据所述第二DCI的第六监听比特长度和所述第六DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的，所述第四监听比特长度是根据所述第四DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第七DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的，所述第五监听比特长度 是根据所述第五DCI的第一监听比特长度、所述第八DCI的第一监听比特长度、所述第九DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第十DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的；或，
    所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度是根据所述第二DCI的第七监听比特长度、所述第八DCI的第一监听比特长度、所述第九DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第十DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的，所述第四监听比特长度是根据所述第四DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第七DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的，所述第五监听比特长度是根据所述第五DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第六DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的。
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二DCI的格式为以下任一种：公共搜索空间CSS中的DCI格式0_0、CSS中的DCI格式1_0、用户特定搜索空间USS中的DCI格式0_0、USS中的DCI格式1_0、USS中的DCI格式0_1、USS中的DCI格式1_1、USS中的DCI格式0_2、USS中的DCI格式1_2。
  6. 根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一DCI包括第一类域和第二类域中的至少一个，所述第一类域包括至少一个共享域，所述第二类域包括至少一个独立域，所述共享域承载的信息是在所述M个载波上传输的数据信道共用的信息，所述独立域包括M个子域，所述M个子域与所述M个载波一一对应，每个子域承载的信息与在对应的载波上传输的数据信道相关。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备接收第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息包括M个载波配置信息，所述M个载波配置信息与所述M个载波一一对应，以及，所述独立域的每个子域的比特长度是根据对应的载波配置信息确定的，所述共享域的比特长度是根据预定义方式确定的。
  8. 根据权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述M个载波包括第一载波，所述第二DCI用于调度所述第一载波。
  9. 一种多载波调度的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    网络设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于配置第一下行控制信息DCI和第二DCI，所述第一DCI用于调度M个载波，所述第二DCI用于调度一个载波，M为大于1的整数，所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度与所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度不同；
    所述网络设备根据第二监听比特长度，发送所述第一DCI和所述第二DCI中的至少一个，其中，所述第二监听比特长度是根据所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第二DCI的第二监听比特长度确定的。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息还用于配置第三DCI，所述第三DCI用于调度N个载波，N为大于1的整数，所述第三DCI的第一监听比特长度与所述第一DCI的第三监听比特长度不同，所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度是根据所述第一DCI的第三监听比特长度和所述第三DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的；以及，
    所述网络设备根据第二监听比特长度，发送所述第一DCI和所述第二DCI中的至少一个，包括：
    所述网络设备根据所述第二监听比特长度，发送所述第一DCI、所述第二DCI和所述第三DCI中的至少一个。
  11. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息还用于配置第四DCI和第五DCI，所述第四DCI和所述第五DCI各自用于调度一个载波；以及，
    所述网络设备根据第二监听比特长度，发送所述第一DCI和所述第二DCI中的至少一个，包括：
    所述网络设备根据所述第二监听比特长度、第四监听比特长度和第五监听比特长度中的至少一个，发送所述第一DCI、所述第二DCI、所述第四DCI和所述第五DCI中的至少一个，其中，所述第二监听比特长度、所述第四监听比特长度和所述第五监听比特长度均不同，所述第四监听比特长度是所述第四DCI的监听比特长度，所述第五监听比特长度是所述第五DCI的监听比特长度。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息还用于配置第三DCI、第六DCI、第七DCI、第八DCI、第九DCI和第十DCI，所述第三DCI用于调度N个载波，N为大于1的整数，所述第六DCI、所述第七DCI、所述第八DCI、所述第九DCI和所述第十DCI各自用于调度一个载波，所述第三DCI的第一监听比特长度与所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度不同，所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度是根据所述第一DCI的第三监听比特长度和所述第三DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的；以及，
    所述网络设备根据所述第二监听比特长度、第四监听比特长度和第五监听比特长度中的至少一个，发送所述第一DCI、所述第二DCI、所述第四DCI和所述第五DCI中的至少一个，包括：
    所述网络设备根据所述第二监听比特长度、所述第四监听比特长度和所述第五监听比特长度中的至少一个，发送所述第一DCI、所述第二DCI、所述第三DCI、所述第四DCI、所述第五DCI、所述第六DCI、所述第七DCI、所述第八DCI、所述第九DCI和所述第十DCI中的至少一个；
    其中，所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度是根据所述第二DCI的第六监听比特长度和所述第六DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的，所述第四监听比特长度是根据所述第四DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第七DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的，所述第五监听比特长度是根据所述第五DCI的第一监听比特长度、所述第八DCI的第一监听比特长度、所述第九DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第十DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的；或，
    所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度是根据所述第二DCI的第七监听比特长度、所述第八DCI的第一监听比特长度、所述第九DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第十DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的，所述第四监听比特长度是根据所述第四DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第七DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的，所述第五监听比特长度是根据所述第五DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第六DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的。
  13. 根据权利要求9至12中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二DCI的格式为以下任一种：公共搜索空间CSS中的DCI格式0_0、CSS中的DCI格式1_0、用户特定搜索空间USS中的DCI格式0_0、USS中的DCI格式1_0、USS中的DCI格式0_1、USS中的DCI格式1_1、USS中的DCI格式0_2、USS中的DCI格式1_2。
  14. 根据权利要求9至13中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一DCI包括第一类域和第二类域中的至少一个，所述第一类域包括至少一个共享域，所述第二类域包括至少一个独立域，所述共享域承载的信息是在所述M个载波上传输的数据信道共用的信息，所述独立域包括M个子域，所述M个子域与所述M个载波一一对应，每个子域承载的信息与在对应的载波上传输的数据信道相关。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备发送第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息包括M个载波配置信息，所述M个载波配置信息与所述M个载波一一对应，以及，所述独立域的每个子域的比特长度是基于对应的载波配置信息确定的，所述共享域的比特长度是基于预定义方式确定的。
  16. 根据权利要求9至15中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述M个载波包括第一载波，所述第二DCI用于调度所述第一载波。
  17. 一种多载波调度的装置，其特征在于，包括通信单元，所述通信单元用于：
    接收第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于配置第一下行控制信息DCI和第二DCI，所述第一DCI用于调度M个载波，所述第二DCI用于调度一个载波，M为大于1的整数，所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度与所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度不同；
    根据第二监听比特长度，监听所述第一DCI和所述第二DCI，其中，所述第二监听比特长度是根据所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息还用于配置第三DCI，所述第三DCI用于调度N个载波，N为大于1的整数，所述第三DCI的第一监听比特长度与所述第一DCI的第三监听比特长度不同，所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度是根据所述第一DCI的第三监听比特长度和所述第三DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的；以及，
    所述通信单元具体用于：
    根据所述第二监听比特长度，监听所述第一DCI、所述第二DCI和所述第三DCI。
  19. 根据权利要求17或18所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息还用于配置第四DCI和第五DCI，所述第四DCI和所述第五DCI各自用于调度一个载波；以及，
    所述通信单元具体用于：
    根据所述第二监听比特长度、第四监听比特长度和第五监听比特长度，监听所述第一DCI、所述第二DCI、所述第四DCI和所述第五DCI，其中，所述第二监听比特长度、所述第四监听比特长度和所述第五监听比特长度均不同，所述第四监听比特长度是所述第四DCI的监听比特长度，所述第五监听比特长度是所述第五DCI的监听比特长度。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息还用于配置第三DCI、第六DCI、第七DCI、第八DCI、第九DCI和第十DCI，所述第三DCI用于调度N个载波，N为大于1的整数，所述第六DCI、所述第七DCI、所述第八DCI、所述第九DCI和所述第十DCI各自用于调度一个载波，所述第三DCI的第一监听比特长度与所述第一DCI的第三监听比特长度不同，所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度是根据所述第一DCI的第三监听比特长度和所述第三DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的；以及，
    所述通信单元具体用于：
    根据所述第二监听比特长度、所述第四监听比特长度和所述第五监听比特长度，监听所述第一DCI、所述第二DCI、所述第三DCI、所述第四DCI、所述第五DCI、所述第六DCI、所述第七DCI、所述第八DCI、所述第九DCI和所述第十DCI；
    其中，所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度是根据所述第二DCI的第六监听比特长度和所述第六DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的，所述第四监听比特长度是根据所述第四DCI 的第一监听比特长度和所述第七DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的，所述第五监听比特长度是根据所述第五DCI的第一监听比特长度、所述第八DCI的第一监听比特长度、所述第九DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第十DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的；或，
    所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度是根据所述第二DCI的第七监听比特长度、所述第八DCI的第一监听比特长度、所述第九DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第十DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的，所述第四监听比特长度是根据所述第四DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第七DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的，所述第五监听比特长度是根据所述第五DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第六DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的。
  21. 根据权利要求17至20中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第二DCI的格式为以下任一种：公共搜索空间CSS中的DCI格式0_0、CSS中的DCI格式1_0、用户特定搜索空间USS中的DCI格式0_0、USS中的DCI格式1_0、USS中的DCI格式0_1、USS中的DCI格式1_1、USS中的DCI格式0_2、USS中的DCI格式1_2。
  22. 根据权利要求17至21中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一DCI包括第一类域和第二类域中的至少一个，所述第一类域包括至少一个共享域，所述第二类域包括至少一个独立域，所述共享域承载的信息是在所述M个载波上传输的数据信道共用的信息，所述独立域包括M个子域，所述M个子域与所述M个载波一一对应，每个子域承载的信息与在对应的载波上传输的数据信道相关。
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的装置，其特征在于，所述通信单元还用于：
    接收第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息包括M个载波配置信息，所述M个载波配置信息与所述M个载波一一对应，以及，所述独立域的每个子域的比特长度是根据对应的载波配置信息确定的，所述共享域的比特长度是根据预定义方式确定的。
  24. 根据权利要求17至23中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述M个载波包括第一载波，所述第二DCI用于调度所述第一载波。
  25. 一种多载波调度的装置，其特征在于，包括通信单元，所述通信单元用于：
    发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于配置第一下行控制信息DCI和第二DCI，所述第一DCI用于调度M个载波，所述第二DCI用于调度一个载波，M为大于1的整数，所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度不同；
    根据第二监听比特长度，发送所述第一DCI和所述第二DCI中的至少一个，其中，所述第二监听比特长度是根据所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第二DCI的第二监听比特长度确定的。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息还用于配置第三DCI，所述第三DCI用于调度N个载波，N为大于1的整数，所述第三DCI的第一监听比特长度与所述第一DCI的第三监听比特长度不同，所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度是根据所述第一DCI的第三监听比特长度和所述第三DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的；以及，
    所述通信单元具体用于：
    根据所述第二监听比特长度，发送所述第一DCI、所述第二DCI和所述第三DCI中的至少一个。
  27. 根据权利要求25或26所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息还用于配置 第四DCI和第五DCI，所述第四DCI和所述第五DCI各自用于调度一个载波；以及，
    所述通信单元具体用于：
    根据所述第二监听比特长度、第四监听比特长度和第五监听比特长度中的至少一个，发送所述第一DCI、所述第二DCI、所述第四DCI和所述第五DCI中的至少一个，其中，所述第二监听比特长度、所述第四监听比特长度和所述第五监听比特长度不同，所述第四监听比特长度是所述第四DCI的监听比特长度，所述第五监听比特长度是所述第五DCI的监听比特长度。
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息还用于配置第三DCI、第六DCI、第七DCI、第八DCI、第九DCI和第十DCI，所述第三DCI用于调度N个载波，N为大于1的整数，所述第六DCI、所述第七DCI、所述第八DCI、所述第九DCI和所述第十DCI各自用于调度一个载波，所述第三DCI的第一监听比特长度与所述第一DCI的第三监听比特长度不同，所述第一DCI的第一监听比特长度是根据所述第一DCI的第三监听比特长度和所述第三DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的；以及，
    所述通信单元具体用于：
    根据所述第二监听比特长度、所述第四监听比特长度和所述第五监听比特长度中的至少一个，发送所述第一DCI、所述第二DCI、所述第三DCI、所述第四DCI、所述第五DCI、所述第六DCI、所述第七DCI、所述第八DCI、所述第九DCI和所述第十DCI中的至少一个；
    其中，所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度是根据所述第二DCI的第六监听比特长度和所述第六DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的，所述第四监听比特长度是根据所述第四DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第七DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的，所述第五监听比特长度是根据所述第五DCI的第一监听比特长度、所述第八DCI的第一监听比特长度、所述第九DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第十DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的；或，
    所述第二DCI的第一监听比特长度是根据所述第二DCI的第七监听比特长度、所述第八DCI的第一监听比特长度、所述第九DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第十DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的，所述第四监听比特长度是根据所述第四DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第七DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的，所述第五监听比特长度是根据所述第五DCI的第一监听比特长度和所述第六DCI的第一监听比特长度确定的。
  29. 根据权利要求25至28中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第二DCI的格式为以下任一种：公共搜索空间CSS中的DCI格式0_0、CSS中的DCI格式1_0、用户特定搜索空间USS中的DCI格式0_0、USS中的DCI格式1_0、USS中的DCI格式0_1、USS中的DCI格式1_1、USS中的DCI格式0_2、USS中的DCI格式1_2。
  30. 根据权利要求25至29中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一DCI包括第一类域和第二类域中的至少一个，所述第一类域包括至少一个共享域，所述第二类域包括至少一个独立域，所述共享域承载的信息是在所述M个载波上传输的数据信道共用的信息，所述独立域包括M个子域，所述M个子域与所述M个载波一一对应，每个子域承载的信息与在对应的载波上传输的数据信道相关。
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的装置，其特征在于，所述通信单元还用于：
    发送第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息包括M个载波配置信息，所述M个载波配置 信息与所述M个载波一一对应，以及，所述独立域的每个子域的比特长度是基于对应的载波配置信息确定的，所述共享域的比特长度是基于预定义方式确定的。
  32. 根据权利要求25至31中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述M个载波包括第一载波，所述第二DCI用于调度所述第一载波。
  33. 一种多载波调度的装置，其特征在于，包括：
    存储器，用于存储计算机指令；
    处理器，用于调用所述存储器中存储的计算机指令，以执行如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法，或，以执行如权利要求9至16中任一项所述的方法。
  34. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，用于存储计算机指令，所述计算机指令用于实现如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法，或，用于实现如权利要求9至16中任一项所述的方法。
  35. 一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，包括计算机指令，所述计算机指令用于实现如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法，或，用于实现如权利要求9至16中任一项所述的方法。
  36. 一种芯片，其特征在于，所述芯片包括：
    存储器：用于存储指令；
    处理器，用于从所述存储器中调用并运行所述指令，使得安装有所述芯片系统的通信设备执行如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法，或，用于执行如权利要求9至16中任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2022/090460 2021-08-31 2022-04-29 多载波调度的方法和装置 WO2023029540A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202111010280.0 2021-08-31
CN202111010280.0A CN115734360A (zh) 2021-08-31 2021-08-31 多载波调度的方法和装置

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023029540A1 true WO2023029540A1 (zh) 2023-03-09

Family

ID=85291246

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/090460 WO2023029540A1 (zh) 2021-08-31 2022-04-29 多载波调度的方法和装置

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115734360A (zh)
WO (1) WO2023029540A1 (zh)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110870363A (zh) * 2017-08-11 2020-03-06 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 半静态调度的处理方法、通信设备及存储介质
CN111148230A (zh) * 2018-11-02 2020-05-12 华为技术有限公司 传输下行控制信息的方法和装置
CN111865512A (zh) * 2019-04-30 2020-10-30 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种混合自动重传请求反馈处理方法、装置及设备
CN113286372A (zh) * 2020-02-19 2021-08-20 维沃移动通信有限公司 一种传输下行控制信息的方法和通信设备

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110870363A (zh) * 2017-08-11 2020-03-06 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 半静态调度的处理方法、通信设备及存储介质
CN111148230A (zh) * 2018-11-02 2020-05-12 华为技术有限公司 传输下行控制信息的方法和装置
CN111865512A (zh) * 2019-04-30 2020-10-30 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种混合自动重传请求反馈处理方法、装置及设备
CN113286372A (zh) * 2020-02-19 2021-08-20 维沃移动通信有限公司 一种传输下行控制信息的方法和通信设备

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI ET AL: "On NR carrier aggregation", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1712160, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, 20 August 2017 (2017-08-20), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , pages 1 - 11, XP051314979 *
ZTE: "Discussion on Multi-cell PDSCH Scheduling via a Single DCI", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-2101789, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. e-Meeting; 20210125 - 20210205, 25 January 2021 (2021-01-25), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051975891 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115734360A (zh) 2023-03-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7449974B2 (ja) ダウンリンク制御情報伝送方法
CN110830216B (zh) 确定载波聚合下监控pdcch候选数目的方法和装置
CN112491520B (zh) 参数确定的方法、监控方法、通信装置
US9119197B2 (en) System and method for delay scheduling
JP2022097648A (ja) フィードバック情報を決定するための方法、端末装置、およびネットワーク装置
US9131502B2 (en) Method and apparatus for contention based uplink transmission
US10674499B2 (en) Carrier indication method, user equipment, and base station
CN112740603A (zh) 无线通信系统中考虑到优先级发送和接收物理层信道的方法和装置
WO2021204300A1 (zh) 控制信息传输方法
EP4061076A1 (en) Communication method and related apparatus, and devices
CN113966587A (zh) 无线通信系统中的下行数据接收和harq-ack传输的方法、装置和系统
WO2021204107A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
AU2019338023A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, and computer storage medium
CN113424478A (zh) 用于在无线通信系统中发送和接收下行链路控制信息的方法和装置
US11258571B2 (en) Downlink control information transmission method, apparatus, and system
CN110547025B (zh) 发送和接收上行数据的方法、用户设备和基站
WO2021072610A1 (zh) 一种激活和释放非动态调度传输的方法及装置
WO2019192515A1 (zh) 一种反馈信息的传输方法和装置
WO2023029540A1 (zh) 多载波调度的方法和装置
CN110830401A (zh) 确定调制编码阶数表类型的方法及装置
WO2023207837A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2022027508A1 (zh) 一种资源调度方法及通信装置
WO2024093878A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
EP4311355A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
EP3319388A1 (en) Carrier indication method, user equipment, and base station

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22862683

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022862683

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20240307

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE